A GENERAL VIEW OF THE WRITINGS OF THE LATE CELEBRATED LINNAEUS, &c.
[]CHARLES VON LINNÈ, the ſon of a Swediſh divine, was born May 24, 1707, at Roeſhult, in the province of Smaland, in Sweden; of which place his father had the cure, when this ſon was born, but was ſoon after preferred to the living of Stenbrihult, in the ſame province, where dying in 1748, at the age of 70, he was ſucceeded in his cure by another ſon. We are told, in the commemoration-ſpeech on this celebrated man, de⯑livered in his Swediſh majeſty's preſence, before the royal academy of ſciences at Stockholm, that the anceſtors of this family took their ſirnames of LINNAEUS, Lindelius, and Tiliander, from a large lime-tree, or linden-tree, yet ſtanding on the farm where Linnaeus was born; and that this origin of ſirnames, taken from natural objects, is not very uncommon in Sweden.
[2] This eminent man, whoſe talents enabled him to reform the whole ſcience of natural hiſtory, ac⯑cumulated, very early in life, ſome of the higheſt honours that await the moſt ſucceſsful proficients in medical ſcience; ſince we find that he was made profeſſor of phyſic and botany, in the univerſity of Upſal, at the age of 34; and ſix years afterwards, phyſician to his ſovereign, the late king Adolphus; who in the year 1753 honoured him ſtill farther, by creating him knight of the order of the Polar Star. His honours did not terminate here, for in 1757 he was ennobled; and in 1776 the preſent king of Sweden accepted the reſignation of his office, and rewarded his declining years by dou⯑bling his penſion, and by a liberal donation of landed property, ſettled on him and his family.
It ſeems probable, that his father's example firſt gave Linnaeus a taſte for the ſtudy of nature; who, as he has himſelf informed us, cultivated, as his firſt amuſement, a garden plentifully ſtored with plants. Young Linnaeus ſoon became acquainted with theſe, as well as the indigenous ones of his neighbourhood. Yet, from the ſtraightneſs of his father's income, our young naturaliſt was on the point of being deſtined to a mechanical employ⯑ment: fortunately, however, this deſign was over⯑ruled. In 1717 he was ſent to ſchool at Wexſio, where, as his opportunities were enlarged, his progreſs in all his favourite purſuits was propor⯑tionably extended. At this early period he paid attention to other branches of natural hiſtory; par⯑ticularly to the knowledge of inſects: in which, as is manifeſt from his oration on the ſubject, he muſt [3] very early have made a great proficiency, ſince we find that he was not leſs ſucceſsful herein, than in that of plants, having given them an arrangement, and eſtabliſhed ſuch characters of diſtinction, as have been univerſally followed by ſucceeding ento⯑mologiſts.
The firſt part of his academical education, Lin⯑naeus received under profeſſor Stobaeus, at Lund, in Scania, who favoured his inclinations to the ſtudy of natural hiſtory. After a reſidence of about a year, he removed in 1728 to Upſal. Here he ſoon contracted a cloſe friendſhip with Artedi, a native of the province of Angermannia, who had already been four years a ſtudent in that univerſity, and, like himſelf, had a ſtrong bent to the ſtudy of na⯑tural hiſtory in general, but particularly to Ich⯑thyology. He was moreover well ſkilled in chemiſtry, and not unacquainted with botany, having been the inventor of that diſtinction in umbelliferous plants, ariſing from the differences of the involucrum. Emulation is the ſoul of improvement, and, heigh⯑tened as it was in this inſtance by friendſhip, proved a moſt powerful incentive. Theſe young men proſecuted their ſtudies together with uncom⯑mon vigor, mutually communicating their obſerva⯑tions, and laying their plans, ſo as to aſſiſt each other in every branch of natural hiſtory and phyſic.
Soon after his reſidence at Upſal, our author was alſo happy enough to obtain the favour of ſeveral gentlemen of eſtabliſhed character in litera⯑ture. He was in a particular manner encouraged in the purſuit of his ſtudies by the patronage of [4] Dr. Olaus Celſius, at that time profeſſor of divinity, and the reſtorer of natural hiſtory in Sweden; ſince ſo diſtinguiſhed for oriental learning, and more particularly for his Hierobotanicon, or Critical Diſ⯑ſertations on the Plants mentioned in Scripture. This gentleman is ſaid to have given LINNAEUS a large ſhare of his eſteem, and he was fortunate enough to obtain it very early after his removal to Upſal. He was at that time meditating his Hierobotanicon, and being ſtruck with the diligence of Linnaeus, in deſcribing the plants of the Upſal garden, and his extenſive knowledge of their names, fortunately for him, at that time involved in difficulties, from the narrow circumſtances of his parents, Celſius not only patronized him in a general way, but admitted him to his houſe, his table, and his library. Un⯑der ſuch encouragement, it is not ſtrange that our author made a rapid progreſs, both in his ſtudies, and the eſteem of the profeſſors: in fact, we have a very ſtriking proof of his merit and attainments, inaſmuch as we find, that after only two years re⯑ſidence, he was thought ſufficiently qualified to give lectures occaſionally from the botanic chair, in the room of profeſſor Rudbeck.
In the year 1731, the royal academy of ſciences at Upſal having for ſome time meditated the deſign of improving the natural hiſtory of Sweden, at the inſtance particularly of profeſſors Celſius and Rud⯑beck, deputed LINNAEUS to make the tour of Lap⯑land, with the ſole view of exploring the natural hiſtory of that arctic region; to which underta⯑king, his reputation, already high as a naturaliſt, and the ſtrength of his conſtitution, equally re⯑commended [5] him. This tour had been made for the firſt time, with the ſame view, by the elder Rudbeck, in 1695, at the command of Charles XI; but unfortunately the whole fruit of that expedi⯑tion, except two or three copies of the Campi Elyſii, periſhed in the dreadful fire of Upſal, in 1702.
As this expedition could not take place till the ſucceeding ſummer, LINNAEUS ſpent his winter with his friends and relations in the ſouth; and particu⯑larly paid a viſit, in January 1732, to his former preceptor Stobaeus, at Lund; whom he left in Fe⯑bruary, to viſit his native province of Smaland, and returned to Upſal about the middle of April, to prepare for his journey. He left Upſal the 13th of May, and took his route to Gevalia, or Gevels, the principal town of Geſtricia, 45 miles diſtant from Upſal. Hence he travelled through Helſingland, into Medalpadia, where he made an excurſion, and aſ⯑cended a remarkable mountain, before he reached Hudwickſwald, the chief town of Helſingland. From hence he went through Angermanland, to Hernoſand, a ſea-port on the Bothnic gulph, ſeventy miles diſ⯑tant from Hudwickſwald. When he had proceeded thus far, he found it proper to retard his journey, as the ſpring was not ſufficiently advanced; and took this opportunity of viſiting thoſe remarkable caverns on the ſummit of mount Skula, though at the hazard of his life.
When LINNAEUS arrived at Uma, in Weſt Bothnia, about 96 miles from Hernoſand, he quitted the public road, and took his courſe through the woods weſtward, in order firſt to traverſe the moſt ſouthern parts of Lapland. Being now come to [6] the country that was more particularly the object of his enquiries, equally a ſtranger to the language and to the manners of the people, and without any aſſociate, he committed himſelf to the hoſpi⯑tality of the inhabitants, and never failed to expe⯑rience it fully. He ſpeaks in ſeveral places, with peculiar ſatisfaction, of the innocence and ſimpli⯑city of their lives, and their freedom from diſeaſes. In this excurſion, he reached the mountains to⯑wards Norway, and, after encountering great hard⯑ſhips, returned into Weſt Bothnia, quite exhauſted with fatigue. He ſeems to have been much ſtruck with the ſingular uſe that the Laplanders make of the Pinguicula vulgaris, which we call Butterwort, or Yorkſhire Sanicle: They receive the milk of the rein-deer upon the freſh leaves of this plant, which they immediately ſtrain off, and ſet aſide, till it becomes ſomewhat aceſcent, and the whole ac⯑quires, in a day or two, a conſiſtence equal to that of cream, without ſeparating the ſerum; and by this method it becomes an agreeable food. When thus prepared, a ſmall quantity of the ſame has the property of rennet, in producing the like change on freſh milk. But to return: Our tra⯑veller next viſited Pitha and Lula, upon the gulph of Bothnia, from which latter place he took again a weſtern route, by proceeding up the river of that name, and viſited the ruins of the temple of Jock⯑mock, in Lula-Lapland or Lap-Mark; thence, he tra⯑verſed what is called the Lapland Deſert, deſtitute of all villages, cultivation, roads, or any conve⯑niences; inhabited only by a few ſtraggling people, originally deſcended from the Finlanders, and who [7] ſettled in this country in remote ages, being en⯑tirely a diſtinct people from the Laplanders. In this diſtrict he aſcended a noted mountain called Wallevari, in ſpeaking of which he has given us a pleaſant relation of his finding a ſingular and beautiful new plant (Andromeda tetragona) when travelling within the arctic circle, with the ſun in his view at midnight, in ſearch of a Lapland hut. From hence he croſſed the Lapland Alps into Finmark, and traverfed the ſhores of the North ſea as far as Sallero.
Theſe journies from Lula and Pitha, on the Bothnian gulph, to the north ſhore, were made on foot, and our traveller was attended by two Lap⯑landers; one his interpreter, and the other his guide. He tells us that the vigour and ſtrength of theſe two men, both old, and ſufficiently loaded with his baggage, excited his admiration, ſince they appeared quite unhurt by their labour, while he himſelf, although young and robuſt, was fre⯑quently quite exhauſted. In this journey he was wont to ſleep under the boat with which they forded the rivers, as a defence againſt rain, and the gnats, which in the Lapland ſummer are not leſs teazing than in the torrid zones. In de⯑ſcending one of theſe rivers, he narrowly eſcaped periſhing by the overſetting of the boat, and loſt many of the natural productions which he had collected.
LINNAEUS thus ſpent the greater part of the ſummer in examining this arctic region, and thoſe mountains, on which, four years afterwards, the [8] French philoſophers ſecured immortal fame to Sir Iſaac Newton. At length, after having ſuffered incredible fatigues and hardſhips, in climbing pre⯑cipices, paſſing rivers in miſerable boats, ſuffering repeated viciſſitudes of extreme heat and cold, and not unfrequently hunger and thirſt; he re⯑turned to Tornoa in September. He did not take the ſame route from Tornoa as when he came into Lapland, having determined to viſit, and examine, the country on the eaſtern ſide of the Bothnian gulph: his firſt ſtage, therefore, was to Ula, in Eaſt Bothnia; from thence to Old and New Carleby, 84 miles ſouth from Ula. He continued his route through Waſa, Chriſtianſtedi, and Biorneburgh, to Abo, a ſmall univerſity in Fin⯑land. Winter was now ſetting in apace, he there⯑fore croſſed the gulph by the iſland of Aland, and arrived at Upſal in November, after having per⯑formed, and that moſtly on foot, a journey of ten degrees of latitude in extent, excluſive of thoſe de⯑viations which ſuch a deſign rendered neceſſary.
The reſult of this journey was not publiſhed till ſeveral years afterwards, during his reſidence in Holland. For the preſent he only gave in to the academy a Florula Lapponica, conſiſting of a very few pages in the Acta Upſalienſia for the years 1732 and 1734. In this little catalogue the plants are diſpoſed according to the ſyſtem which was after⯑wards called the ſexual; and which we ſhould not have mentioned here, but to prove how early Lin⯑naeus had laid the foundation of that method, which he afterwards wrought up to ſuch perfection.
[9] In 1733 he viſited and examined the ſeveral mines in Sweden, and made himſelf ſo well ac⯑quainted with mineralogy, and the docimaſtic art, that we find he was ſufficiently qualified to give lectures on thoſe ſubjects, upon his return to the univerſity. The outlines of his ſyſtem on mi⯑neralogy appeared in the early editions of the Syſtema Naturae; but he did not exemplify the whole until the year 1768.
In the year 1734 LINNAEUS was ſent by Baron Reuterholm, governor of Dalekarlia, with ſeveral other naturaliſts, into that province, to inveſtigate the natural productions of that part of the Swediſh dominions. Each gentleman had his particular department aſſigned; and they noted daily the ob⯑ſervations made relating to geography, &c.; but particularly, and as their principal object, the eco⯑nomical and natural hiſtory, and mineralogy. A full account of theſe obſervations was intended to have been publiſhed, but the deſign was laid aſide. It was in this journey that our author firft laid the plan of an excellent inſtitution, which was after⯑wards executed in a certain degree at leaſt, by himſelf, with the aſſiſtance of many of his pupils, and the reſult publiſhed under the title of Pan Suecus, in the ſecond volume of the Amaenitates Academicae.
After the completion of this expedition, it ap⯑pears that LINNAEUS reſided for a time at Fahlun, the principal town in Dalekarlia; where he tells us that he taught mineralogy, and the docimaſtic art, and practiſed phyſic; and where he was very hoſpitably treated by Dr. More, the phyſician of [10] the place. It alſo appears, that he contracted at this time an intimacy with one of that gentleman's daughters, whom he married about five years afterwards, upon his ſettling as a phyſician at Stock⯑holm.
In this journey he extended his travels quite acroſs the Dalekarlian Alps into Norway; but we have no particular account of his diſcoveries in that kingdom. From its ſituation, however, in the ſame parallels of latitude and of longitude, nearly, with Sweden, as well as from the face of the country, but little variety could be expected; and from the Flora Norwegica of Bp. Gunner, ſince publiſhed, the vegetable productions of na⯑ture appear to be nearly the ſame, except that the Norway coaſt abounds with fuci or ſea-wracks, not known in the Baltic.
In the year 1735, LINNAEUS travelled over many other parts of Sweden, ſome parts of Denmark and Germany, and fixed in Holland, where he chiefly reſided until his return to Stockholm, about the year 1739. He here took his doctor's degree in phyſic, in June 1735. How clearly the great Boerhaave ſaw his merit will appear hereafter. On the preſent occaſion he ſuſtained a theſis under the title of HYPOTHESIS NOVA de febrium inter⯑mittentium cauſa. It is an enquiry into the cauſes of the frequency of that diſtemper in Sweden, particularly in Upland, and the ſouth-eaſt parts of that kingdom; which he was inclined to attribute to a local cauſe, after the moſt minute ſcrutiny into the ſoil and ſituation of thoſe places where this diſtemper was ſo remarkably prevalent and [11] obſtinate; and finally propoſes, Whether it might not be owing to the ſtrong impreg⯑nation of the water with argillaceous particles? Whether or not he afterwards adhered to this opinion, we are uncertain, as it is but juſtice to obſerve, that he did not republiſh this tract himſelf, ſince it was placed at the head of the firſt volume of the Amaenitates, printed at Ley⯑den, as we believe, without his knowledge, by Dr. Peter Camper. In the mean time we may obſerve, that howſoever inſufficient this hypotheſis may be to ſolve the difficulties that have at⯑tended the ſearch into the remote cauſes of this diſeaſe; the advocates of the modern theory, re⯑lating to it, may think the author's facts, of its frequency in low ſituations, confirm and illuſtrate in no ſmall degree their own, according to which it is imputed to miaſmata ariſing from moiſt and marſhy ground.
In this year LINNAEUS alſo publiſhed the firſt ſketch of his Syſtema Naturae, in a very com⯑pendious way, and in the form of tables only, in twelve pages in folio. By this it appears, that he had at a very early period of his life (cer⯑tainly before he was 24 years old) laid the baſis of that great ſtructure which he afterwards raiſed, not only to the increaſe of his own fame, but to that of natural ſcience.
In 1736, LINNAEUS came into England, and vi⯑ſited Dr. Dillenius, the late learned profeſſor at Oxford, whom he juſtly conſidered as one of the firſt botaniſts in Europe. He mentions with par⯑ticular reſpect the civilities he received from him, [12] and the privileges he gave him of inſpecting his own, and the Sherardian collections of plants. It is needleſs to ſay, that he viſited Dr. Martyn, Mr. Rand, and Mr. Miller, and that he was in a more ſingular manner indebted to the friendſhip of Dr. Iſaac Lawſon. He alſo contracted an intimate friendſhip with Mr. PETER COLLINSON, which was reciprocally increaſed by a multitude of good offices, and continued to the laſt without any diminution. Dr. Boerhaave had furniſhed him with letters to our great naturaliſt Sir HANS SLOANE; but, it is with regret that we muſt ob⯑ſerve, they did not procure him the reception which the warmth of his recommendation ſeemed to claim.
Dr. Boerhaave's letter to Sir Hans Sloane, on this occaſion, is preſerved in the Britiſh Muſeum, and runs thus—LINNAEUS, qui has tibi dabit literas, eſt unice dignus te videre, unice dignus a te videri; qui vos videbit ſimul, videhit hominum par, cui ſimile vix dabit orbis.—This encomium, howſoever quaintly expreſſed, yet was in ſome meaſure pro⯑phetic of Linnaeus's future fame and greatneſs, and proves how intimately Boerhaave had penetrated into the genius and abilities of our author; and, ſtrained as this parallel might be thought, it is likely however that the opening of the ſexual ſyſtem, ſo different from Ray's, by which Sir Hans Sloane had always known plants, and particularly the in⯑novations, as they were then called, which LIN⯑NAEUS had made in altering the names of ſo many genera, were rather the cauſe of that coolneſs with which he was received by our excellent naturaliſt. [13] Probably we have reaſon to regret this circum⯑ſtance; for otherwiſe LINNAEUS might have obtained an eſtabliſhment in England, as it has been thought he wiſhed to have done; and doubtleſs his op⯑portunities in this kingdom would have been much more favourable to his deſigns, than in thoſe arctic regions where he ſpent the remainder of his days. In the mean time, we may juſtly infer the exalted idea that Linnaeus had of England, as a land eminently favourable to the improvement of ſcience, from that compliment which, in a letter to a friend, he after⯑wards paid to London, when, ſpeaking of that city, he called it "Punctum ſaliens in vitello orbis." However, the Engliſh naturaliſts may now con⯑gratulate themſelves on having adopted a moſt excellent diſciple of the Linnaean ſchool; who, with an illuſtrious aſſociate, ſhared the perils of a navigation round this globe, incited by thirſt of knowledge alone; and who now enjoys that general eſteem among us which is due to his extenſive ſcience, and to his ſingular liberality of mind and manners.
One of the moſt agreeable circumſtances that happened to LINNAEUS, during his reſidence in Holland, aroſe from the patronage of Mr. Clifford, in whoſe houſe *he lived a conſiderable part of his time, being now as it were the child of fortune:—Exivi patriâ triginta ſex nummis aureis dives—are his own words. With Mr. Clifford, [14] however, he enjoyed pleaſures and privileges ſcarcely at that time to be met with elſewhere in the world; that of a garden excellently ſtored with the fineſt exotics, and a library furniſhed with almoſt every botanic author of note. How happy he found himſelf in this ſituation, thoſe only who have felt the ſame kind of ardour can conceive.
Whilſt in Holland, our author was recom⯑mended by Boerhaave to fill the place, then va⯑cant, of phyſician to the Dutch ſettlement at Suri⯑nam; but he declined it, on account of his hav⯑ing been educated in ſo oppoſite a climate. He recommended, however, to that department a young German phyſician of great merit, who had the misfortune to fall a ſacrifice, partly to the climate, and partly perhaps to ill uſage from the governor, in half a year after his arrival: A circumſtance which LINNAEUS has very pathe⯑tically lamented in the Flora Suecica, No 515, when treating of a plant to which he has given this gentleman's name.
Beſides being favoured with the particular patronage and friendſhip of Boerhaave and Mr. Clifford, as is above-mentioned, our author had alſo the pleaſure of being contemporary with, and of reckoning among the number of his friends, many other learned perſons, who have ſince proved orna⯑ments to their profeſſion, and whoſe merit has moſt deſervedly raiſed them to fame and honour. Among theſe we may properly mention Dr. John Burman, profeſſor of botany at Amſterdam, whoſe name and family are well known in the republic of [15] letters, to whom our author dedicated his Biblio⯑theca Botanica, having been greatly aſſiſted in com⯑piling that work, by the free acceſs he had to that gentleman's excellent library; John Frederick Grono⯑vius, of Leyden, editor of Clayton's Flora Virginica, and who very early adopted Linnaeus's ſyſtem; Baron Van Swieten, late phyſician to the Empreſs Queen; Iſaac Lawſon, before-mentioned, after⯑wards one of the phyſicians to the Britiſh army, who died much regretted at Ooſterhout, in the year 1747, and from whom Linnaeus received ſingular and very important civilities; Kramer, ſince well known for an excellent treatiſe on the Doci⯑maſtic Art; Van Royen, botanic profeſſor at Leyden; Liëberkun, of Berlin, famous for his ſkill in microſcopical inſtruments and experiments. On this occaſion it is not foreign to our plan to remark, that LINNAEUS, being preſent with ſeveral of theſe gentlemen, at a meeting when the latter was exhibiting the animalcules in ſemine maſculino, openly declared his opinion, that theſe moleculae were not true animalcules; and he appears ever afterwards to have retained the ſame opinion re⯑lating to them. To theſe may be added alſo the names of Albinus and Gaubius, and of others, were it requiſite, to ſhew that our author's talents had very early rendered him conſpicuous, and gained him the regard of all thoſe who cultivated and patronized any branch of medical ſcience; and to which, doubtleſs, the ſingular notice with which Boerhaave honoured him, did not a little contri⯑bute.
Early in the year 1738, after LINNAEUS had left [16] Mr. Clifford, and, as it ſhould ſeem, when he re⯑ſided with Van Royen, at Leyden, he had a long and dangerous fit of ſickneſs; and upon his re⯑covery, went to Paris, where he was properly entertained by the Juſſieu's, at that time the firſt botaniſts in France. The opportunity this gave him of inſpecting the Herbaria of Surian and Tour⯑nefort, and thoſe of the above-named gentlemen, afforded him great ſatisfaction. He had intended to have gone from thence into Germany, to viſit Ludwig, and the celebrated HALLER, with whom he was in cloſe correſpondence; but he was not able to compleat this part of his intended route, and was obliged to return without this gratification.
Our author did not fail to avail himſelf of every advantage, that acceſs to the ſeveral muſeums of this country afforded him, in every branch of natural hiſtory; and the number and importance of his publications, during this abſence from his native country, ſufficiently demonſtrate that fund of knowledge which he muſt have imbibed before, and no leſs teſtify his extraordinary application. As theſe works laid the foundation of his future fame, and diſtinguiſhed character, it will be incum⯑bent on us to enumerate them, and give a brief account of each, as nearly as we can in the order of time in which they were publiſhed, before we accompany our author into Sweden; whither he returned to receive at length the reward of his merit.
The firſt of theſe was the SYSTEMA NATURAE, five regna tria Naturae ſyſtematicè propoſita, per [17] claſſes, ordines, genera et ſpecies. Lugd. Bat. 1735. fol. pp. 14, in Latin, with the Swediſh names annexed. As this is little more than the general outlines of his work, we ſhall reſerve a fuller account of it till we come to the enlarged editions; in which it was fully exemplified by the introduction of the ſpecies.
FUNDAMENTA BOTANICA, quae majorum operum prodromi inſtar, theoriam Scientiae Botanices per breves Aphoriſmos tradunt. Amſt. 1736, 12o, pp. 35. The ſcience of botany is in this work reduced to 365 aphoriſms, or canons; and what Sethus Calviſius has ſaid of Ptolemy's canon, mutatis mutandis, may be truly ſaid of this work.—Omni auro pretioſior eſt, ſi dudum innotuiſſet, nec adeo in diverſas ſectas BOTA⯑NICI abiiſent, ſed RES BOTANICAE, multo melius ſe haberent. It paſſed through ſeveral editions, and was publiſhed with a comment upon each aphoriſm in 1751, under the title of Philoſophia Botanica, hereafter to be noticed.
BIBLIOTHECA BOTANICA, recenſens libros plus mille de plantis hucuſque editos, ſecundum Syſtema Auctorum naturale in claſſes, ordines, genera et ſpecies diſpoſitos, additis editionis loco, tempore, forma, lingua. Amſt. 1736, 12o, pp. 153, and afterwards in 8o, 1751, much enlarged. Botanic writers are in this work diſtributed into 16 claſſes, and it is by no means ſo unentertaining as might be expected from the general idea of a catalogue merely; as the author has frequently ſubjoined ſhort characters of the books; and at the beginning of each claſs, as alſo in the orders or ſubdiviſions, takes occaſion to ex⯑plain ſeveral of his terms uſed in his ſubſequent [18] writings. The preface contains a ſhort hiſtory of the riſe and progreſs of botany, and an acknow⯑ledgment of the aid the author received in the compilation of this work, by his free acceſs to the libraries of Mr. Sprekelſen at Hamburgh, Dr. Gro⯑novius at Leyden, and particularly to thoſe of his patron Mr. Clifford, and Dr. Burman, profeſſor of botany at Amſterdam. Authors are claſſed in this work as follows:
- 1. Patres.
- 2. Commentatores.
- 3. Ichniographi.
- 4. Deſcriptores.
- 5. Monographi.
- 6. Curioſi.
- 7. Adoniſtae.
- 8. Floriſtae.
- 9. Peregrinatores.
- 10. Philoſophi.
- 11. Syſtematici.
- 12. Nomenclatores.
- 13. Anatomici.
- 14. Hortulani.
- 15. Medici.
- 16. Anomali.
Subjoined to the laſt edition, we have a biogra⯑phical table, exhibiting, in chronological order, the names of 139 botanic authors, from the time of Avicenna in 981, to Mr. Cateſby in 1749, ſpecifying, wherever it was poſſible, the year of their birth and death.
The flowering of the Plantain or Banana (Muſa paradiſiaca) this year, a thing not ſeen in Europe before more than thrice, in the garden of our au⯑thor's patron M. Clifford, produced a compleat hiſ⯑tory of that plant from LINNAEUS'S pen, under the title of MUSA CLIFFORTIANA florens Hartecampi 1736 prope Harlemum. Lugd. Bat. 4o, pp. 46. This piece is drawn up with the utmoſt preciſion, ac⯑cording to the author's own Methodus Demonſtrandi, [19] printed at the end of the Syſtema, and is a model for Monographers in this way. It is embelliſhed with two plates, one repreſenting the plant at large, the other, the parts of fructification ſeparately.
GENERA PLANTARUM eorumque Characteres na⯑turales ſecundum numerum, figuram, ſitum, et proportio⯑nem, omnium fructificationis partium. Lugd. Bat. 1737, 8o, pp. 384. In this work, which exhibits what LINNAEUS has called the natural characters of the genera of plants, the claſſes are eſtabliſhed upon the number or ſituation, or both conjointly, of the ſtamina, analogically conſidered as the male parts; and the orders or ſubdiviſions of the claſſes, upon the piſtils, analogous to the female parts: and the genera themſelves from the agreement of all the parts of fructification compared with each other, as they agree in number, figure, ſituation, and pro⯑portion. Hence the Linnaean characters of plants are applicable to any claſſical method founded on the parts of fructification alone, in which reſpect they have the advantage over thoſe of all foregoing writers, and will probably ſtand firm, even al⯑though the claſſical part of the ſyſtem ſhould be ſet aſide. This is to be conſidered as one of the capital of Linnaeus's works. He tells us, that before the publication of the firſt edition, he had examined the characters of 8000 flowers. Thoſe alone who have been accuſtomed to examine plants with a ſcientific view, can judge how arduous this undertaking muſt have been, and how great the application that he muſt neceſſarily have beſtowed thereon, and that at an early period of life. Neither can any others ſufficiently admire that accuracy with which [20] ſo great a number of flowers have been examined and compared, or ſee the aptitude of that aſſem⯑blage of terms, which were invented by LINNAEUS, to expreſs the different figure, ſituation, and pro⯑portion, that exiſt in ſuch a variety of ſubjects. If this was a proper place to expatiate upon this ſub⯑ject, by extending the idea to all that LINNAEUS has done, reſpecting every other part of plants, as conſidered in their ſpecific diſtinctions, it muſt ſtill farther exalt the merit of the author, and place him above all praiſe. At the latter end of this work was given the general plan of a ſyſtem invented by LINNAEUS, and founded upon the different kinds, and arrangement, of the calix or cup of the flower, in plants: but this was omitted in the lat⯑ter editions. Alſo a fragment of that primum et ultimum in botany, the natural method.
The firſt edition of this book contained 935 genera: the ſixth and laſt, at Stockholm, in 1764, hath extended the number to 1239, and the Mantiſſae ſince to 1336. It has been thought by ſome, that the firſt idea of the ſexual me⯑thod was received from the writings of Jungius, a learned profeſſor, firſt at Helmſtadt, and after⯑wards rector of the Gymnaſium at Hamburgh, where he died in 1657, and whoſe works contain an uncommon diſplay of original obſervations on the ſubject of plants; and prove him to have been a moſt accurate obſerver of nature. He has not only diſcriminated with peculiar nicety, the ſtruc⯑ture, and ſeveral parts of plants, but he hath alſo, with equal judgment, ſhewn the impropriety of many of the old generical and ſpecifical diſtinc⯑tions, [21] and has given rules for forming them anew, that have been of the greateſt ſervice to his ſuc⯑ceſſors in the ſcience, and of which they have not failed to avail themſelves. But Jungius did not, however, exhibit any plan, by which it appears that he laid the baſis either of the ſexual, or any other ſyſtem.
Before the concluſion of the ſame year (1737) our author publiſhed the COROLLARIUM GENERUM, cui accedit METHODUS SEXUALIS, in 8o; the for⯑mer contained only the addition of ſixty new genera of plants; all which were taken into the next edition of the foregoing book; and the latter ex⯑hibits a brief view of the ſexual ſyſtem, as far as reſpects the claſſes and orders. Neither would it be of importance to mention a ſmall piece publiſhed in the ſame year, during his reſidence with Mr. Clif⯑ford, under the title of VIRIDARIUM CLIFFORTIA⯑NUM, were it not incumbent on us to mention all that came from our author's pen.
In this year, 1737, appeared likewiſe the reſult of the Lapland expedition, as far, at leaſt, as re⯑lates to the plants of that country; for we are now deprived of the expectation of ever ſeeing the Lacheſis Lapponica, intended to complete our au⯑thor's hiſtory of this country through all its parts. This volume includes the plants of a tract of country not leſs than 100 Swediſh miles (nearly equal to 600 Engliſh) in length, and 50 in breadth, under the title of FLORA LAPPONICA, exhibens Plan⯑tas per Lapponiam creſcentes, ſecundum Syſtema ſexuale, collectas in itinere impenſis Societatis regiae Litterariae et Scientiarum Sueciae An. 1732 inſtituto, additis ſyno⯑nymis, [22] et locis natalibus omnium, deſcriptionibus et figuris rariorum, viribus medicatis et oeconomicis pluri⯑marum. Amſt. 1737, 8o, pp. 372, tab. 12. This work is much more than a bare enumeration of ſynonyms; the preface contains an account of the author's journey, and his acknowledgment to the members of a literary ſociety, by whoſe munifi⯑cence this work was adorned with the plates, on which are engraven 58 of the more rare, and chiefly alpine plants. This is preceded by ad⯑ditional Prolegomena, in which the geographic and natural deſcription of the country is ſet forth, and the difference between the Alps and the Deſart diſ⯑tinctly marked; concluding with ſome obſervations on alpine plants in general. The work is interſperſed with many very curious obſervations relating to the inhabitants, their ſimplicity of life and man⯑ners, their diſeaſes; the animals of the country; the medical and economical uſes of many of the plants; deſcriptions at large of ſuch as were not well deſcribed before; and critical obſervations, in a botanical way, upon others.
To inſtance briefly a few only of our author's obſervations. Under
No 16. The dropſy very frequent in Eaſt Both⯑nia; owing to the intemperate uſe of ſpirits.
No 22. The down of the Cotton Graſs, uſed for bedding among the poor, inſtead of feathers.
No 62. Aſtoniſhing growth of the Great Plantain. The ſpikes 4 or 5 feet high. In other ſituations, the whole plant not an inch.
No 80. The wretched inhabitants ſometimes obliged to make bread of the roots of the Marſh [23] Trefoil. The ſcurvy unknown in Lapland; although vegetable productions have ſcarcely any ſhare in the Lapland diet, which is almoſt wholly the recent fleſh of the rein-deer: a fact which Sir John Pringle has made good uſe of, among others, in his diſ⯑courſe "On the means of preſerving the health of "mariners."
No 101. Symptoms of the Colica Lapponica, (Sauvag. Noſol. II. p. 103) a moſt excruciating diſeaſe, for which the Laplanders uſe the root of Angelica.
No 103. The deleterious effects of the Cicuta viroſa, Water Hemlock, largely diſcuſſed.
No 136. The pernicious effects of the Anthericum oſſifragum, Lancaſhire Aſphodel, on ſheep.
No 143, 144, 145. Manifold uſes of the black and red Whortleberries, and Cranberries.
No 160. Various economical uſes of the Andro⯑meda polifolia, Marſn Ciſtus.
No 200. Obſervations on the gout, whether owing to the uſe of ſpirituous and fermented liquors. Reflections on the health and vigour of the Lap⯑landers.
No 311. The Achillaea Millefolium, Yarrow, uſed ſometimes in Dalekarlia inſtead of hops, and ſaid to render the drink very intoxicating.
No 328. Singular economical uſes of the Carices, or Sedges, amongſt the Laplanders.
No 341, 342. Uſes of the Birch-tree; and the Dwarf Birch, beyond almoſt all others. The thick woods of this tree frequently ſet on fire by light⯑ning, and conſumed for miles. Moxa of the Lap⯑landers [24] prepared from a part of this tree: their univerſal remedy in painful diſeaſes.
No 345. The leaves of Sparganium natans, Bur⯑reed, preferred by horned cattle and horſes to other graſs. Obſervations on the immenſe number of Water Fowl, and Waders, in Lapland, and on their migration.
No 395. Uſes of the Polytrichum commune, or Golden Maidenhair; and No 415, thoſe of the Sphagnum Paluſtre, or Bog-Moſs, among the Lap⯑land women; to which he has annexed ſome curious obſervations relating to the ſtate of the menſtrual evacuations in the ſex, in thoſe northern regions.
No 437. Obſervations on the rein-deer, and their food, the Lichen rangiferinus.
No 445. On the Lichen iſlandicus, on which M. Scopoli has of late written largely.
No 517. In treating on the Agarics, he recites the baneful effects of the Oeſtrus Tarandi, Gad-fly, on the whole economy of the rein-deer. More largely diſcuſſed in the Amoenitates.—But to re⯑turn:
In this work, moreover, our author has firſt exemplified, what he ever afterwards laboured to bring to its greateſt perfection, in all his writings, and particularly in the Species Plantarum, a work not publiſhed till ſixteen years afterwards, the ſpe⯑cific names of plants, not taken, as had been cuſtom⯑ary with former authors, from the colour of the flower, relative ſize of the plant, ſmell, taſte, place of growth, time of flowering, name of the diſ⯑coverer, virtues, uſes, duration; none of which are [25] ſufficiently permanent: but from thoſe invariable and eſſential parts, which fully and clearly diſtin⯑guiſh each ſpecies under the ſame genus, and in the compaſs of ten or twelve words convey ſuch an idea of the plant intended, as will more effec⯑tually diſtinguiſh it, than the verboſe deſcriptions of many foregoing authors. LINNAEUS has taken in⯑credible pains with this part of his ſyſtem, which is certainly as difficult as any that leads to the perfection of the ſcience, ſince it depends upon a nice inſpection of every ſpecies belonging to each genus, and of every actual variety belonging to each ſpecies.
The plants of Lapland are but few, not amount⯑ing to more than 537 ſpecies; and in this number are included upwards of an hundred diſcovered by Linnaeus in this journey, not known to be natives of Sweden before; and of which ſome were non⯑deſcripts: among the former, there ſeems to be a propriety in mentioning ſpecially the Campanula ſerpyllifolia, or thyme-leaved Bell-flower, which, as it turned out to be a new genus, was appropriated to our author by Dr. J. Gronovius, and engraved in this volume by the name of LINNAEA.
No part of LINNAEUS'S writings had given more offence to the contemporary botaniſts, than the liberty he had taken in changing the generic names of plants, which had neceſſarily taken place in many inſtances, from the rules eſtabliſhed by the Fundamenta. Even DILLENIUS was by no means reconciled to this innovation. LINNAEUS, who had entertained an high opinion of our Engliſh pro⯑feſſor, having ſaid of him—nullus eſt in Anglia qui [26] genera curat, vel intelligit praeterquam Dillenius—probably, therefore, dedicated to him his next publication, the CRITICA BOTANICA, in qua No⯑mina Plantarum generica, et ſpecifica, et variantia exa⯑mini ſubjiciuntur, ſelectiora confirmantur, indigna re⯑jiciuntur, ſimulque doctrina circa Denominationem Plan⯑tarum traditur. Lugd. Bat. 1737, 8o, pp. 270. This is a large comment upon the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th parts of the Fundamenta, from Aphoriſm 210 to 324 incluſive; in which he has amply explained all his reaſons for theſe alterations; and there were at that time many who ſaw the juſtice of his remarks. Ludwig ſays, when ſpeaking of this work—"rigo⯑roſus quidem, ſed ſaepiſſime faelix botanicorum cenſor eſt." The work is rendered very applicable to uſe, by two excellent indexes.
LINNAEUS printed, at the end of this volume, Diſcurſus de introducenda in ſcholas et gymnaſia Hiſto⯑riae naturalis lectione, pp. 24, written by Dr. Bro⯑wallius, who afterwards defended very ably the ſyſtem of Linnaeus againſt profeſſor Siegeſbeck of Peterſburgh.
In 1737 was likewiſe publiſhed the moſt ſplendid of all our author's writings, the Hortus Cliffortianus Plantas exhibens quas in Hortis tam vivis quam ſiccis, Hartecampi in Hollandia, coluit Vir Nob. et Gen. Geor⯑gius Clifford, J. U. D. reductis varietatibus ad ſpecies, ſpeciebus ad genera, generibus ad claſſes, adjectis locis plantarum natalibus, differentiiſque ſpecierum. Amſt. 1737, fol. pp. 501, t. 32. As this book was printed at the expence of Mr. Clifford, it is orna⯑mented with an elegant frontiſpiece, and adorned with ſome of the fineſt engravings of plants that [27] are extant, the drawings for which were made with all poſſible accuracy by the late Mr. Ehret. By the munificence of Mr. Clifford, many of the cele⯑brated botaniſts received a preſent of this book. How rich this garden was in plants, the book will teſtify. They are arranged, as in all our author's ſucceeding works, in the ſexual method; the varie⯑ties are reduced to their ſeveral ſpecies, the natural places of the plants are particularly noticed, many new genera, and ſpecies under former genera, are introduced, with their deſcriptions at large, and curious obſervations interſperſed throughout the whole. And, what muſt have been more eſpeci⯑ally acceptable to thoſe who began to reliſh our author's ſyſtem, was, the farther exemplification of his ſpecific characters, which the vaſt number of plants included in this work neceſſarily led to. Add to this, that from the copious number of ſynonyms, it is almoſt a pinax of every plant therein mentioned; and on this account, as well as others, will yet retain its value, though ſuperſeded in a great degree by the Species Plantarum. To the curious and critical botaniſt alſo it is no ſmall ſatisfaction now, to ſee in this volume, compared with later works, the progreſs of the author's own knowledge, manifeſt by the removes and altera⯑tions that better information enabled him to make. In the dedication our author enumerates thoſe patrons who have cultivated botanical gar⯑dens ſo greatly to the emolument of the ſcience: he gives a liſt of the Cliffortian library, and an⯑nexes two tables, with explanations of all the variety of leaves, according to his new method [28] of defining them. This addition was very neceſ⯑ſary, as the number of plants ſynonymed in this volume amounts to near 2,500. We conclude with Geſner's opinion of this work, in a letter to the celebrated Haller: Opus ſane egregium et acerrimi judicii, nec minoris eruditionis, quo dif⯑ficulter botanicus carebit.—Mihi perplacet ab eo in nominibus ſpecierum notas earum eſſentiales exhiberi, quod ante vix quiſquam botanicus recte praeſtitit.
The laſt book which LINNAEUS publiſhed of his own, during his ſtay in Holland, was the CLASSES PLANTARUM, ſeu Syſtemata Plantarum om⯑nia a fructificatione deſumta, quorum 16 univerſalia et 13 partialia, compendioſe propoſita ſecundum claſſes, ordines et nomina generica, cum clave cujuſvis methodi et ſynonymis genericis. Lugd. Bat. 1738, pp. 656. This work is a very large illuſtration of the ſecond part of the Fundamenta, from aphoriſm 53 to 78, and contains a compendious and uſeful view of all the ſyſtems of botany, or methods of claſſing plants, both general and partial, from Caeſalpinus, in 1583, who is conſidered as the inventor, to LINNAEUS himſelf in 1735. To the generical name in every ſyſtem, he has added that by which it ſtands in his own, which is a great advantage in the uſe of this book. A new edition, with the requiſite additions, would be very acceptable to the public even now. The ſyſtems at large that are diſplayed in this book, are thoſe of Caeſal⯑pinus, Moriſon, Ray, Knaut, Herman, and Boerhaave, founded on the fruit: Rivinus, Ruppius, Ludwig, and Knaut, on the number of petals in the flower: Tournefort and Pontedera, on the figure of the [29] ſame: and of Magnol and LINNAEUS, on the cup of the flower. After theſe follow LINNAEUS'S ſexual ſyſtem, and his fragments of the natural method. We ſay nothing of the arrangement of particular claſſes, ſuch are the compoſite flowers, the umbelliferous plants, the graminaceous, the ferns, &c. A very large index, referring to every genus in each ſyſtem, concludes the volume.
LINNAEUS, whilſt in Holland, ſuſtained a very ſevere loſs in the premature death of his friend and fellow ſtudent Artedi; with whom, as has been before obſerved, he had contracted the firmeſt friendſhip whilſt they reſided at Upſal; inſomuch that they had, in caſe of death, mutually be⯑queathed to each other their manuſcripts and collections in natural hiſtory. Artedi had been particularly aſſiduous in arranging anew, and deſcribing all ſuch fiſhes as had fallen under his own inſpection; and had taken a voyage to Eng⯑land in 1734, to give more perfection to his plan. Our author, after his death, procured, though with ſome difficulty, all Artedi's papers, and put the finiſhing hand to them, and publiſhed them at Leyden in 1738, in octavo, under the title of Petri Artedi, Sueci Medici, ICHTHYOLOGIA: ſive opera omnia de piſcibus, ſcilicet Bibliotheca Ichthyo⯑logica; Philoſophia Ichthyologica; Genera Piſcium; Synonymia Specierum; Deſcriptiones Specierum. Om⯑nia in hoc genere perfectiora quam antea ulla. Poſt⯑huma vindicavit, recognovit, cooptavit, et edidit, Caro⯑lus LINNAEUS. In this work fiſhes are arranged in an entire new method, and which our author adopted with little or no variation, and continued [30] through all the former editions of his Syſtem to the tenth; when he removed the cetaceous order into the claſs of the mammalia; and inſtead of re⯑taining in the remaining orders the diſtinctions ariſing from the bony or cartilaginous texture of the fins; he eſtabliſhed them on the ſituation of the ventral fins, which he conſiders as analogous to the feet in other animals, as they are placed either before, underneath, or behind the pectoral fins.
In this work Artedi has exhibited an inſtance of genius, labour, and application, that cannot fail to excite the greateſt regret at his early death. He has given to Ichthyology that degree of perfec⯑tion, which his friend afterwards extended through all the animal kingdom, and which muſt remain a laſting monument of his abilities. In parti⯑cular, his deſcriptions of the indigenous fiſhes of Sweden, are ſcientific to a degree that had never before been ſeen; and we cannot ſufficiently ad⯑mire the pains he muſt have taken to extricate the ſynonyms from every author on the ſubject. Artedi, after his return from England, was re⯑tained, at the recommendation of LINNAEUS, by Seba of Amſterdam, to complete that part of his Theſaurus relating to fiſhes, and was unfortunately drowned in one of the canals in that city. LIN⯑NAEUS, in a ſhort account of the author's life, has lamented his untimely deceaſe, in a manner which does no leſs honour to his friend than to his own feelings.
We muſt now accompany our author into Sweden, whither he returned about the latter end [31] of the year 1738, or the beginning of the next, and ſettled as a phyſician at Stockholm, where he ſeems to have met with conſiderable oppoſition, and was oppreſſed with many difficulties; all of which at length he overcame, and got into ex⯑tenſive practice; and, ſoon after his ſettlement, married the lady before ſpoken of. By the intereſt of Count Teſſin, who was afterwards his great patron, and even procured medals to be ſtruck in honour of him, he obtained the rank of phyſician to the fleet, and a ſtipend from the citizens for giving lectures in botany. And what at this time eſpecially was highly favourable to the advancement of his character and fame, by giving him an opportunity of diſplaying his abilities, was the eſtabliſhment of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Stockholm; of which LIN⯑NAEUS was conſtituted the firſt preſident, and to which eſtabliſhment the king granted ſeveral pri⯑vileges, particularly that of free poſtage to all pa⯑pers directed to the ſecretary. By the rules of the academy, the preſident held his place but three months, at the expiration of which, he made his ORATIO de memorabilibus in Inſectis, Oct. 3, 1739; in which he endeavours to excite an atten⯑tion and enquiry into the knowledge of inſects, by diſplaying the many ſingular phaenomena that occur in contemplating the nature of thoſe animals, and by pointing out, in a variety of inſtances, their uſefulneſs to mankind in particular, and to the economy of nature in general.
During all this time, however, LINNAEUS appears to have had his eye upon the botanic and medical [32] chair at Upſal, at this time occupied by Rudbeck, who was far advanced in life. We learn in⯑deed that he was ſo intent on purſuing, and per⯑fecting, his great deſigns in the advancement of his favourite ſtudy of nature, that he had deter⯑mined, if he failed in procuring the profeſſorſhip at Upſal, to accept the offer that had been made to him by Haller, of filling the botanic chair at Gottingen. However, in courſe of time, he obtained his wiſh. In the year 1741, upon the re⯑ſignation of Roberg, he was conſtituted joint pro⯑feſſor of phyſic, and phyſician to the king, with Roſen, who had been appointed in the preceding year on the death of Rudbeck. Theſe two col⯑leagues agreed to divide the medical departments between them; and their choice was confirmed by the univerſity. Roſen took anatomy, phyſiology, pathology, and the therapeutic part. LINNAEUS, natural hiſtory, botany materia medica, the dietetic part, and the diagnoſis morborum.
During the interval of his removal from Stock⯑holm to Upſal, in conſequence of this appointment, our profeſſor was deputed by the ſtates of the kingdom, to make a tour to the iſlands of Oëland and Gothland, in the Baltic, attended by ſix of the pupils, commiſſioned to make ſuch enquiries as might tend to improve agriculture, and arts, in the kingdom; to which the Swediſh nation had for ſome time paid a particular attention; awakened, as it were, by the deſolating wars of Charles the XIIth, to extend their commerce, and cultivate the arts of peace. The reſult of this journey was very ſucceſsful, and proved fully ſatisfactory to [33] the States, and was afterwards communicated to the public.
LINNAEUS, on his return, entered upon the pro⯑feſſorſhip, and pronounced before the univerſity his ORATION de Peregrinationum intra Patriam neceſ⯑ſitate, Oct. 17, 1741; in which he forcibly diſplays the uſefulneſs of ſuch excurſions, by pointing out to the ſtudents that vaſt field of objects which their country held out to their cultivation; whether in geography, phyſics, mineralogy, botany, zoology, or economics; and by ſhewing the benefit that muſt accrue to themſelves and their country as re⯑wards to their diligence. That animated ſpirit which runs through the whole of this compoſition, renders it one of the moſt pleaſing and inſtructive of all our author's productions. That intimate knowledge which LINNAEUS himſelf had acquired of his own country by his repeated travels (fraught as he was too with every requiſite for making uſe⯑ful obſervations) enabled him to point out with the utmoſt preciſion the moſt proper objects of inveſtigation, in every part of nature; and his love to his country gave a zeal to his wiſhes, that ſhewed him on this occaſion to great advan⯑tage; not to add, the aid ariſing from that ſelf⯑congratulation, which he muſt feel, having juſt gained, by his late appointment, the ſummit of his wiſhes.
The ITER OELANDICUM ET GOTLANDICUM, in 8o, pp. 284, were printed at Stockholm, in 1745, in the Swediſh language; as was alſo the ITER SCANICUM, in 1751, 8o, pp. 435. We cannot help regretting that theſe Itinera have not made [34] their appearance in the Engliſh, or ſome other language beſides that of Sweden; for though, in a country cultivated like ours, many hints, perhaps, might not be drawn from theſe volumes, of real importance to agriculture here; yet they are ſo replete with curious and philoſophical obſerva⯑tions, that they could not fail to be an acceptable preſent to the public; as the general ſcope of theſe volumes is to adapt natural hiſtory to eco⯑nomical purpoſes. In the Iter Gothlandicum et Oelandicum, LINNAEUS'S inſtructions were di⯑rected principally to theſe particulars:—He was to endeavour to find ſome kind of earth proper for making pottery-ware in imitation of the porcelaine of China: he was to notice every production of nature that might ſuperſede the neceſſity of the importation of any article, uſed either in phyſic or manufactures: and in fine, he was to have a regard to every part of natural hiſtory. In the execution of his plan, however, he went much farther than his commiſ⯑ſion extended, having interſperſed a number of obſervations relating to the antiquities of theſe iſlands, the mechanic arts, to the manners of the people, their fiſhery, and various other articles. He was, as might reaſonably be expected, un⯑ſucceſsful in the firſt part of his commiſſion, ſince the two iſlands are almoſt entirely com⯑poſed of limeſtone, or coral rocks, which abound in a remarkable degree in the Baltic.
As a proof of the little attention that had been paid to natural hiſtory in Sweden, we may obſerve, [35] that our author in this journey diſcovered above an hundred plants, which before were not known to be indigenous; many of which were ſuch as are uſed in phyſic, and in dyeing. He pointed out to the natives ſeveral plants of great uſe in ruſtic economy, and ſhewed them the advantage of planting the Sea-reed graſs (Arundo arenaria) to arreſt the ſand, and form ſoil on the ſhores; to which it is extremely well adapted by the length of the roots. In the ITER OELANDICUM there occurs a curious remark in vegetation, confirming the annual increaſe of the wood in an oak-tree, in which was perfectly diſtinguiſhed the hard winters of 1578, 1687, and 1709, by the narrow⯑neſs of the circles in thoſe years. He deſcribes the proceſs for making tar, as practiſed by theſe iſlanders; and further, interſperſes many obſerva⯑tions relating to mineralogy in general; to iron in particular, with which Sweden abounds; de⯑ſcribes the iron mountain Taberg, (See Phil. Tranſact. vol. xlix. p. 30.) the alum mines of Mockleby; the Poma chryſtallina, or aëtites marmo⯑reus, which illuſtrates the formation of chryſ⯑tals, &c.
In the ITER SCANICUM, performed in 1749, our author treats largely on the culture of marſhy grounds; on the uſeful and noxious herbs, for inſtance, the Stakan, ſuppoſed to be the Phellan⯑drium aquaticum, or Water Hemlock, which it is believed renders horſes that eat it paralytic; on the Gramen Mannae, or Feſtuca fluitans, the ſeeds of which are ſo particularly uſeful in fattening geeſe; on the Agaricus muſcarius, &c.
[36] In 1743, on occaſion of conferring a degree on Dr. J. Weſtman, the profeſſor delivered his third ORATION de Telluris habitabilis incremento: an elaborate and ingenious defence of that hypo⯑theſis, which Sir Iſaac Newton, and ſeveral other philoſophers, have inclined to, That the pro⯑portion of water on the globe of this earth is conſtantly decreaſing. This leads the pro⯑feſſor alſo to diſcuſs the 132d ſection of the Philoſophia—Initio rerum ex omni ſpecie viventium unicum ſexus par creatum fuiſſe ſuadet ratio.—The viſible receſſion of the waters of the ſea in divers parts of the earth, particularly apparent in the Baltic, had inclined the Swediſh philoſophers to this opinion of Sir Iſaac Newton's. The poſition of the Philoſophia, he thinks naturally deducible from the foregoing hypotheſis, and neceſſarily ſo from the Moſaic hiſtory. In ſolving the difficul⯑ties attending the latter part of the hypotheſis, he is led by his ſubject to enter largely into a part of the economy of nature, which renders his diſ⯑courſe highly intereſting, independently of ali con⯑jectures relating to the main argument: this re⯑lates to the various ways in which vegetables are diſſeminated, and by which they find their way to every part of the globe. To this effect winds, rain, rivers, the ſea, animals, &c. are all ſubſer⯑vient, as well as the various ſtructure and pro⯑perties of the ſeeds themſelves; in illuſtrating which laſt affair the profeſſor has taken great pains, and conſtructed tables of the genera, founded on theſe different properties of the ſeeds. In the introduction to this oration, our author turns the [37] attention of his readers to ſome of the more re⯑markable diſcoveries that had lately been made in natural hiſtory and philoſophy; ſuch were thoſe relating to the Polype, Rattleſnake, and the Senega, &c.; among others alſo, he mentions a remarkable fact that had been communicated by Sauvages of Montpelier, reſpecting the effect of the berries of the Coriaria myrtifolia, Spec. pl. 1467 (Myrtle-leaved Sumach) in occaſioning inſtant epilepſy.
The three orations of LINNAEUS are ſubjoined to the ſecond volume of the Amoenitates Academicae, printed in 1752.
In 1745, the profeſſor publiſhed his FLORA SUECICA exhibens Plantas per Regnum Sueciae creſ⯑centes, ſyſtematice cum differentiis ſpecierum, ſynonymis autorum, nominibus incolarum, ſolo locorum, uſu Pharmacopoeorum, 8o, Holm. pp. 392, 1745; and again, with many additions, in 1755, pp. 464. The firſt edition contains 1140 plants. In the ſecond they are increaſed, by his own, and the diſcoveries of his pupils, to 1296. No generical characters are introduced into this work, but re⯑ferences made to them as they ſtand in the Genera Plantarum, before ſpoken of. A number of ſelect ſynonyma is added to his own ſpecific name, under each plant; and not only the Swediſh names in general, but the provincial ones: highly worthy this of imitation in works of this kind, and quite ne⯑ceſſary in ſo extenſive a kingdom. Many of the rare plants are deſcribed at large, and botanical criticiſms added to many others. In the laſt edi⯑tion the author has interſperſed a great number [38] of curious obſervations relating to the economical and medical uſes of the plants; and has particu⯑larly noted thoſe that are capable of being ap⯑plied to the purpoſes of dyeing. The author moreover never fails to mention euporiſtic medi⯑cines, which he ſeems to think, perhaps very juſtly, have not been attended to by phyſicians as they deſerve. The plan of this work has been a pattern for all ſucceeding writers of local cata⯑logues, more eſpecially thoſe who have followed the Linnaean ſyſtem, and has been very little im⯑proved by any; perhaps excelled by none. The plants of Lapland are all included in this work; and the preface, beſides the account of Swediſh authors on botany, contains a curious diviſion of the ſeveral provinces of the kingdom, in reſpect to their different ſoils and ſituation, as adapted to particular plants, ſpecifying under each pro⯑vince the plants found therein.
In 1746 appeared the FAUNA SUECICA, ſiſtens Animalia Sueciae Regni: Mammalia, Aves, Amphi⯑bia, Piſces, Inſecta, Vermes; diſtributa per claſſes et ordines, genera et ſpecies, &c. Stockholm 1746, 8o; and again, greatly augmented, in 1761, pp. 556. The firſt edition contained 1350 ſubjects, the latter comprehends not leſs than 2266. Neither in this work are any claſſical, ordinal, or generical notes given at large. The world had never ſeen ſo compendious, and it may be truly ſaid, at the ſame time, ſo complete a zoology before. Here, as in plants, the author has given to each animal a new ſpecific name, expreſſive, as far as poſſible, of its eſſential character. The ſynonyms are added, [39] or referred to, from almoſt every author on the ſubject, and almoſt every animal is moreover com⯑pendiouſly deſcribed. Inſects make a very conſi⯑derable part of this catalogue; near 1700 ſpecies, all found in that kingdom, are enumerated, diſtin⯑guiſhed, and methodized, in a manner entirely new, and which has been adopted by nearly every writer on the ſubject ſince. We ſhall ſpeak more fully of the claſſification in the abſtract intended to be given of the Syſtema Naturae. A compendious manual of Engliſh Zoology on this plan, is a work much wanted; though we think it could not fail to enhance its value, if the tables of the genera were prefixed to each claſs, and the characters to each genus, as in the Syſtem of our author. Two plates, of ſome of the rarer birds chiefly, accom⯑pany this volume, on which are explained the technical terms uſed in ornithology. The number of each claſs of animals ſtands thus:
- 1. Mammalia—
- 53
- 2. Aves—
- 195
- 3. Amphibia—
- 25
- 4. Piſces—
- 77
- 5. Inſecta—
- 1691
- 6. Vermes—
- 198.
An accident having thrown into the hands of the profeſſor an Herbarium, conſiſting of five large volumes of plants, he diſcovered that it was the collection of the famous Dr. Paul Herman, which had been made in the iſland of Zeylon, by that gentleman, at the expence of the Dutch Eaſt India Company. This Herbarium had been loſt for up⯑wards of half a century, until chance threw it into the hands of M. Gunther, apothecary to the king of Denmark, who ſent it to LINNAEUS, re⯑queſting [40] the profeſſor to examine it, and affix the names to the plants of this ſuperb collection. Its great value, as being collected by ſo eminent a man, induced our author to examine the whole with great attention; and he was thereby enabled to form many new genera, and ſettle many doubt⯑ful ſpecies. He publiſhed the reſult of his la⯑bour under the title of FLORA ZEYLANICA, ſiſtens Plantas indicas Zeylonae Inſulae, quae olim 1670—1677 lectae fuere, à Paulo Hermanno Profeſſore Botan. Ley⯑denſi; demum poſt 70 annos ab A. Gunthero orbi redditae. Holm. 1747, 8o, pp. 254, tab. 4.
This work is yet of uſe as a pinax of theſe plants, and as a Linnaean catalogue of Burman's Theſaurus Zeylanicus, publiſhed in 1738, and illuſ⯑trated with the figures of upwards of 200 of theſe plants. Many of the rare ſpecies are deſcribed, and a very copious number of ſynonyms added to ſeveral of the Eaſt Indian plants. The Her⯑barium conſiſted of about 660 plants, of which the true places in the ſyſtem are aſſigned to up⯑wards of 400, and the remainder were too im⯑perfect to admit of diſtinction. This volume is rendered valuable by a conciſe hiſtory of the pro⯑greſs of botany, from the reſtoration of learning in the 16th century; a natural hiſtory of the iſland, and its general produce; the life of Dr. Herman; a ſhort account of J. Hartog, who was ſent by Dr. Sherard to make collections in this iſland; and of Burman's Theſaurus Zeylanicus. LINNAEUS authenticates this Herbarium to have been Herman's, by ſhewing that the numbers, and [41] the plants, anſwer to his Muſeum Zeylanicum, pub⯑liſhed in 1717.
We now ſee LINNAEUS fixed in the ſituation that was ſo well adapted to his character, his taſte, and abilities, and which ſeems to have been the object of his ambition, and center of his hopes. Soon after his eſtabliſhment, he laboured to get the Academical Garden, which had been founded in 1657, put on a better footing, and very ſoon effected it; procuring alſo a houſe to be built for the reſidence of the profeſſor. The whole had been in ruin ever ſince the fire in 1702, and at the time Linnaeus was appointed profeſſor of botany, the garden did not contain above 50 plants that were exotic. His correſpondence with the firſt botaniſts in Europe, ſoon ſupplied him with great variety. He received Indian plants from Juſſieu of Paris, and from Van Royen of Leyden; European plants from Haller and Ludwig; American plants from the late Mr. Collinſon, Mr. Cateſby, and others; and variety of annuals from Dillenius: in ſhort, how much the garden owed to his diligence and care, in a few years, may be ſeen by the catalogue publiſhed under the title of HORTUS UPSALIENSIS exhibens Plantas exoticas horto Upſalienſis Academiae a ſeſe (Linnaeo) illatas ab anno 1742, in annum 1748, additis, differentiis ſynonymis, habitationibus, hoſpitiis, rariorumque deſcriptionibus, in gratiam ſtudioſae ju⯑ventutis. Holm. 1748, 8o, pp. 306, tab. 3. By this catalogue it appears that the profeſſor had introduced 1100 ſpecies, excluſive of all the Swediſh plants, and of varieties; which latter, in ordinary gardens, amount not unfrequently [42] to one third of the whole number. The preface contains a curious hiſtory of the cli⯑mate at Upſal, and the progreſs of the ſeaſons through the whole year. From theſe obſerva⯑tions we learn, that the greateſt degree of heat, in the ſummer of 1747, at Upſal, was on the ſecond day of July, when Celſius's thermometer ſtood at 30 degrees above 0; that the greateſt degree of cold, on the 25th of January 1740, was 28 de⯑grees below 0. In this thermometer the freezing point is 0, and boiling water 100. From ſeven years obſervations on the leafing of the oak, it was found never to puſh before the 6th of May, or to be retarded beyond the 22d.
About this period it was, that LINNAEUS made a remarkable diſcovery, relating to the generation of pearls in the river Pearl-Muſcle (Mya Margaritifera, Syſt. 1112.) This ſhell-fiſh muſt not be confounded with what is called the Mother of Pearl Shell, as that belongs to another genus, is a ſea-ſhell, and an inhabitant of the warmer countries only. The ſhell-fiſh in queſtion is found in rivers, in all the northern parts of the world; in Norway and Sweden it abounds; it is found in the rivers of the county of Tyrone in Ireland, and in thoſe of Done⯑gall; in Scotland, the Don is ſaid to abound with it; and it is not unfrequent in the rivers of Eng⯑land. This fiſh will bear removal remarkably well; and it is ſaid, that in ſome places they form reſervoirs for the purpoſe of keeping it, and taking out the pearl, which, in a certain period of time, will be again renewed. From obſerva⯑tions on the growth of theſe ſhells, and the num⯑ber [43] of their annular laminae, or ſcales, it is ſup⯑poſed the fiſh will attain a very great age; 50 or 60 years are imagined to be a moderate computation. The diſcovery turned on a method, which LIN⯑NAEUS found, of putting theſe muſcles into a ſtate of producing pearls at his pleaſure; though the final effect did not take place for ſeveral years: he ſays, that in 5 or 6 years after the operation the pearl would have acquired the ſize of a Vetch. We are unacquainted with the means by which he accompliſhed this extraordinary ope⯑ration, but it was probably publiſhed at the time, and conſidered as important, ſince it is cer⯑tain that the author was rewarded with a munifi⯑cent praemium, from the States of the kingdom, on this account. We regret that we cannot ſpeak more fully on this head; but may ob⯑ſerve, that it is probable, from a paper publiſhed many years afterwards in the Berlin Acts, that the method conſiſted in injuring the ſhell externally, perhaps by a perforation; as it has been obſerved, that theſe concretions in ſhell-fiſh are found on the inſide, exactly oppoſite to perforations and injuries made from without by ſerpulae, and other animals.
From the time that LINNAEUS and Roſen were appointed profeſſors at Upſal, it ſhould ſeem that the credit of that univerſity, as a ſchool of phyſic, had been increaſing; and the fact in⯑deed is certain, that numbers of ſtudents re⯑ſorted thither from Germany, attracted by the character of theſe two able men: and certainly in Sweden itſelf, many young men were invited to [44] the ſtudy of phyſic, by the excellent manner in which it was taught, who otherwiſe would have engaged in different purſuits. We muſt not deviate into the line of Roſen's department: ſuf⯑fice it to ſay, that theſe two eminent men, by their united zeal and abilities, failed not to exalt, together with their own fame, that of their uni⯑verſity. LINNAEUS, in teaching the diagnoſis mor⯑borum, had adopted the plan, with ſome alteration, of M. Sauvages's Noſology, of which we ſhall be led to give ſome account hereafter. In the year 1749, he publiſhed, for the uſe of his ſtudents, MATERIA MEDICA, Liber I. de Plantis digeſtus ſecundum genera, loca, nomina, qualitates, vires, dif⯑ferentias, durationes, ſimplicia, modos, uſus, ſynony⯑ma, culturas, praeparata, potentias, compoſita. Holm. 1749, 8o, pp. 252. The compendious method in which this work is executed, and the ſeveral uſeful preliminary papers annexed, render it a very uſeful and inſtructive manual to ſtudents in medicine. A materia medica of the vegetable king⯑dom, in which every ſimple was aſcertained by ſo able a botaniſt as LINNAEUS, was a very con⯑ſiderable acquiſition to ſcience. In this volume are arranged 535 ſubjects, and ſeveral are for the firſt time reduced to their proper genera; ſuch are the Ipecacuanha, Pareira brava, Coculi Indici, and others. The method purſued in this volume is as follows. The author gives,
1. His own ſpecific character of the plant.
2. C. Bauhine's ſynonym: or, if the plant was unknown to him, that of the firſt diſcoverer.
3. The country where it is produced. In [45] the ſame line is expreſſed, by a ſingle epithet, whether it be an herb, ſhrub, or tree: whether it be annual, biennial, or perennial: alſo, whether it be indigenous; or if not, whether it thrives well by common cultivation in gardens, or requires de⯑fence from the cold of the winter in Sweden; or whether it will not endure that climate.
4. The Swediſh officinal name, what part is in uſe, or what preparation of it, if any; and the doſes of each.
5. The ſenſible quality of the plant; whether bitter, aromatic, acid, aſtringent, &c.; whether fra⯑grant, foetid, or inodorous; whether gummy, reſinous, or milky. Its reputed quality; whether uncertain, well-known, and approved; or whether to be cau⯑tiouſly uſed. Whether chiefly uſed in phyſic, or for culinary purpoſes.
6. Its reputed effects on the human body, whether purging, emetic, diuretic, &c.
7. The diſeaſes in which it is moſt frequently preſcribed.
8. The compound medicines into which it en⯑ters in the Swediſh diſpenſatory.
At the end of the volume is an index morborum, with the ſimples appropriated to each: and an index virium, adapted to a preceding claſſification, founded on their qualities or effects, either on the ſolids or fluids of the human body.
In the year 1749 was publiſhed the firſt volume of a collection of Theſes in 8o, under the title of Amoenitates Academicae, ſeu Diſſertationes variae, phy⯑ſicae, medicae, et botanicae. This publication has [46] been continued, from time to time, to the com⯑pletion of the ſeventh volume in the year 1769. Holm. Theſe volumes, as ſoon as publiſhed, were conſtantly reprinted in Germany and Hol⯑land. As theſe academical diſſertations were ſuſtained under LINNAEUS in his profeſſorial character, and were ſelected by himſelf, they have been regarded as of equal authority nearly with his own writings; and many of them do in a particular manner extend and exemplify divers parts of his works, the ſubjects having been pointed out by himſelf, in many inſtances, for that purpoſe. For theſe reaſons we ſhall, in the courſe of this volume, give a very brief ac⯑count of the purport of each diſſertation, ſince they contain a great variety of curious intelligence on the ſubjects of phyſic and natural hiſtory, every where digeſted in the moſt ſcientific taſte.
Whilſt LINNAEUS was meditating one of his capital performances, which had long been ex⯑pected, and greatly wiſhed for, he was interrupted by a very long and painful fit of the gout, which left him in a very weak and diſpirited ſtate; and, according to the intelligence that his friends gave of him, nothing was thought to have contributed more to the reſtoration of his ſpirits, than the ſeaſonable acquiſition, at this juncture, of a col⯑lection of rare and undeſcribed plants.
Upon the recovery of his health, he publiſhed his book; PHILOSOPHIA BOTANICA in qua expli⯑cantur fundamenta botanica cum definitionibus partium, exemplis terminorum, obſervationibus rariorum, ad⯑jectis [47] figuris aeneis. Stockh. et Amſt. 1751, 8o, pp. 362, tab. 11. This muſt be conſidered as the in⯑ſtitutions of the Linnaean ſyſtem of botany, and is a work which none, who wiſh to be acquainted with the ſexual ſyſtem, can be without, as it is the author's own comment on his Fundamenta, firſt publiſhed in 1736, and which are comprized in 365 aphoriſms, divided into 12 chapters. The author's original intention was to have explained all theſe aphoriſms at large, in the manner that had been done in the Bibliotheca Botanica, Claſſes Plantarum, Sponſalia Plantarum, Critica Botanica, and Vires Plantarum; but he ſays his numerous avocations did not allow him requiſite time.
Ch. 1. Exhibits a ſyſtematical diſtribution of the principal botanical writers, and is that part which is treated of at large in the Bibliotheca.
Ch. 2. Syſtemata. A view of all the botanical ſyſtems, being a compend of the Claſſes Plantarum, but here brought down ſomewhat later, ſo as to comprehend the general view of Van Royen's, Haller's, and Wachendorf's.
Ch. 3. Plantae. Explains the terms uſed in de⯑ſcribing the different kinds of roots, ſtalks, and leaves of plants.
Ch. 4. Fructificatio. Deſcribes the parts of fructification, and defines all the terms uſed re⯑ſpecting their number, figure, proportion, ſituation, and uſes.
Ch. 5. Relates to the ſexes of plants, a ſubject which is more copiouſly treated in a paper called Sponſalia Plantarum, printed in the firſt volume of the Amoenitates Academicae.
[48] Ch. 6. Characteres. Rules and definitions for eſtabliſhing the characters of claſſes, orders, and genera.
Ch. 7. Nomina. Rules for rightly forming ge⯑nerical names, and thoſe of orders and claſſes.
Ch. 8. Differentiae. Rules for eſtabliſhing the ſpecific characters of plants.
Ch. 9. Varietates. Rules for diſtinguiſhing va⯑rieties among plants.
Ch. 10. Synonyma. Rules relating to the right diſpoſition of ſynonymical names in botanic writ⯑ings.
The four chapters laſt mentioned make the ſub⯑ject of the CRITICA BOTANICA, in which work every aphoriſm is much more largely explained than in the preſent.
Ch. 11. Adumbrationes. Rules for properly de⯑ſcribing and naming the ſpecies, and for giving their complete hiſtory in a ſcientific manner.
Ch. 12. Vires. Relates to the virtues of plants, as deducible from their agreement in their charac⯑ters, as of the ſame genus, the ſame natural order, or claſs. The ſubject of this chapter is treated in a more comprehenſive manner in the Vires Plantarum, printed in the firſt volume of Amoeni⯑tates Academicae. To give a few inſtances how⯑ever as illuſtrations:—The Scammony, Me⯑choacan, Turbith, and Sea Bindweed, are all ſpecies of the genus Convolvulus, and all agree in poſſeſſing a purgative quality. The Mallow, Marſh-mallow, and Cotton-buſh, are ſo many diſtinct genera, under a natural order, called columniferous, and agree in being all mucilaginous. [49] Of the umbelliferous plants, ſuch as grow in dry places are aromatic, and conſidered as ſudorifics and carminatives: thoſe growing in watery places, on the contrary, are moſtly of a quality to be juſtly ſuſpected, and not a few of them quite noxious. Plants of the papilionaceous claſs are all excellent food for cattle. The ſyngeneſious, com⯑monly bitters. The coniferous claſs, all evergreens and reſinous, are conſidered as diuretics.
Ten explanatory plates are added to this vo⯑lume, on which are deſcribed the different leaves, and their ſituations on the ſtalk, &c. different ſtalks, roots, flowers, &c. The firſt part of theſe plates, relating to the leaves, had been given in⯑troductory to the Hortus Cliffortianus. Some new terms in botany▪ which have been invented ſince the publication of the Philoſophia, may be found in a paper under the title of Termini Botanici, in the 6th volume of the Amoenitates.
In this work of LINNAEUS it is difficult to de⯑termine, whether we ought moſt to admire the ge⯑nius of its author in his inventive power, or that exquiſite ſcientific arrangement which he has given to the whole; and which, both together, conſtitute this a moſt excellent performance.
At the end of the volume we meet with ſeveral curious fragments: ſuch are,
1. Directions to botanic pupils.
2. The method of conſtructing an herbarium.
3. Method of conducting botanical excurſions.
4. Method of laying out a botanic garden.
5. Plan for naturaliſts in travelling and con⯑ſtructing [50] their journal; with an enumeration of all thoſe ſubjects that demand their attention.
6. Idea of a compleat botaniſt. Some of the principal botaniſts are here enumerated.
7. A compend of the philoſophy of vege⯑tation.
In 1753, appeared the Profeſſor's Opus maximum et aeternum, the SPECIES PLANTARUM exhibentes Plantas rite cognitas, ad genera relatas, cum differentiis ſpecificis, nominibus trivialibus, ſynonymis ſelectis, locis natalibus, ſecundum ſyſtema ſexuale di⯑geſtas. Tom. II. Holm. 8o, 1753, pp. 1200; and a ſecond time in 1762, pp. 1684. To give this work its utmoſt perfection, had been the author's object for many years, and to this all his other bota⯑nic productions are in ſome meaſure only prepara⯑tory; eſpecially the local catalogues; as the rightly aſcertaining the ſpecies is the great object of all me⯑thod. In this work Linnaeus takes in every plant that had come ſufficiently under his own inſpec⯑tion; ſeldom admitting any on the authority of others; and whereſoever he has done it, the plant is diſtinguiſhed by a proper mark. The plan of this work is, in general, agreeable to that of all his other local catalogues; no other part of the ſyſtem being exemplified except the ſpecies: and as it is entirely botanical, none of the uſes of the plants are here introduced. Every plant has its ſpecific name, conſtructed according to the rules eſtabliſhed in the eighth part of the Philo⯑ſophia Botanica, with a reference to all, or any of his own works, in which it has been mentioned be⯑fore; [51] and the ſynonym is given, if it be different from the preſent. Then follow the ſynonyms of the beſt authors, and conſtantly, where the plant is at all rare, or newly-diſcovered, there is a reference to the beſt figures. The country in which the plant grows is then added, and frequently a ſym⯑bol, expreſſive of its duration, whether annual, biennial, or perennial.
In this work, for the firſt time, the profeſſor has given to each plant, what he calls a trivial name: that is, a ſingle epithet, which may be ex⯑preſſive, as far as poſſible, of the eſſential ſpecific difference, among the ſpecies of the genus: this, however, can take place but rarely; in other in⯑ſtances it is expreſſive of ſome, the moſt ſtriking and obvious difference; and not ſeldom it is a lo⯑cal term; or the name of the firſt diſcoverer. The latter method, could it have taken place, would have had the advantage of conveying, ſomewhat like a chronological hiſtory of each plant, and at the ſame time perpetuating due credit to the diſ⯑coverer. Theſe trivial names are printed in the margin, to catch the eye inſtantly, which is a great advantage. The invention of trivial names, the hint of which was probably borrowed from Rivini, by aſſiſting the memory, has much promoted the knowledge of plants, and muſt be conſidered as a capital improvement. Their uſe in ſpeaking of plants, and forming compendious catalogues, has been acknowledged by every botaniſt ſince the introduction of them.
In the preface the author gives an ample ac⯑count of the aſſiſtances he received, and of the [52] pains he had taken, to bring this work to its pre⯑ſent ſtate. To this end, he ſpecifies, the coun⯑tries he had travelled over; the many botanic gardens he had viſited; the various excellent her⯑baria that he had examined, in Sweden, Holland, England, and France; the names of his pupils educated under him, and their various peregrina⯑tions; from all which he reaped great advantages, as from theſe he received various new plants: and, finally, he acknowledges the many liberal communications of ſeeds and ſpecimens, ſent to him from all parts of the world by the firſt bota⯑niſts of the time.
As this work contains all the plants of the known world which had come to Linnaeus's knowledge, or rather inſpection; which, at the publication of theſe volumes, appear to have amounted to about 7,300 ſpecies, all varieties excluded, the profeſſed botaniſt has only to regret, that it could not have been extended by the author himſelf, to a com⯑pleat pinax, and hiſtory of every plant therein de⯑ſcribed.
In this year alſo LINNAEUS publiſhed MUSEUM TESSINIANUM, opera Ill. Comitis C. G. TESSIN, Regis Regnique Senatoris, &c. &c. collectum. Holm. 1753, fol. pp. 90. tab. 12. This is a deſcription of the cabinet of LINNAEUS'S firſt patron and great friend Count Teſſin, at that time preceptor to the Prince Royal, now King of Sweden, who had ſpared no expence in collecting a rich muſeum, principally conſiſting of ſubjects in mineralogy, and particu⯑cularly abounding in foſſils of the figured or ex⯑traneous kind. The work is in Swediſh and Latin; [53] and the tables repreſent ſeveral ſcarce and very valuable figured foſſils, not to be ſeen elſewhere.
The petrifactions or figured foſſils in this work, are arranged in four orders, founded on the dif⯑ferent modes of the formation of them.
1. Foſſilia, commonly ſo called; ſhells, corals, animal remains, unchanged, except by being de⯑prived more or leſs of the connecting animal gluten.
2. Redintegrata. Earthy, ſtony, or chryſtalline foſſils, formed within any cruſtaceous or teſtaceous body, as in a mould; thus retaining the caſt, without the external coat.
3. Impreſſa. Impreſſions only: as of fiſhes and capillary plants, or ferns, &c.
4. Tranſubſtantiata. Perfect petrifactions, in which the original organic parts are perfectly filled up with ſtony particles, and retaining the exact ſtructure, externally and internally, of the origi⯑nal body.
In 1754 was publiſhed MUSEUM REGIS ADOL⯑PHI Suecorum, &c. in quo Animalia rariora, imprimis et exotica Quadrupedia, Aves, Amphibia, Piſces, In⯑ſecta, Vermes deſcribuntur et determinantur, Latine et Suetice. Fol. 1754, pp. 135. tab. 33. This ſplen⯑did volume is frequently referred to by our author in his Syſtema, on account of the figures of ſo many of the rarer ſerpents, and fiſhes, here engraven. Of the former there are 48 ſpecies, and of the lat⯑ter 32; ſpecimens of which are all preſerved in ſpirits in the royal muſeum; in the palace of Ulrickſdahl.
The fame which our author had now acquired [54] by his Syſtema Naturae, of which a ſixth edition, much enlarged, had been publiſhed at Stockholm, in 1748, in 8o, pp. 232, with eight tables, expla⯑natory of the claſſes and orders; and which was alſo republiſhed by Gronovius at Leyden; had brought, as it were, a conflux of every thing rare and valuable in every branch of nature, from all parts of the globe, into Sweden. The king and queen of Sweden had their ſeparate collections of rarities; the former at Ulrickſdahl, as hath juſt been mentioned; the latter, very rich in exotic inſects and ſhells, procured at a great expence, at the palace of Drottningholm. Theſe our author was employed in arranging and deſcribing. Be⯑ſides theſe, the muſeum of the royal academy of Upſal had been augmented by a conſiderable do⯑nation from the king, whilſt hereditary prince, in 1746; by another, from Count Gyllenborg, the year before; by a third, from M. Grill, an opulent citizen of Stockholm. The contents of theſe three collections are given in the firſt volume of the Amoenitates Academicae. We mention them here only to ſhew that LINNAEUS now began to enjoy ample reſources in every branch of natural hiſtory at home; beſides that many ingenious men, who had been educated under him, were now diſperſed into various quarters of the globe; and that from their letters he received great intelligence and ſatisfaction. Seeds and ſpecimens of plants were ſent him from Siberia, by Gmelin; from America, by Dr. Mitchel and Governor Coldingham; from England, by Mr. COLLINSON; Mr. Ellis; as alſo from his friends in Holland, and various other parts [55] of Europe. And thus it will be ſeen, that he be⯑gan ſcarcely to feel the diſadvantages of his northern ſituation.
We ſhall now alſo begin to ſee the profeſſor in a more elevated rank and ſituation in life. His reputation had already procured him ho⯑nours from almoſt all the Royal Societies in Eu⯑rope. Into the Imperial Academy, he had been very early received, and diſtinguiſhed, according to the cuſtom of that inſtitution, with a claſſic name, having moſt aptly been called DIOSCORIDES ſecun⯑dus: and in the year 1753 he received this honour from the Royal Society of London; and his own ſovereign, truly ſenſible of his merit, and greatly eſteeming his character and abilities, favoured him with a mark of his diſtinction and regard, by creating him a KNIGHT of the POLAR STAR. It was now no longer Laudatur et alget. His emo⯑luments kept pace with his fame and honours; his practice in his profeſſion became lucrative, and we find him ſoon after poſſeſſed of his country houſe and gardens at Hammarby, about five miles from Upſal. He had moreover received one of the moſt flattering teſtimonies of the extent and magnitude of his fame, that perhaps was ever ſhewn to any literary character, the ſtate of the nation which conferred it, with all its circumſtances, duly conſidered. This was an invitation to Ma⯑drid, from the king of Spain, there to preſide as a naturaliſt, with the offer of an annual penſion for life of 2000 piſtoles, letters of nobility, and the perfect free exerciſe of his own religion. An offer not readily parallelled in the hiſtory of modern [56] times! That he did not accept of it is cer⯑tain, having, after the moſt perfect acknowledg⯑ments of the ſingular honour done him, returned for anſwer, that, if he had any merits, they were due to his own country.
In the year 1755, the Royal Academy of Sciences at Stockholm honoured our profeſſor with one of the firſt premiums, agreeably to the will of Count Sparre; who had decreed two gold medals, of ten ducats value each, to be annually given by the academy, to the authors of ſuch papers, in the preceding year's Stockholm Acts, as ſhould be ad⯑judged moſt uſeful in promoting agriculture par⯑ticularly, and all branches of rural oeconomy. This medal bore on one ſide, the arms of the Count, with this motto—Superſtes in Scientiis amor FREDE⯑RICI SPARRE.—LINNAEUS obtained it in conſequence of a paper de Plantis, quae Alpium Suecicarum in⯑digenae, magno rei oeconomicae et medicae emolumento fieri poſſint, and the ultimate intention was to re⯑commend theſe plants, as adapted to culture in Lapland. This paper was inſerted in the Stockholm Acts for 1754. Vol. XV.
LINNAEUS alſo obtained the praemium centum au⯑reorum, propoſed by the Imperial Academy of Sciences at Peterſburgh, for the beſt paper written to eſtabliſh, or diſprove, by new arguments, the doc⯑trine of the ſexes of plants. On this occaſion the profeſſor wrote his DISQUISITIO de quaeſtione ab Acad. Imper. Scient. Petrop. in annum 1759 pro praemio propoſita: SEXUM PLANTARUM argumentis et experi⯑mentis novis, praeter adhuc jam cognita, vel corroborare vel impugnare, praemiſſa expoſitione hiſtorica et phyſica [57] omnium Plantae partium, quae aliquid ad faecundationem et perfectionem ſeminis, et fructus conferre credun⯑tur; ab eadem Academia die 6 Sept. 1760, in con⯑ventu publico praemio ornata. Petrop. 1760, 4o, pp. 32.
Apart from all foregoing arguments, facts, and experiments, brought in ſupport of this queſtion, the profeſſor has in this little tract ſufficiently proved, by a ſeries of new facts, that the duſt of the Antherae, analogically called the male parts, is abſolutely neceſſary to be ſhed on the ſtigma or female part, in order to render the ſeed fertile. His theory of vegetation, prefixed to this paper, is explained more at large in the Prolepſis Planta⯑rum, printed in the 6th volume of the Amoenitates.
It was, if poſſible, an additional glory to LIN⯑NAEUS to have merited this premium from the Peterſ⯑burgh academy; inaſmuch as a profeſſor of that ſociety, a few years before, had with more than common zeal, although with a futility like that of the other antagoniſts of our author, endeavoured to overturn the whole Linnaean ſyſtem of botany, by attempting to ſhew that the doctrine of the ſexes of plants, had no foundation in nature, and was unſupported by facts and experiments.
The great character of LINNAEUS, and that of his colleagues, particularly of Roſen, in the medical departments, and their united endea⯑vours, had very conſiderably raiſed the credit of the univerſity of Upſal, as we have before ob⯑ſerved. It is certain, that the number of ſtu⯑dents are, at this time, nearly double what they are ſaid to have been in accounts written 30 and [58] 40 years ago. The emulation excited among the ſtudents amply rewarded thoſe gentlemen for their pains, by the vaſt harveſt of uſeful information flowing in, particularly on the ſubjects of natural hiſtory, from their pupils, now diſperſed in every part of the world. Many of theſe young men, after being properly grounded in the principles of phyſic, had, with an ardour which nothing but the ſtrongeſt love of ſcience could inſpire, volun⯑tarily undertaken the moſt diſtant and perilous voyages, ſupported by the munificence of parti⯑cular patrons or ſocieties, to gratify their taſte in the purſuits of natural hiſtory, and other uſeful knowledge. Several of theſe young men periſh⯑ed, from change of climate, or various other cauſes, and much of the fruit of their labour was loſt with them. Such was the fate of Ternſtröem, at Pulicandor, in 1745; of Haſſelquiſt, who went into Aegypt and Paleſtine, and died at Smyrna, in 1752; of Loefling, who died in Cumana, in 1756. Of the firſt of theſe we have no remains. The papers of Haſſelquiſt were redeemed by the queen of Sweden, and publiſhed by LINNAEUS, under the title of ITER PALAESTINUM, in 1757, in 8o; and thoſe of Loefling, under the title of ITER HISPANICUM, in 1758; to each of which is pre⯑fixed a ſhort account of the author. We have alſo the fruit of Kalm's journey in N. America, and of the voyage of Oſbeck and Toren, who both went chap⯑lains to Swediſh Eaſt India ſhips. Theſe are here mentioned particularly, as they are all tranſlated, and publiſhed ſince in the Engliſh language. We yet deplore the more recent fate of Forſkal, and his [59] unfortunate aſſociates, in Arabia, and the more ſo, ſince his poſthumous pieces, publiſhed at Copen⯑hagen in 1775, are ſufficient to convince us, that the fruit of that expedition would have been rich and large, had it not been ſo unfortunately blaſted.
There were alſo ſeveral others, who made leſs remote journies for the ſame purpoſe; ſuch were L. Montin, who viſited Lula-Lapmark in 1749; M. Koehler, who travelled into the ſouthern part of Italy in 1752; Dr. SOLANDER, who viſited Pitho-Lapmark, and Torno-Lapmark, in 1753, where he made ſeveral diſcoveries, and brought back divers rare plants, and other ſubjects in natural hiſtory, which had eſcaped the diligence of his great maſter; D. Rolander, who viſited Surinam and St. Euſtatia, in 1755; A. R. Martin, who ſearched Greenland in 1758, as C. Alſtroëmer did the ſouthern parts of Europe in 1760. We do not mention others, who re-viſited the iſle of Gothland in 1752 and 1760, after Linnaeus's own tour into that place.
The travels of theſe gentlemen afforded great ſources of information, and furniſhed ma⯑terials for our author, that proved very favour⯑able to the laſt editions of his Syſtema Naturae, and Species Plantarum: inſomuch, that we ſhall ſee him exemplifying, in a much more perfect and de⯑tailed manner, his Syſtem of Nature.
This work, as far as reſpected the vegetable kingdom, had been ſeparately and largely exhi⯑bited, as before mentioned, in the Genera Plan⯑tarum, and the ſpecies given in the ſeveral Florae of [60] our author, and finally in the Species Plantarum. As yet, however, although it had paſſed through nine editions, little more had appeared in the ani⯑mal kingdom than the generical characters, with a ſingle ſpecific name; inſomuch that the ninth edition at Leyden, in 1756, was contained in a ſmall octavo of 226 pages. This it muſt be ob⯑ſerved notwithſtanding, was only a republication of the author's ſixth edition in 1748. The ſcheme therefore cannot be conſidered as perfected by the author, until the publication of the 10th edition, in 1758, the firſt part of which, relating to the animal kingdom, makes a volume of 821 pages; and the ſame part, in the 12th and laſt edition, is augmented by the addition of new ſubjects to 1327 pages. This work therefore, publiſhed in two volumes at Stockholm, in 1766 and 1767, is to be conſidered as having received the author's finiſhing hand, as far as poſſible, ſince he pro⯑feſſes to deſcribe only ſuch animals as had fallen under his own inſpection, except in ſome inſtances, where his dependence upon other authority ren⯑dered it juſtifiable. The title of this enlarged edition runs thus:
SYSTEMA NATURAE per regna tria Naturae ſecun⯑dum claſſes, ordines, genera et ſpecies, cum charac⯑teribus, differentiis, ſynonymis, locis. Holm. 1766, I. 1767, II. 1768, III.
TOM. I. The ANIMAL KINGDOM.
In this volume, after a philoſophical hiſtory of the animal kingdom in general, our author pro⯑ceeds to the eſtabliſhment of the claſſical cha⯑racters; [61] previous to which, he preſents us with the natural diviſion of animals, ariſing from their different internal ſtructure; an arrangement partly eſtabliſhed by Ariſtotle, and of which our own great naturaliſt Mr. RAY has made conſiderable uſe, in the introductory part of his Synopſis Ani⯑malium. By this diviſion all the animal kingdom naturally falls into ſix claſſes, as follow: animals having the
Two ventricles and auricles:— Blood warm and red. | Viviparous. | MAMMALIA. |
Oviparous. | BIRDS. | |
One ventricle and auricle:— Blood cold and red. | Reſpiration voluntary. | AMPHIBIA. |
Breathing by Gills. | FISHES. | |
One ventricle, with⯑out auricle:— Sanies, cold and co⯑lourleſs. | Antennated. | INSECTS. |
Tentaculated. | VERMES. |
He then gives the natural characters at large of each claſs, taking in with the foregoing internal ſtructure, all the differences ariſing from the lungs, or other organs of reſpiration, as gills: from the maxillae, jaws or mandibles: the organs of genera⯑tion: thoſe of ſenſation: the teguments, or outward covering: and the fulcra, or legs, wings, &c. Our plan does not admit of introducing theſe at large.
At the head of each claſs is given a conciſe and moſt inſtructive deſcription of the claſſical cha⯑racter; ſo methodically conſtructed, as to include at the ſame time an explanation of all the terms [62] appertaining to that claſs, concluding with a ge⯑neral mention of the beſt authors thereon.
After this, our author proceeds to the eſtabliſhment of the natural characters of each order of the claſs reſpectively. Theſe alſo we muſt omit, as incon⯑ſiſtent with our compendious view of the ſyſtem, and more eſpecially the latter claſſes of this king⯑dom, where the ſubjects are ſo numerous: but in the four firſt claſſes we propoſe to give the artificial generical characters as they ſtand at the head of each order.
Claſs I. MAMMALIA.
This claſs comprehends not only all the animals which we call Quadrupeds (the Lizard genus, or rather the reptiles Pedati, excepted) but alſo the cetaceous order, or Whales, Cachalots, and Porpeſſes. This arrangement of Whales with Quadrupeds, which did not take place in the firſt editions of this work, has not been reliſhed by ſome very reſpectable Zoologiſts who wrote be⯑fore LINNAEUS; but our author thinks himſelf fully juſtified on account of the agreement of theſe animals in the ſtructure of the heart, in the reſpiration by means of lungs, in their hav⯑ing moveable eyelids, ears, in being viviparous, in being furniſhed with teats, and in other parti⯑culars, by which they differ ſo materially from fiſhes, as to more than balance that ſingle agree⯑ment in living in the ſame element.
The MAMMALIA are divided by our author into ſeven orders; the diſtinctions of which are, in this artificial arrangement, principally eſtabliſhed on [63] the difference in the number, ſituation, and form, of the three kinds of teeth, namely, the primores or inciſores, called fore-teeth, or cutting teeth; the laniarii or canini, called dog-teeth, canine, or lace⯑rating teeth; and the molares, double teeth or grinders. LINNAEUS, notwithſtanding, does not entirely neglect the feet, as will appear from his deſcription of the natural characters of the orders, as well as from the following ſyſtematic arrangement, of this claſs.
Fore-teeth, none— | BRUTA. | 2. |
Fore-teeth, two. Canine none | GLIRES. | 4. |
Fore-teeth, four. Canine ſingle | PRIMATES. | 1. |
Fore-teeth, 6, 2, 10. conical. Canine ſingle | FERAE. | 3. |
Fore-teeth, above and below— | BELLUAE. | 6. |
Fore-teeth, none above— | PECORA. | 5. |
Teeth, various; in the different genera— | CETE. | 7. |
We ſhall give the characters as they ſtand at the head of each ORDER; and then enumerate the genera, adding to the latter only the abbreviated characters.
I. PRIMATES. Animals furniſhed with fore-teeth, or cutting teeth: four above; parallel. Two pectoral teats.
II. BRUTA. No fore-teeth.
III. FERAE. Six, ſharp fore-teeth in the up⯑per jaw. One canine tooth on each ſide.
There are exceptions in this order. The Di⯑delphis [64] hath 17. The Sorex hath 19. And the Erinaceus 20.
IV. GLIRES. Two fore-teeth in each jaw, cloſe together; but remote from the grinders. No canine teeth.
V. PECORA. No fore-teeth in the upper jaw: ſix or eight in the lower jaw, very remote from the grinders. Hoofed feet: inguinal teats.
VI. BELLUA. Fore-teeth truncated. Hoofed feet.
VII. CETE. Breathing apertures on the head. Pectoral fins. Tail placed horizontally. No claws.
Abbreviated generic characters.
I. PRIMATES.
Howſoever the pride of man may be offended at the idea of being ranked with the beaſts that periſh, he nevertheleſs ſtands as an animal, in the ſyſtem of nature, at the head of this order; and as ſuch is here deſcribed, with his ſeveral varieties obſervable in the different quarters of the globe, in a manner, and with an accuracy, peculiar to our author, and which we may venture to ſay, is no where elſe to be met with. But man is not left by LINNAEUS, to contemplate himſelf merely as ſuch; but he is led to the conſideration of what he ought to be, as an intelligent and moral being, in a comment on the Grecian Sage's dictate, KNOW THYSELF: by the true application of which, he cannot but be ſufficiently elevated above every humiliating idea which can otherwiſe ariſe from ſuch an aſſociation.
- 2. SIMIA. Ape. Canine teeth, ſeparate.
- 33 ſpecies.
- a. Without tails. True Apes. 3:
- b. With ſhort tails. Baboons. 6.
- c. With long tails. Monkeys. 24:
- 3. LEMUR. Maucauco. Fore-teeth below 6.
- 5 ſpecies. Mongoz, Black Mau⯑cauco, Ringtailed M. &c.
- 4. VESPERTILIO. Bat. Fore-toes elongated, and connected by mem⯑branes, performing the office of wings.
- Vampyre, Common Bat, Long-eared, &c. 6 ſpecies.
II. BRUTA.
- 5. ELEPHAS. Elephant. Tuſks and grinders only: long proboſcis.
- 6. TRICHECHUS. Walrus. Tuſks above only; grinders formed of a rugged bony ſubſtance; hinder feet formed into fins.
- The Morſe, the Manati.
- 7. BRADYPUS. Sloth. Grinders only; firſt grind⯑ers long; body hairy.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 8. MYRMECOPHAGA. Ant-eater. No teeth; body hairy.
- 4 ſpecies.
- 9. MANIS. Manis. No teeth; body ſcaly.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 10. DASYPUS. Armadillo. Grinders only; body cruſtaceous.
- 6 ſpecies.
III. FERAE
- 11. PHOCA. Seal. Fore-teeth above 6; below 4.
- 3 ſpecies. Urſine, Leonine, Com⯑mon.
- 12. CANIS. Dog. Fore-teeth 6; and 6: middle ones above; lobated.
- Faithful, with all its varieties. Wolf, Hyaena, Fox, Arctic Fox, Jackal, &c. 9 ſpecies.
- 13. FELIS. Cat. Fore-teeth 6; and 6: lower ones, equal: tongue very rough.
- Lion, Tyger, Panther, Cat, Lynx, &c. 7 ſpecies.
- 14. VIVERRA. Civet. Fore-teeth 6; and 6: mid⯑dle ones below ſhort.
- 6 ſpecies. Ichneumon or Mungo, Coati Mondi, Civet, Genet, &c.
- 15. MUSTELA. Weeſel. Fore-teeth 6; and 6: lower ones cloſe toge⯑ther; 2 placed inwards.
- Sea-Otter, Otter, Leſſer Otter, the Glutton, Martin, Pole-cat, Ferret, Sable, Stoat, or Er⯑mine. The Glutton is thought by Mr. Pennant to be the ſame animal with the Urſus Luſcus, or Quick-hatch, of Linnaeus. 11 ſpecies.
- 16. URSUS. Bear. Fore-teeth 6; and 6: upper ones hollowed.
- Black Bear, White Bear, Badger, Raccoon, Quick-hatch or Wol⯑verene, (the ſame animal called Glutton.)
- 17. DIDELPHIS. Opoſſum. Fore-teeth above 10; below, 8.
- Virginian, Philander, Seba's Mu⯑rine, Dorſigerous.
- 18. TALPA. Mole. Fore-teeth 6 above; 8 below.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 19. SOREX. Shrew. Fore-teeth 2 above; 4 be⯑low.
- Creſted, Minute, the leaſt of all quadrupeds; weighs 1 drachm. Water, Murine, Foetid or com⯑mon.
- 20. ERINACEUS. Hedgehog. Fore teeth 2 above, 2 below.
- Common, American, Aſiatic.
IV. GLIRES.
- 21. HYSTRIX. Porcupine. Body covered with quills.
- Canada, Long-tailed.
- 22. LEPUS. Hare. Fore-teeth above, double▪
- Common Rabbet, Cape Rabbet, Braſilian Rabbet.
- 23. CASTOR. Beaver. Fore-teeth above truncated, and hollowed.
- Common, Muſk, Zibet.
- 24. MUS. Rat. Fore-teeth above ſubulated.
- 21 ſpecies. Cavy, called Guinea Pig, Aguti, Javan, Earleſs, Lemming, Marmot, Earth Rat, Water R. Common R. Mouſe, Dormouſe, Jerbua, &c.
- 25. SCIURUS. Squirrel. Fore-teeth above, cu⯑neated; below, com⯑preſſed.
- Common, Black, Grey, Palm, Striated, Glis, Flying, Java, Flying Cat. 11 ſpecies.
- 26. NOCTILIO. Noctule. Fore-teeth, below bi⯑lobated; fore-toes elon⯑gated, and connected by membranes, perform⯑ing the office of wings.
- American. 1 ſpecies.
V. PECORA.
- 27. CAMELUS. Camel. No horns; ſeveral canine teeth on each ſide.
- Camel, Bactrian or Dromedary, Glama, Pacos.
- 28. MOSCHUS. Muſk. No horns; canine teeth ſingle on each ſide; upper ones ſtanding out of the mouth.
- Tibet Muſk, Guinea Muſk, an Antelope of Mr. Pennant, Pigmy Muſk.
- 29. CERVUS. Deer. Horns ſolid, branched, de⯑ciduous; no canine teeth.
- Camelopard, Elk, Stag, Rein Deer, Buck, Roebuck, Guinea.
- 30. CAPRA. Goat. Horns hollow, erect; no canine teeth.
- Tame Goat, Wild Goat, Chamois, Rock Goat, Gazell, Egyptian Antelope of Mr. Pennant, Com⯑mon Antelope, Bezoar, Dorcas, Ammon, &c. 12 ſpecies.
- 31. OVIS. Sheep. Horns hollow, bending back⯑wards; no canine teeth.
- Ram and its varieties; Guinea, Cretan; theſe two are alſo varieties, according to Mr. Pennant.
- 32. BOS. Ox. Horns hollow, extending out⯑wards; no canine teeth.
- Bull; Bonaſus, the ſame in a wild ſtate, according to Mr. Pennant; Biſon, Grunting, Buffalo, Dwarf or Indian.
VI. BELLUAE.
- 33. EQUUS. Horſe. Fore-teeth 6 above, and 6 below.
- Horſe, Aſs, Zebra.
- 34. HIPPOPOTAMUS. Hippopotame. Fore-teeth above 6, below 4.
- River Horſe. Mr. Pennant de⯑ſcribes this animal as having 4 cutting teeth only above and below.
- 35. SUS. Hog. Fore-teeth above 4, below 6.
- Common; Guinea, conſidered as a variety; Pecary; Capybara, Thick-noſed Tapiir of Pennant; Babyrouſſa.
- 36. RHINOCEROS. Fore-teeth 2 above, and 2 be⯑low.
- One-horned. Variety with two horns. See Dr. Parſons on this ſubject, Phil. Tranſ. vol. xlii. p. 523, and vol. lvi. p. 32. Linnaeus thinks this may be removed into the order of Bruta.
VII. CETE.
- 37. MONODON. Narwal. Two long ſtrait teeth in the upper jaw, perfo⯑rating the lip.
- Sea Unicorn.
- 38. BALAENA. Whale. Horny laminae in the up⯑per jaw.
- Whalebone Whale, Fin-fiſh, Hump-backed or Pike-headed, Round-lipped.
- 39. PHYSETER. Cachalot. Teeth in the lower jaw only.
- Round-headed, Spermaceti, Crook⯑ed-toothed, Plane-toothed.
- 40. DELPHINUS. Dolphin. Teeth in both jaws.
- Porpeſs, Dolphin, Grampus.
[71] This part of the ſyſtem, taking in a few ſpecies deſcribed in the appendix of the third Tome, and in the Mantiſſa of 1771, contains about 230 ſpecies. Mr. Pennant, in his Synopſis of Quadrupeds, and our learned friend Profeſſor MARTIN, in his Elements of Natural Hiſtory, by including ſome animals that were unknown to LINNAEUS, and giving the rank of ſpecies to ſeveral that were conſidered by our author as varieties, have extended the number of Mammalia to 289 ſpecies.
Claſs II. AVES. BIRDS.
Theſe are divided by LINNAEUS into ſix orders, the diſtinctions of which are chiefly taken from the beak, but in ſome genera it has been neceſſary to call in the tongue, nares or noſtrils, and, in ſome inſtances, the feet, and other parts. We ſhall give the characters of the orders as they ſtand at the head of each; and ſubjoin the abbreviated generical characters, enumerating the number of ſpecies under each genus.
I. ACCIPITRES. RAPACIOUS. Birds having the upper mandible of the beak furniſhed on each ſide with an angular proceſs.
II. PICAE. PIES. Birds having the beak ſome⯑what compreſſed on the ſides and convex on the upper part.
III. ANSERES. WEB-FOOTED. Birds having a ſomewhat obtuſe beak, cloathed with a thin ſkin; gibbous at the baſe underneath, wide at the end; the faux or edges of the baſe denticu⯑lated; the feet palmated or webbed, and formed for ſwimming.
[72]IV. GRALLAE. WADERS. Birds having the beak ſubcylindrical, and rather obtuſe; the tongue entire and fleſhy; the thighs naked for ſome ſpace above the knees.
V. GALLINAE. GALLINACEOUS. Birds having the upper mandible convex, or arched, and re⯑ceiving the edges of the lower; noſtrils half cover⯑ed, by means of a convex, ſomewhat cartilaginous membrane; the rectrices, or tail-feathers, more than twelve; the feet cloven, but the toes connected by a membrane as far as to the firſt joint.
VI. PASSERES. PASSERINE. Birds having a conical acuminated beak; the noſtrils ovated, open, and naked.
Abbreviated generic characters.
I. ACCIPITRES.
- 41. VULTUR. Vulture. Beak hooked; head naked.
- Condor, Harpy, King of Vultures, &c. 8 ſpecies.
- 42. FALCO. Eagle. Beak hooked, and bordered with a cere at the baſe.
- Eagles, Hawks, Buzzards, Spar⯑row-hawk. 32 ſpecies.
- 43. STRIX. Owl. Beak hooked; capiſtrum, or feathers of the fore⯑head, thrown over the beak.
- Horn Owls, Grey Owl, Screech Owl, Little Owl, &c. 12 ſpecies.
- 44. LANIUS. Butcher-bird, or Skrike. Beak near⯑ly ſtrait; upper man⯑dible on each ſide, near the end, notched, and furniſhed with a den⯑ticle.
- 26 ſpecies.
- a. Feet with three toes before, and one long one behind, formed for walking.
- 66. TROCHILUS. Honey-ſucker. Beak incurvated, filiform, forming a tube at the extremity.
- 22 ſpecies.
- 65. CERTHIA. Creeper. Beak incurvated, acumi⯑nated.
- 25 ſpecies, 1 only Engliſh.
- 64. UPUPA. Hoopee. Beak incurvated, ſomewhat obtuſe.
- 3 ſpecies, 1 Engliſh.
- 48. BUPHAGA. Beef-eater of Mr. Pennant. Beak ſtrait, quadrangular.
- 1 ſpecies.
- 60. SITTA. Nut-hatch. Beak ſtrait; cuneated at the end.
- 3 ſpecies, 1 Engliſh.
- 52. ORIOLUS. Oriole. Beak ſtrait, conic, very acute.
- Golden Thruſh, &c. 20 ſpecies, all exotic.
- 51. CORACIAS. Roller. Beak cultrated (ſharp or cutting) incurved at the end. [74]
- 6 ſpecies, 1 Engliſh.
- 53. GRACULA. Grackle. Beak cultrated, equal, naked at the baſe.
- Mino of Edwards, Saulary, Mair⯑bird of America, &c. 8 ſpecies.
- 50. CORVUS. Crow. Beak cultrated; capiſtrum reverſed.
- Raven, Crow, Rook, Royſton-Crow, Jack-Daw, Jay, Nut-cracker, Mag-pye, Corniſh Chough, &c. 19 ſpecies.
- 54. PARADISAEA. Paradiſe-bird. Beak ſub-cultra⯑ted; capiſtrum or fore⯑head covered with down.
- Manucodiata of Edwards, Ray, &c. 3 ſpecies.
- 66. TROCHILUS. Honey-ſucker. Beak incurvated, filiform, forming a tube at the extremity.
- b. Feet with two toes before, and two behind, formed for climbing.
- 46. RAMPHASTOS. Toucan. Beak ſerrated; tongue fringed on the edges.
- 8 ſpecies, all American.
- 55. TROGON. Curucui. Beak ſerrated, hooked at the end.
- 3 ſpecies, all American.
- 45. PSITTACUS. Parrot. Beak covered with the cere; tongue fleſhy.
- Maccaws, Parrots, Parroquets, Lory. 47 ſpecies.
- 49. CROTOPHAGA. Tick-eater. Beak rough, upper [75] mandible angulated on each ſide.
- Ani of Braſil. 2 ſpecies.
- 59. PICUS. Woodpecker. Beak angulated; tongue vermiform.
- 21 ſpecies.
- 58. YUNX. Wryneck. Beak ſmooth; tongue ver⯑miform.
- Engliſh. 1 ſpecies only.
- 57. CUCULUS. Cuckow. Beak ſmooth; noſtrils marginated.
- 22 ſpecies, all exotic except one.
- 56. BUCCO. Barbet of Mr. Pennant. Beak ſmooth, emarginated, and hook⯑ed at the end.
- 1 ſpecies.
- 46. RAMPHASTOS. Toucan. Beak ſerrated; tongue fringed on the edges.
- c. Feet, with the middle and exterior toe joined together, nearly the whole length.
- 47. BUCEROS. Horn-bill of Mr. Pennant. Beak ſer⯑rated, furniſhed with a protuberance, or horn, at the baſe of the up⯑per mandible.
- 4 ſpecies.
- 62. ALCEDO. Kingfiſher. Beak trigonal, ſtrait.
- 15 ſpecies, all exotic except one.
- 63. MEROPS. Bee-eater. Beak incurvated, ſome⯑what compreſſed.
- 7 ſpecies.
- 61. TODOS. Tody, Mr. Pennant. Beak linear, ſtrait, and ſomewhat de⯑preſſed.
- American. 2 ſpecies.
- 47. BUCEROS. Horn-bill of Mr. Pennant. Beak ſer⯑rated, furniſhed with a protuberance, or horn, at the baſe of the up⯑per mandible.
III. ANSERES.
[76]- a. Beak denticulated.
- 67. ANAS. Duck. Beak furniſhed with membrana⯑ceous denticles, and nail at the end.
- Swan, Burrow-duck, Gooſe, Duck, Mallard, Tufted Duck, &c. 45 ſpecies.
- 68. MERGUS. Merganſer. Beak furniſhed with ſubulated denticles and nail.
- Gooſeander, Smew, Leſſer Dun Di⯑ver, &c. 6 ſpecies.
- 74. PHAETON. Tropic Bird. Beak cultrated.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 73. PLOTUS. Darter of Mr. Pennant. Beak ſubu⯑lated.
- 67. ANAS. Duck. Beak furniſhed with membrana⯑ceous denticles, and nail at the end.
- b. Beak edentulous.
- 78. RHYNCOPS. Skimmer of Mr. Pennant. Upper mandible much ſhorter than the lower.
- Sea Crow of Ray. 2 ſpecies; nearly allied to the Gull genus.
- 71. DIOMEDEA. Albatroſs. Lower mandible trun⯑cated.
- Albatroſs, Black-legged Penguin. 2 ſpecies.
- 69. ALCA. Auk. Beak wrinkled tranſverſely.
- Auks, Puffin, &c. 5 ſpecies.
- 70. PROCELLARIA. Petrel. Noſtrils ſuperincum⯑bent, and ſubcylindri⯑cal. [77]
- Storm-finch, Fulmar, Shear-Water, &c. 6 ſpecies.
- 72. PELECANUS. Pelecan. Face entirely naked round the baſe of the beak.
- Pelecan, Corvorant, Shag, Gannet, Booby, &c. 8 ſpecies.
- 76. LARUS. Gull. Beak gibbous under the apex.
- Gulls, Herring Gull, Arctic Gull, &c. 11 ſpecies.
- 77. STERNA. Tern. Beak ſubulated, compreſſed at the apex.
- 7 ſpecies.
- 75. COLYMBUS. Diver. Beak ſubulated, ſome⯑what compreſſed on the ſides.
- Guillemots, Divers, Grebes, &c. 11 ſpecies.
- 78. RHYNCOPS. Skimmer of Mr. Pennant. Upper mandible much ſhorter than the lower.
IV. GRALLAE.
- 79. PHAENICOPTERUS. Flaming. Beak incurvated, as if broken; denticu⯑lated: feet webbed.
- 80. PLATALEA. Spoonbill. Beak flattened, and wide at the end.
- 3 ſpecies.
- 81. PALAMEDEA. Screamer of Mr. Pennant. Beak acutely hooked at the end.
- Anima and Cariama of Braſil.
- [78] 82. MYCTERIA. Jabiru. Lower mandible thick, and turned upwards.
- American. 1 ſpecies.
- 85. TANTALUS. Ibis. Beak arcuated; throat pouched.
- Ibis of Aegypt, Guara, &c. 7 ſpecies.
- 84. ARDEA. Heron. Beak ſtrait, ſharp-pointed.
- Demoiſelle, Crane, Stork, Heron, Egret, Bittern, White Heron, &c. 26 ſpecies.
- 89. RECURVIROSTRA. Avoſet. Beak ſubulated, thin, depreſſed, and re⯑curved.
- 1 ſpecies.
- 86. SCOLOPAX. Curlew. Beak ſtrait, round, rather obtuſe at the end.
- Curlew, Whimbril, Woodcock, Snipes, Stone Plover, Godwit. 18 ſpecies.
- 87. TRINGA. Sand Piper. Beak roundiſh obtuſe; hinder toe very ſhort, and placed high.
- Ruffe, Lapwing, Knot, Purr, &c. 23 ſpecies.
- 91. FULICA. Coot. Beak ▪riſing at the forehead and baſe.
- Coot, Water Hen, &c. 7 ſpecies.
- 92. PARRA. Jacana.Beak at the baſe and the forehead carunculated.
- Chavary of Jacquin, &c. 5 ſpe⯑cies.
- [79] 93. RALLUS. Rail. Beak ſomewhat carinated; body compreſſed.
- Land Rail, Water Rail, Small Spotted Rail, &c. 10 ſpecies.
- 94. PSOPHIA. Trumpeter. Beak ſomewhat arched or convex; noſtrils ovated.
- American.
- 83. CANCROMA. Boat-bill of Mr. Pennant. Upper mandible very gibbous.
- Tamatia of Braſil. 2 ſpecies.
b. Three-toed, formed for running.- 90. HAEMATOPUS. Oyſter-Catcher. Beak ſomewhat compreſſed, ending in a wedge.
- Sea Pie. 1 ſpecies.
- 88. CHARADRIUS. Plover. Beak round, obtuſe.
- Sea Lark, Dotterel, Sanderling, Green Plover, Long-legged Plo⯑ver. 12 ſpecies.
- 95. OTIS. Buſtard. Upper mandible convex or arched; tongue emar⯑ginated or bifid.
- 4 ſpecies.
- 96. STRUTHIO. Oſtrich. Beak conical; wings unfit for flying.
- Oſtrich, Caſſowary. American.
- 97. DIDUS. Dodo. Beak ribbed and ſulcated acroſs the upper mandible▪ face naked. [80]
- Hooded Swan of Ray. 1 ſpecies only.
- 98. PAVO. Peacock. Head creſted; beak naked.
- Pea-cock, Chineſe Two-ſpurred Pea⯑cock, &c. 3 ſpecies.
- 99. MELEAGRIS. Turkey. Head covered with ca⯑runcles.
- Turkey, Quan, Horned Pheaſant of Bengal.
- 100. CRAX. Curaſſo. Cere inveſting the whole baſe of the beak.
- Cuſhew Bird, Curaſſo, &c. 5 ſpe⯑cies.
- 101. PHASIANUS. Pheaſant. Legs and knees naked.
- Common Cock, Pheaſant, Painted, &c. 6 ſpecies.
- 103. TETRAO. Grous. Naked papilloſe membrane above the eyes.
- Cock of the Wood, Black Game, White Game, Partridge, Quail, &c. 20 ſpecies.
- 102. NUMIDA. Pintado. Carunculated wattles, hang⯑ing from each ſide of the face.
- Guinea Hen.
- 97. DIDUS. Dodo. Beak ribbed and ſulcated acroſs the upper mandible▪ face naked. [80]
- a. With thick beaks. Craſſiroſtres.
- 109. LOXIA. Groſs-beak. Beak conical and ovated.
- Croſs-bill, Groſs-beak, Pine Bull⯑finch, Bull-finch, Cardinal, Green⯑finch, &c. 48 ſpecies.
- [81] 112. FRINGILLA. Chaffinch. Beak conical and acute.
- Chaffinch, Brambling, Gold-finch, Canary-bird, Red Pole, Sparrow, &c. 39 ſpecies.
- 110. EMBERIZA. Bunting. Beak ſubconical; lower mandible the broader, a little inflexed and narrowed in on the ſides.
- Sea Lark, Bunting, Yellow Ham⯑mer, Reed Sparrow, &c. 24 ſpecies.
- 109. LOXIA. Groſs-beak. Beak conical and ovated.
- b. With the upper mandible incurved at the end. • Curviroſtres.
- 118. CAPRIMULGUS. Goatſucker. Beak incurved, depreſſed, ciliated about the baſe; noſtrils tubu⯑lar.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 117. HIRUNDO. Swallow. Beak incurved, depreſ⯑ſed.
- Chimney Swallow, Marten, Sand Marten, Swift, Pratincole of Kramer. 12 ſpecies.
- 115. PIPRA. Manakin. Beak incurved, ſubulated.
- 13 ſpecies, chiefly S. American; a beautiful genus of birds!
- 118. CAPRIMULGUS. Goatſucker. Beak incurved, depreſſed, ciliated about the baſe; noſtrils tubu⯑lar.
- [82] c. With the upper mandible emargi⯑nated, or notched near the apex. Emarginatiroſtres.
- 207. TURDUS. Thruſh. Beak notched, ſubulated, compreſſed at the baſe.
- Miſſel-bird, Field-fare, Red-wing, Throſtle, Black-bird, Ring-ouſel, Roſe-coloured Ouſel, &c. 28 ſp.
- 108. AMPELIS. Chatterer. Beak notched, ſubulated, depreſſed at the baſe.
- Silk-tail of Ray, Pompadour of Edwards, &c. 7 ſpecies.
- 111. TANAGRA. Tanager. Beak notched, ſubu⯑lated, conic at the baſe.
- 24 ſpecies, moſtly American.
- 113. MUSCICAPA. Fly-catcher. Beak notched, ſubu⯑lated, baſe ciliated, or briſtled.
- Pied Bird of Paradiſe of Ray, &c. 21 ſpecies.
- 207. TURDUS. Thruſh. Beak notched, ſubulated, compreſſed at the baſe.
- d. With ſtrait, entire, ſmall, ſlender beaks. Simpliciroſtres.
- 116.
- PARUS. Titmouſe. Beak ſubulated; capiſtrum reverſed; tongue trun⯑cated.
- Ox-Eye, Blue Titmouſe, Colemouſe, Black Cap, Leaſt Butcher Bird, &c. 14 ſpecies.
- 114. MOTACILLA. Warblers. Beak ſubulated; tongue jagged; claw of the hind toe moderately long. [83]
- Nightingale, Hedge-Sparrow, Sedge⯑bird, White Throat, Wheat Ear, Black Cap, Red Start, Robin, Wren, Golden-creſted Wren, &c. 49 ſpecies.
- 105. ALAUDA. Lark. Beak ſubulated; tongue bifid; claw of the hin⯑der toe very long.
- Sky-Lark, Tit-Lark, Wood-Lark, &c. 11 ſpecies.
- 106. STURNUS. Starling. Beak ſubulate, but flat⯑ted at the apex, and marginated.
- Starling, Water Ouſel, &c. 5 ſpe⯑cies.
- 104. COLUMBA. Pigeon. Beak rather arched, or convex; noſtrils gib⯑boſe, and half covered with a membrane.
- Wood Pigeon, and its deſcendant the Common, Ring Dove, Tur⯑tle Dove, Migratory, &c. 40 ſpecies.
The ſpecific characters in the claſs of birds are deduced from a great variety of particulars. In ſeveral, as in the Falcon genus, the colour of the cere, or naked tunic that ſurrounds the baſis of the beak, and the colour of the legs, aſſiſt in diſtin⯑guiſhing the ſpecies. The colour of the bird in general is ſubject to great variation in different countries, as well as in the ſame country at dif⯑ferent [84] ſeaſons in the year, as is more particularly ſeen in the arctic regions; not to mention that of the ſexes in almoſt all kinds. Our author therefore does not truſt to this, wherever a more permanent mark can be found. It muſt, however, be con⯑feſſed, that in too many inſtances, it is neceſſary to truſt entirely to this diſtinction, howſoever un⯑ſtable. The form of the tail, as it happens to be even, cuneated, or forked, is an excellent and firm note; in the Parrot genus its length, as ſhorter or longer than the body, is of great ſervice. In others, the colour of the beak, a naked or creſted head, con⯑tribute to form the note of diſtinction. And in fine, nature has ſtamped upon others ſome pecu⯑liarity, which points them out immediately; as, the receptacle of the lower mandible, in the Pelican; two long tail-feathers, in the Tropic-bird; the di⯑rection of the mandibles in the Croſs-beak, &c. Among the common marks, none more frequently occur than the differences of colour in the quill⯑feathers and thoſe of the tail. This claſs compre⯑hends upwards of 930 ſubjects.
Claſs III. AMPHIBIA.
This claſs is ſo called by LINNAEUS, not becauſe all the ſubjects of it are, ſtrictly ſpeaking, ca⯑pable of living either in air or water; but prin⯑cipally from their power of ſuſpending or per⯑forming the function of reſpiration in a more ar⯑bitrary manner than other animals. This claſs is divided into four orders:
I. REPTILES. REPTILES. Amphibious ani⯑mals breathing through the mouth by means of [85] lungs only; and furniſhed with four feet.
II. SERPENTES. SERPENTS. Amphibious animals breathing through the mouth by means of lungs only; deſtitute of feet, fins, and ears.
III. MEANTES. GLIDERS. Amphibious ani⯑mals breathing by means of gills and lungs; fur⯑niſhed with arms and claws.
IV. NANTES. BREATHING FISHES. Amphi⯑bious animals breathing at will by means of gills and lungs. The rays of the fins cartilaginous.
Abbreviated generic characters.
I. REPTILES.
- 119. TESTUDO. Tortoiſe. Body covered with a ſhell.
- Coriaceous Tortoiſe, Green Turtle, Hawkſhill Turtle, Common Gre⯑cian or African Tortoiſe, Teſſe⯑lated Tortoiſe, &c. 15 ſpecies.
- 121. DRACO. Dragon. Body winged.
- Flying Lizard, of Bontius, p. 57. 2 ſpecies.
- 122. LACERTA. Lizard. Body naked, furniſhed with a tail.
- a. With a compreſſed tail:
- Among theſe is the Crocodile.
- b. With a verticillated tail:
- The Lizard, Stellio.
- c. With a round imbricated tail: ſhorter than the body.
- The Chamaeleon, the Geeko, the Skink.
- d. With a round imbricated tail, longer than the body.
- The Iguana, the Guernſey Li⯑zard.
- e. With the body ſmooth: four toes on the fore feet.
- Common Swift, Water Eft or Newt, Salamander. 49 ſpecies.
- 120. RANA. Frog. Body naked: no tail.
- Surinam Toad, Common Toad, Su⯑rinam Frog-fiſh. See Phil. Tranſ. vol. li. p. 653. Common Frog, Tree Frog, Bull Frog of America. See Kalm ii. 170, &c. 17 ſpecies.
II. SERPENTES.
- 123. CROTALUS. Rattleſnake. Body and tail un⯑derneath cloathed with ſmall ſhields; tail ter⯑minating in a horny rattle.
- Rattleſnake, &c. 5 ſpecies, all American, and all venomous.
- 124. BOA. Serpent. Body and tail underneath cloathed with ſmall ſhields; no rattle.
- Gigantic Serpent, or Conſtrictor. Vide Adanſon's Senegal, p. 274. Hog-noſed Snake of Cateſby, 2. t. 56, &c. 10 ſpecies; not furniſhed with venomous fangs.
- [87] 125. COLUBER. Viper. Body underneath cloathed with ſmall ſhields; tail cloathed with ſcales.
- True Viper of Egypt, Horned Viper. See Phil. Tranſ. vol. lvi. t. 14. Berus, or Engliſh Viper, Natrix or Common Snake, Naja or Hooded Serpent of Kaempf. p. 565; Black Snake, Kalm ii. p. 202. 97 ſpecies, of which 18 are known to have veno⯑mous fangs.
- 126. ANGUIS. Snake. Body and tail underneath cloathed with ſcales only.
- Javan fourfooted Snake, an ano⯑maly; Common Slow Worm, &c. 16 ſpecies.
- 127. AMPHISBAENA. Annulated Snake. Body and tail compoſed of annu⯑lar ſegments.
- 2 ſpecies, both American.
- 128. CAECILIA. Tentaculated Snake.
- Body and tail wrinkled; not ſcaly; upper lip furniſhed with two feelers. 2 ſpecies.
III. MEANTES.
- SIREN. Siren. Body biped, and furniſhed with a tail.
- Lizard Siren or Mud Inguana of Carolina. See Phil. Tranſ. vol. lvi. 189, t. 9. For this un⯑common animal LINNAEUS was obliged to form a new order. See Syſt. Nat. tom. I. ad⯑dend.
IV. NANTES.
- 129. PETROMYZON. Lamprey. Seven branchial apertures on each ſide of the neck.
- Lamprey, Leſſer, Lampern.
- 130. RAJA. Ray. Five branchial apertures on each ſide the neck un⯑derneath.
- Torpedo, Skate, Sharp-noſed Ray, Rough Ray, Sting Ray, Thorn⯑back. 9 ſpecies.
- 131. SQUALUS. Shark. Five branchial apertures on the ſide of the neck.
- Picked Dog-fiſh, Angel-fiſh, Ba⯑lance-fiſh, Tope, Dog-fiſh, White Shark, Blue Shark, Saw-fiſh, &c. 15 ſpecies.
- 132. CHIMAERA. Chimera. Single branchial aper⯑ture, dividing into four within.
- 2 ſpecies.
[89]
- 133. LOPHIUS. Fiſhing-frog. Two ventral fins; mouth furniſhed with teeth.
- Toad-fiſh. 3 ſpecies.
- 134. ACIPENSER. Sturgeon. Two ventral fins; no teeth.
- Sturgeon, Strelet or Cavear-fiſh, Huſo.
- 139. CYCLOPTERUS. Lump-fiſh. Two ventral fins nearly uniting into one orbicular fin. 3 ſpecies.
- 135. BALISTES. Old Wife Fiſh. Single ventral fin, or carene.
- Sea Unicorn, Old Wife Fiſh, &c. 8 ſpecies.
- 136. OSTRACION. Bonyſkin Fiſh. No ventral fins; body entirely cloathed with a bony covering.
- Triquetrous Oſtracion, Three-horn⯑ed, Four-horned, &c. 9 ſpecies.
- 137. TETRODON. Sun-fiſh. No ventral fins; belly rough or muricated.
- Ocellated Sun-fiſh, Common Mole or Sun-fiſh, &c. 7 ſpecies.
- 138. DIODON. Porcupine-fiſh. No ventral fins; body ſet with acute moveable ſpines.
- Sphaerical, Oblong. 2 ſpecies.
- 140. CENTRISCUS. Trumpet-fiſh. Ventral fins united; a long moveable ſpine on the back, near the tail. [90]
- Scolopax of Geſner, &c. p. 838. 2 ſpecies.
- 141. SYNGNATHUS. Pipe-fiſh. No ventral fins; body articulated.
- Needle-fiſh, Pipe-fiſh, Hippocampus or Sea-horſe. 7 ſpecies.
- 142. PEGASUS. Dragon-fiſh. Two ventral fins; upper mandible or beak den⯑ticulated, or ciliated.
- Flying Dragon of Amboina, &c. 3 ſpecies.
This part of the Syſtem contains upwards of 290 ſubjects.
In the REPTILES order, the ſpecific characters of the Teſtudo genus are deduced principally from the difference in the ſhells, and the feet; which in the Turtles are pinniform, and in the Tortoiſes di⯑gitated. In the Lacerta genus, from the tail, head, toes, and various other parts; and in the Rana, from the diverſity in the make of the body, and number of the claws on the fore or hinder feet.
In the SERPENTES order, the ſpecific diſtinctions have ever been matter of great difficulty with naturaliſts, as they were commonly taken from the colour, which is ſubject to an almoſt infinite variation. Hence it has happened that Seba, de⯑pending on the colours alone, hath, in the opinion of our author, figured the Boa Conſtrictor, or Gi⯑gantic Serpent, ten times, as ſo many diſtinct ſpe⯑cies; and the Coluber Naga, or Hooded Viper, fourteen, LINNAEUS at length diſcovered a much [91] more certain and permanent note, upon which his ſpecific characters are ſolely founded: it was firſt exemplified in the Amphibia Gyllenborgiana, and he has ſince retained it in all his works, ſenſible however that it is yet liable to failure: this ariſes from the number of the ſmall ſhields and ſcales, or rings and rugae of the belly and tail; and the pro⯑portion thoſe numbers bear to each other in the different ſpecies: for example, in our Common Viper the ſhields of the belly are uſually about 146, and the ſcales of the tail, that is all below the anus, about 39 or 40: the ſhields in our Common Snake about 170, and the ſcales about 60.
In the NANTES the ſpecific characters are ſhort, but very various in the different genera, as to the parts of the animal from which they are deduced: in the Petromyzon and Raia, from the mouth, fins, teeth, &c.; in the latter very much from the body itſelf: in the Squalus, from a variety of parti⯑culars: in the Acipenſer, from the cirri or beard, and the dorſal ſhields, or ſquamae: in the Baliſtes, from the fins and tail: in the Oſtracion, from the different angulated form of the body: in the Tetrodon, from differences in the body chiefly; and in the remaining genera, from the form of the body, and the differences in the fins.
Claſs IV. PISCES. FISHES.
In the earlier editions of the Syſtema Naturae, our author, in the diſtribution of FISHES, had followed the method of his friend and fellow collegian Artedi; whoſe Icthyology he had publiſhed [92] during his reſidence in Holland, in 1738. This method, which took in the CETACEOUS order, now among the MAMMALIA, and the NANTES, now referred to the AMPHIBIA, was eſtabliſhed on the ſtructure or rather ſituation of the tails in the cetaceous order; and in others, on the difference in the gills, and the rays of the fins, whether car⯑tilaginous or bony. In the two laſt editions, ano⯑ther diſpoſition is attempted: after having diſ⯑miſſed the cetaceous order to the MAMMALIA, and the CHONDROPTERYGII or Cartilaginous Fiſhes, and the Branchioſtegi to the NANTES, our author forms four orders of the bony fiſhes (which reſpire by means of gills only) from the ſituation of the ventral fins, which he analogically conſiders as the feet of the animal, according as they are placed either before, under, or behind the pectoral or gill fins, or as in one order wanting the ventral fins.
I. APODES. APODAL. Fiſhes deſtitute of ven⯑tral fins.
II. JUGULARES. JUGULAR. Fiſhes having the ventral fins placed before the pectoral fins.
III. THORACICI. THORACIC. Fiſhes hav⯑ing the ventral fins placed underneath the pec⯑toral fins.
IV. ABDOMINALES. ABDOMINAL. Fiſhes having the ventral fins placed on the abdomen behind the pectoral fins.
Abbreviated generic Characters.
[93]I. APODES.
- 143. MURAENA. Eel. Apertures of the gills placed behind the pec⯑toral fins.
- Sea Serpent, Eel, Conger Eel, &c. 7 ſpecies.
- 144. GYMNOTUS. Gymnote. Back deſtitute of any fin.
- Carapo of Braſil, Electric Eel, Beaked, &c. 5 ſpecies.
- 145. TRICHIURUS. Needle-tail. Subulated tail without any fin.
- Mucu of the Braſilians.
- 147. AMMODYTES. Lance. Head much ſlenderer than the body.
- Sand Eel.
- 146. ANARCHICAS. Wolf-fiſh.Grinding teeth rounded.
- Sea Wolf. In the foſſil ſtate fre⯑quent, called Bufonites.
- 148. OPHIDIUM. Snake-fiſh. Body enſiform.
- Bearded Ophidion, Beardleſs Ophi⯑dion.
- 149. STROMATEUS, Pampus. Body ovated.
- Pampus of Sloane. 2 ſpecies.
- 150. XIPHIAS. Sword-fiſh. Upper mandible ter⯑minating in an enſiform beak.
- Sword-fiſh of all authors.
II. JUGULARES.
- 151. CALLIONYMUS. Dragonet.Breathing ſpi⯑racles on the hinder part of the head.
- The Harp, &c. 3 ſpecies.
- 152. URANOSCOPUS. Star-gazer. Mouth flat, opening upwards.
- Scabrous. 1 ſpecies.
- 153. TRACHINUS. Weever. Anus near the breaſt.
- Draco of the old authors. 1 ſpecies.
- 154. GADUS. Cod. Pectoral fins ſlender, and end⯑ing in a point. With
- a. Three dorſal fins, and the jaw bearded.
- Haddock, Torſk, Cod-fiſh, Bib, Whiting, Pout, Poor
- b. Three dorſal fins; jaw not bearded.
- Whiting, Cole-fiſh, Pollack, &c.
- c. Two dorſal fins only.
- Hake, Ling, Burbot.
- d. One dorſal fin.
- Mediterranean. 17 ſpecies.
- a. Three dorſal fins, and the jaw bearded.
- 155. BLENNIUS. Blenny. Ventral fins of two rays, ſmall, and not prickly.
- Creſted, Gattorugine, Smooth, Spot⯑ted, Viviparous. 13 ſpecies.
III. THORACICI.
- 156. CEPOLA. Cepole. Mouth opening upwards, body enſiform.
- Taenia, &c. 2 ſpecies.
- [95] 157. ECHENEIS. Sucking-fiſh. Top of the head flat, marginated, and tranſverſely ſulcated.
- Remora, Naucrates. 2 ſpecies.
- 158. CORYPHAENA. Dolphin. Anterior part of the head very obtuſe or truncated. Dolphin of mariners.
- River Dolphin, Parrot-fiſh, &c. 12 ſpecies.
- 159. GOBIUS. Goby. Ventral fins united into one ovate fin.
- Black Goby, Spotted Goby. 8 ſpecies.
- 160. COTTUS. Bull-head. Head broader than the body.
- Pogge, Feather Laſher, Miller's Thumb, &c. 6 ſpecies.
- 161. SCORPAENA. Scorpen. Head ſet with prickles or beards.
- Porcus, Scrofa, Horrida or Tover-fiſh.
- 162. ZEUS. Doree. Upper lip projecting, or for⯑nicated by means of a tranſverſe membrane.
- Doree, Silver-fiſh of Brown, &c. 4 ſpecies.
- 163. PLEURONECTES. Plaiſe.Both eyes on the ſame ſide of the head. With the eyes,
- a. On the right ſide.
- Holibut, Plaiſe, Flounder, Dab, Sole.
- b. On the left ſide.
- The Pearl, the Turbot, &c. 17 ſpecies.
- 164. CHAETODON. Pilot-fiſh. Teeth very fine, thick ſet, very nume⯑rous, and flexile.
- Jaculator-fiſh. Vide Phil. Tranſ. vol. liv. t. 9. Pilot-fiſh, &c. 23 ſpecies.
- 165. SPARUS. Gilt-head. Teeth very ſtrong; fore teeth ſharp; grinders cloſe ſet, and obtuſe.
- Sea Bream, &c. 26 ſpecies.
- 166. LABRUS. Wraſſe. Connecting membrane of the dorſal fin extending beyond the extremity of each ray, in the form of filaments.
- Wraſſe, Bimaculated, &c. 41 ſpe⯑cies.
- 167. SCIAENA. Cavalhas. A groove in the back to receive the dorſal fin.
- Umbra, Jaculatrix. Vide Phil. Tranſ. vol. lvi. p. 186, t. 8. f. 6. All Mediterranean. 5 ſpecies.
- 168. PERCA. Pearch. The gill-covers jagged or ſerrated.
- Pearch, Baſſe, Sea Pearch, Ruffe. 36 ſpecies.
- 169. GASTEROSTEUS. Stickle-back. Body at the tail carinated on each ſide; ſpines on the back diſtinct from the fins.
- [97] Three-ſpined Common Stickle-back, Ten-ſpined, &c. 11 ſpecies.
- 170. SCOMBER. Mackrel. Body towards the tail carinated on each ſide; ſpurious fins, in moſt ſpecies, near the tail.
- Mackrel, Bonet, Tunny, Horſe Mackrel, &c. 10 ſpecies.
- 171. MULLUS. Surmullet. Head and body covered with large deciduous ſcales.
- Red, Striped, Beardleſs.
- 172. TRIGLA. Gurnard. Several diſtinct appen⯑dages placed at the pectoral fins.
- Piper, Gurnard, Red Gurnard, Tub-fiſh, &c. 9 ſpecies.
IV. ABDOMINALES.
- 173. COBITIS. Loche. Body nearly of an equal width quite to the tail.
- Loche, Sand Loche or Foſſil Loche. See Phil. Tranſ. vol. xliv. p. 451, t. 2. f. 1, &c. 5 ſpecies.
- 174. AMIA. Mud-fiſh. Head rough, bony, and denudated.
- 175. SILURUS. Sheat. The firſt ray of the dorſal and pectoral fins den⯑tated.
- [98] Sheat-fiſh, Callichthys; Piſo ſays, In dry ſeaſons this fiſh travels over ſmall tracts of land in ſearch of freſh⯑water. 21 ſpecies.
- 176. TEUTHIS. Liver-fiſh. Head anteriorly flat, and as if truncated.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 177. LORICARIA. Helmet-fiſh. Body inveſted as with a ſhelly cruſt, ſet with points.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 178. SALMO. Salmon. Poſterior dorſal fin adipoſe, and without rays.
- a. Trouts; body variegated; teeth manifeſt.
- Salmon, Grey, Salmon Trout, Trout, Char.
- b. Smelts; dorſal and anal fin op⯑poſite.
- Smelt, Saurus.
- c. Teeth ſcarcely perceptible.
- Gwiniad, Umber.
- d. With four branchioſtegous rays only.
- a. Trouts; body variegated; teeth manifeſt.
- 179. FISTULARIA. Tobacco-pipe Fiſh. Very long cylindrical beak or mandible, with the mouth at the end.
- Tabacaria, Chinenſis.
- [99] 180. ESOX. Pike. Lower jaw the longeſt; punc⯑tated.
- Pike, Sea Pike, &c. 9 ſpecies.
- 181. ELOPS. Sean-fiſh. Branchioſtegous membrane double; exterior one ſmall, of five rays.
- Saurus of Sloane, t. 251. 1.
- 182. ARGENTINA. Argentine. Vent placed very near to the tail. So called from the ſilvery ſkin of the air-bladder.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 183. ATHERINA. Atherine. The lateral line ſil⯑very.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 184. MUGIL. Mullet. Inferior mandible carinated inwards.
- Mullet, Albula of Cateſby.
- 185. EXOCETUS. Flying-fiſh. Pectoral fins nearly the length of the body.
- 2 ſpecies.
- 186. POLYNEMUS. Finger-fiſh. Several diſtinct proceſſes or appendages placed with the pectoral fins.
- Paradiſe-fiſh of Edwards, &c.
- 3 ſpecies.
- Paradiſe-fiſh of Edwards, &c.
- 187. MORMYRUS. Mormyre. Branchial aperture linear, and no cover to the gill.
- Caſchive of the Arabians, &c. 2 ſpecies.
- 188. CLUPEA. Herring. Belly ſharp or keel form, and ſerrated. [100]
- Herring, Sprat, Shad, Anchovy, &c. 11 ſpecies.
- 189. CYPRINUS. Carp. Three branchioſtegous rays.
- a. Jaw bearded or cirroſe.
- Barbel, Carp, Gudgeon, Tench.
- b. Tail fin entire.
- Caraſſe, Chub.
- c. Tail fin trifid.
- Gold-fiſh.
- d. Tail fin bifid.
- Minnow, Dace, Roach, Rud, Bleak, Bream.
- a. Jaw bearded or cirroſe.
The claſs of Fiſhes contains about 400 ſpecies, but very great additions have been made to this claſs by later diſcoveries: among which thoſe made by Dr. Forſkal, in Arabia, are not the leaſt, as appears by his fragments lately publiſhed.
Great pains were taken by Artedi, and ſince by Gronovius, and our author, to diſtinguiſh the ſpecies by the number of the rays in the fins; and although, from repeated obſervations, they are found to agree in many ſpecies very re⯑markably; yet, in others, they vary ſo much as not to eſtabliſh a ſufficient character. At preſent, in this ſyſtem, the ſpecifical characters are taken from a great variety of particulars; amongſt which, however, the number of the rays in the fins is frequently the moſt diſtinctive, and whe⯑ther ſo or not, it is ſubjoined to moſt ſpecies, and uſually, as they have been obſerved by different authors. The form of the tail, the cirri, or beard at the mouth, the length of the jaw, the ſpots and [101] lines on the body, &c. all conſpire in their turn to the ſame end.
Claſs V. INSECTA. INSECTS.
No part of the ſyſtem of nature has undergone a greater change than this claſs; neither does our author ſtand more unrivalled, than in the excel⯑lent arrangement he has given to this branch of natural hiſtory; which, before his time, was nearly without method. It comprehends 87 GENERA, diſpoſed into ſeven orders, founded, in moſt of them, on the differences obſervable in the number and texture of the wings. Our intended brevity will not permit a detail of the genera, in the ſuc⯑ceeding parts of the ſyſtem; we muſt, therefore, now that we are deſcended to the inferior parts of the animal kingdom, only give the definitions of the ſeveral orders, with a few obſervations. The firſt order is called,
I. COLEOPTERA. Inſects having the wings co⯑vered with two cruſtaceous caſes, divided by a longitudinal ſuture.
This order is the moſt numerous; it contains almoſt all thoſe inſects which go under the general name of Beetles: and includes upwards of 900 ſpecies, ranked under 30 genera. Among theſe are the Chafers, Stag-beetles, Leather-eaters, Car⯑rion-beetles, Tortoiſe-beetles, Lady-flies, Honey-beetles, Weevils, Muſk-beetles, Glow-worm, Spring-beetles, Water-beetles, Bliſter-beetle, Rove-beetle, Earwig, and ſeveral other genera.
II. HEMIPTERA. Half-winged inſects; having the ſhells or caſes ſemi-cruſtaceous, not divided by [102] a ſtraight ſuture, but incumbent on each other in the margin. The beak curved inwards.
This order contains about 350 ſpecies, under 12 genera; among theſe are the Cock-roach, Camel-cricket, Locuſts and Common Crickets, Lan⯑thorn-fly, Flea-locuſt, Boat-fly, &c. Bug, a nu⯑merous genus; Aphis, or Currant-louſe; Cochi⯑neal-inſect, and others.
III. LEPIDOPTERA. Inſects with four wings, imbricated or cloathed with fine ſcales or feathers: tongue ſpiral, and coiled up; body hairy.
This order contains only three genera; but the ſpecies are very numerous, nearly 800. The But⯑terflies, Hawk-moths, and the Moths or Phalenae. Of the latter, LINNAEUS enumerates 460 ſpecies. This being the moſt beautiful tribe of inſects, has been much ſought after, and later entomologiſts have conſiderably increaſed this number.
IV. NEUROPTERA. Inſects with 4 naked, tranſ⯑parent, or reticulated wings; tail in moſt kinds without a ſting.
Upwards of 80 ſpecies in 7 genera; among theſe are the Dragon-fly, May-fly, Spring-fly, Pearl-fly, Scorpion-fly, &c.
V. HYMENOPTERA, Inſects with 4 membra⯑naceous wings, excepting ſome few ſpecies, which are deſtitute of wings; females with the tail armed with a ſting.
This is a numerous order; it contains 320 in⯑ſects in 10 genera; among theſe are the Saw-fly or Tenthredo, Tailed-waſp, Ichneumon-fly, Ichneu⯑mon-waſp, Waſp, Bee, Ant, and Golden Wall-fly, &c.
[103] VI. DIPTERA. Inſects with two wings; fur⯑niſhed alſo with a balance or club behind each wing.
This order, under 10 genera, contains near 270 ſpecies, among which are the Gad-flies, Gnats, Common Fleſh-fly, Waſp-fly, Horſe-fly, Bee-fly, and others.
VII. APTERA. Inſects without wings, in either ſex.
This order contains 290 ſpecies under 14 genera, and falls eaſily into three diviſions.
1. With 6 legs: The Sugar-mite, Ground-flea, Death-watch, Louſe, Common Flea.
2. With 8 to 11 legs: The Tick-ſpiders, Scor⯑pion, Crab, King-crab, and Millepede.
3. With numerous legs: The Centipede and Gallyworm.
In forming the genera under each of theſe or⯑ders, the antennae hold a principal rank, and par⯑ticularly in the COLEOPTERA; but the author does not truſt to them alone; the elytra or out⯑ward caſes, the head, the roſtrum or mouth, the thorax, and tail; and indeed in almoſt every genus, ſome or other of them are called in to aſſiſt in forming the character.
In the HEMIPTERA, the roſtrum gives a note of primary uſe; but here the antennae, wings, and feet come in alſo.
In the LEPIDOPTERA, the antennae and wings form the character.
In the NEUROPTERA, the mouth, wings, and tail.
[104] In the HYMENOPTERA, the mouth, the wings, and the ſting.
In the DIPTERA, the mouth or proboſcis alone.
In the APTERA, the eyes, the tail, and the num⯑ber of the feet, &c.
Claſs VI. VERMES.
The ſixth and laſt claſs contains the VERMES, which are divided into five orders. LINNAEUS very early adopted the new ſyſtem of Peyſonnel, Juſſieu, and ſome others, in introducing the corals and corallines into the animal kingdom, under the names of LITHOPHYTA and ZOOPHYTA. This ſyſtem has had great light thrown upon it by the late excellent Mr. ELLIS, in his hiſtory of Coral⯑lines, and ſeveral papers printed in the Philoſophi⯑cal Tranſactions.
As this is by far the moſt anomalous of all the claſſes, the characters of the orders are very va⯑rious.
1. INTESTINA. Animals ſimple, naked, deſti⯑tute of limbs.
This order includes 7 genera; among which are the Guinea-worm, Aſcarides, Earth-worm, Gourd⯑worm, Leech, &c. It contains but 24 ſpecies.
II. MOLLUSCA. Animals ſimple, naked, not in⯑cluded in a ſhell, but furniſhed with limbs.
This order includes 18 genera, containing 110 ſpecies. Among theſe rank the common naked Snail, Sea Hare of Rondeletius, Doris, Sea Mouſe, Nereis, Aſcidia, Actinia, or Sea Anemone, Tethys, Cuttle-fiſh, Sea Lungs, or Blubbers, Star-fiſh, and Echinus, called Sea Hedge-hog, and others.
[105] III. TESTACEA. Animals, generally of the foregoing order, but included in a ſhell.
This order takes in the whole tribe of ſhells, conſiſting of upwards of 800 ſpecies, under 36 genera, and diſpoſed in a method entirely new. The three firſt genera are the multivalves, the next fourteen bivalves, and the remainder univalves.
IV. LITHOPHYTA. Compoſite animals, affixed to, and fabricating a fixed calcareous baſe, called Coral.
This order contains 59 ſpecies, under four gene⯑ra: the Tubipora, red tubular Coral; Madrepores or Brain Stones; Millepores; and another called Cel⯑lepore.
V. ZOOPHYTA. Animal compoſite, reſembling a flower, and ſpringing from a vegetating ſtem.
This order contains 14 genera, of which nine are fixed, and the other locomotive: amongſt the former rank the Iſis or red Coral, Sea Fan, Al⯑cyonium, Sponge, Corallines, &c.: among the latter, the Polype, Sea Pens, Taenia, Furia, and laſtly the aſſemblage of chaotic, or microſcopi⯑cal Animalcula. The ſpecies under this order are 156.
The generical diſtinctions among the INTESTINA ariſe from the diverſity of the body of the animal, almoſt ſolely.
In the MOLLUSCA, from the body and feelers, called tentacula, and from other parts.
In the TESTACEA, the included animal, the general differences between the ſhells themſelves, but principally the cardo or hinge in the bivalves, [106] and the aperture in the univalves, furniſh the ge⯑neric note.
In the LITHOPHYTA, the inhabitant animal, and the form of the coral itſelf: and in the ZOOPHYTA, the animal, and the very different forms of the fabrifications, lay a foundation for the generic notes.
After having thus exhibited a view of the Claſſes, it remains that we give a general account of the method purſued in treating on each ſpecies. To this end it muſt be obſerved, that throughout the whole ſyſtem, the claſſical character, that of the order, and the generical note, always make a part in the deſcription of each ſpecies. After theſe, our author begins with his own ſpecific name for the animal, eſtabliſhed upon the moſt eſſential difference obſervable between that and every other ſpecies of the genus; and here it muſt be allowed, that he has, in general, happily ſuc⯑ceeded, by giving, in the ſpace of two or three lines, a diſtinction that more immediately points out the animal ſought for, than the long and la⯑boured deſcriptions of many foregoing authors. If the ſpecific name is the ſame that is adopted in any of his former writings, he refers to it. He has, however, in many parts of this enlarged edition, formed new names to animals noticed in the former edition, and in the Fauna Suecica. Where indeed the eſſential or ſpecific diſtinction is the point in view, this muſt frequently be the caſe, ſo long as new ſpecies continue to come in; for, as the eſſential character of each ſpecies reſults [107] from the moſt careful compariſon of the whole genus, the introduction of a new one muſt, in many inſtances, ſo claſh with the old, as to re⯑quire, perhaps, a total alteration in every ſpecific name of the genus.
After his own ſpecific name, he gives the ſynonyms, and page of the moſt reputed and au⯑thentic writers in each claſs; and particularly re⯑fers to thoſe who have beſt figured his ſubject; then the locus natalis, and in many inſtances, more eſpecially among the Mammalia and Aves, a ſhort but comprehenſive hiſtory reſpecting the nature, economy, and uſes of the animal. To every animal the author has affixed his trivial name, expreſſive, moſt commonly, of place where it is found, of its colour, form, or ſome quality or attribute, deſcriptive, as far as may be, of the ani⯑mal; or, in a great variety of caſes, where the ſubject has been well known by a ſingle term, he retains that as his trivial name. To inſtance in the Partridge and Quail, which both belong to his genus eſtabliſhed under the name Tetrao: he therefore calls the former Tetrao Perdix, and the latter Tetrao Coturnix.
It has been objected to LINNAEUS'S claſſification in various parts of his ſyſtem, that he has thrown together ſubjects too different in their general appearance and economy, by keeping too cloſely to one character; to inſtance particularly in the MAMMALIA, by confining himſelf to the teeth. To this it may be anſwered, in general, that if only quadrupeds were to be claſſed, no ſyſtem [108] needed to have bee built, as their number is ſo ſmall: but when it is recollected, that all Nature was under his eye, and that therefore the ſubjects were almoſt infinite, it became neceſſary to form the baſis of every great diviſion or claſs, as far as poſſible, on one ſimple foundation. And perhaps it is the obſervance of this rule that has given LIN⯑NAEUS'S ſyſtem ſo greatly the advantage over all foregoing writers. For, as nature does not ſeem to have obſerved any ſyſtem, ours muſt be artificial, and will ever have its anomalies. As an artificial ſyſtem therefore, that muſt have the preference, which will moſt readily lead to the ſubject under inveſtigation; in which caſe it is of ſmall im⯑portance where it is placed, and how far removed from others with which it ſeems to bear a ſimilar and general appearance.
We ſhall cloſe this brief view of the arrangement of animals, by exhibiting the number of ſubjects enumerated, all of which are ſynonymed by the author, in the 12th edition of his Syſtem.
- Mammalia 219
- Inſects 3075
- Birds 931
- Vermes 1163
- Amphibia 291
- Various, from the Mantiſſae 140
- Fiſhes 398
- Total 6217.
With the firſt tome of the Syſtema Naturae is in⯑timately connected a work of the profeſſor's, pub⯑liſhed under the title of MUSEUM Ludovicae Ulricae REGINAE, in quo animalia rariora exotica, imprimis [109] inſecta, et conchylia deſcribuntur et determinantur pro⯑dromi inſtar editum. Holm. 1764, 8o, pp. 720. This was drawn up, and publiſhed, by order of the queen of Sweden, who had conſtructed a copious and rich cabinet of natural hiſtory, at the palace of Drottningholm; the ſubjects of which, as hath been obſerved, LINNAEUS had been appointed to arrange. The great expence her majeſty had be⯑ſtowed in procuring, particularly inſects and fhells, had given this collection an advantage that proved very favourable to our author, by throwing in his way a multitude of fine and very expenſive objects, which otherwiſe, probably, he could have had no opportunity of deſcribing; and theſe were, for⯑tunately, all collected before the publication of the enlarged editions of the Syſtem.
In this work the exotic inſects and ſhells only are introduced; of the former, 436; and of the latter, 434, with twenty-five of the Molluſca. The in⯑ſects chiefly conſiſt of the large and beautiful Lepidoptera; and the ſhells abound with all their elegant varieties. Theſe are deſcribed at large, with all that preciſion, brevity, and accurate ar⯑rangement of the ſeveral parts, which every where manifeſts itſelf ſo happily in our author's writings. Both in entomology and conchology a new language is introduced; and theſe deſcriptions may well ſtand as models for future writings.
Annexed to this work is the ſecond part, or rather only the prodromus, of the MUSEUM ADOLPHI Frederici REGIS, in quo animalia rariora, imprimis et exotica, aves, amphibia, piſces deſcribuntur. 1764, pp. [110] 110. In this additional volume are deſcribed at large 156 ſubjects of the animal kingdom, all be⯑longing to the firſt four claſſes; and all acquired ſince the publication of the firſt part in 1754. Throughout the whole Syſtem, LINNAEUS has referred to theſe books for deſcriptions at large to all the exotics: and nothing could be more ac⯑ceptable to the critical zoologiſt, than to ſee the plan of this volume perfected through the whole hiſtory of animals.
TOM. II. The VEGETABLE KINGDOM.
The ſecond part of the Syſtema Naturae, relating to vegetables, in all the editions prior to the tenth, was very compendiouſly exhibited; the au⯑thor having, after his Clavis Claſſium, only given the names of the genera, with their eſſential or ab⯑breviated characters, without touching at all on ſpecific diſtinctions, which were reſerved for the preſent enlarged edition of the Syſtem, and for the SPECIES PLANTARUM, a work before ſpoken of. This volume contains upwards of 560 pages; and in the twelfth edition of 1767, by the acceſſion of new materials, is enlarged to 731. It contains, in a moſt compendious manner, a view of the whole vegetable kingdom, as far as the ſubjects thereof had come under our author's own inſpection, diſ⯑poſed according to that ſyſtem of which LINNAEUS had been the inventor, founded, as to the claſſical part, upon the ſexes of plants; a ſyſtem now al⯑moſt univerſally received. It is in this branch [111] of the ſtudy of nature, that this great naturaliſt has ſo diſtinguiſhed himſelf. From him botany boaſts a new aera; and HALLER, one of the firſt writers of this age, in the ſame line of ſcience, and who alone might dare to rival him, has, with a liberality of mind becoming a great man, allowed this ſupe⯑riority to LINNAEUS.
Before we proceed to a particular account of this part of the ſyſtem, it may not be improper to premiſe ſome obſervations on methods of botany in general, before our author wrote. It is needleſs to urge the neceſſity of method in the ſtudy of na⯑ture, as it is the very ſoul of ſcience; and, amidſt ſuch a multitude of objects which the vegetable kingdom affords, all attempts towards the acqui⯑ſition of knowledge without it, muſt end in un⯑certainty and confuſion. We have ſufficient proofs of this in the writers upon plants before the in⯑vention of ſyſtems, and ſee and deplore the want of them, in the loſs of many valuable articles, not only in the Materia Medica, but in the Materia Pictoria, and Tinctoria of the antients. Articles, the virtues and properties of which appear to have been well aſcertained, are now loſt to us, for want of a more ſcientific arrangement of the ſubjects, and accuracy in the deſcriptions of them.
Botanic writers choſe very different methods of arranging plants, not only before, but ſince, the invention of ſyſtematic botany. The al⯑phabetic has been much followed, eſpecially in local catalogues. Some have diſpoſed the plants according to the time of flowering; as Pauli, in his [112] Quadripartitum Botanicum, publiſhed in 1639; Beſter, in the Hortus Eyſtettenſis, 1640; and Dil⯑lenius, in the Catalogus Giſſenſis, 1719. Others have arranged them according to the different places of their growth; as the authors of the Hiſtoria Lugdu⯑nenſis, in 1587: and ſome according to their virtues in medicine. Others again, obſerving that numbers of vegetables agreed with each other in their general habit and appearance, or had a certain harmony and proportion in the form and diſpoſition of their roots, leaves, flowers, or fruit; in their particular mode of growing, flowering, or foliation, ſaw that they naturally fell as it were into claſſes, agree⯑able to ſuch diſtinctions. Hence their diviſion of trees, into pomiferae, pruniferae, bacciferae, nuciferae, glandiferae, &c.; of herbs, into bulboſae, ſiliquoſae⯑umbelliferae, verticillatae, papilionaceae, &c. Theſe were ſo many claſſes or orders, which nature had ſo characterized that they could not eſcape their notice; and, could all the ſubjects of the vegetable kingdom be properly reduced to ſuch combinations, and the whole chain properly connected, we ſhould then ſee what is meant by the NATURAL METHOD, that ultimum et deſideratum of botany, of which our author ſays, however, Nec ſperare fas eſt, quod noſtra Aetas ſyſtema quoddam naturale videre queat, et vix ſeri nepotes. Nevertheleſs the beſt writers of the laſt century, ſuch were John and Caſpar Bauhine, endeavoured to preſerve the above⯑mentioned arrangement, although it was in a rude manner. In this they were followed by our own countrymen Gerard and Parkinſon, but as [113] they eſtabliſhed no preciſe definitions to their claſſes, ſo in their ſubdiviſions, or chapters, they paid little or no regard to the minuter parts of diſtinction, taken from the fructification; hence, nothing like generical notes can be diſcovered in their methods: ſo that the only reſource, in find⯑ing many of their plants, was, to read over their long and tedious deſcriptions, which, after all, were frequently inſufficient to diſtinguiſh the plant ſought for.
That great naturaliſt Conrade GESNER, who died in 1565, in his 50th year, appears to have been the firſt who thought, with any preciſion, of a method of claſſing plants from the flower, or fruit; but he only ſlightly touches thereon in his epiſtles; he lived not to bring any thing to perfection in this way. It was reſerved for Caeſalpinus, phyſician to Pope Clement VIII. to be the firſt author who arranged plants in a true ſyſtematic manner, in his Libri de Plantis, publiſhed in 1583, in which he eſtabliſhes the characters principally from the fruit. It is wonderful, that after his time, though ſo many eminent botaniſts flouriſhed, among whom were the two Bauhines, no one ever thought of purſu⯑ing the plan he laid down, until Moriſon and Ray, who both publiſhed, nearly together, their ſeparate ſyſtems, founded alſo upon diſ⯑tinctions principally drawn from the fruit. Since their time, others have laboured to bring their ſyſtems to perfection; as Knaut in Germany; Paul Herman, and Boerhaave, in Holland; and Dillenius, late profeſſor at Oxford, had ſtill far⯑ther [114] perfected Mr. Ray's method, as is evident from the arrangement he has given to the Britiſh plants, in the third edition of that author's Synopſis.
Several elegant ſyſtems have alſo been formed from the flower, as the baſis of the claſſical cha⯑racter; in conſidering which, both the regularity and irregularity, as well as the number of the petals, have been made the principal diſtinction. Rivini, at Leipſic, in 1690, was the firſt who took the flower as the foundation of his method, as did Ruppius in 1718. But no one carried this me⯑thod to ſuch perfection as Tournefort, in 1694, who forms his claſſical character from the figure of the flower, and eſtabliſhes his orders or ſubdiviſions on the different ſituation of the fruit, whether above or below the empalement or receptacle.
Beſides theſe methods, in which the authors have conſidered one part only, either flower or fruit, as the baſe of their ſyſtems, ſeveral others have been conſtructed of late years, in which ve⯑getables have been arranged, as far as poſſible, according to what have been called the natural claſſes; the foundations of which take in a nu⯑merous ſet of characters, ariſing from a combina⯑tion and agreement in the habit of the plants, as well as their harmony in the eſſential parts of fructification. Among theſe, that of Van Royen, late profeſſor at Leyden, is among the moſt elegant at⯑tempts towards this ultimum in botany. This is exhibited in the Prodromus Florae Leydenſis, 1740. He is followed by Gmelin, in the Flora Sibirica, [115] 1747, &c. Theſe authors, as alſo L. Gerard, in his Flora Gallo▪provincialis, Paris 1761, preſerve the natural generical characters of LINNAEUS almoſt entire through their ſyſtems; and the latter writer has, with ſome variations, taken the orders of a natural method, conſtructed by B. Juſſieu, for his claſſes. HALLER alſo planned, and brought to great perfection, a method of this kind, as is exhibited in his Enumeratio Stirpium Helvetiae, 1742, and in the Hortus Gottingenſis, 1753, which he has ſince ſtill more elaborated, in a work of infinite labour and merit, the Hiſtoria Stirpium Helvetiae, 3 tom. fol. 1768.
LINNAEUS himſelf very early attempted a na⯑tural method; but it is evident he thought there were too many links wanting in the chain, to ren⯑der it the readieſt guide to botanical ſcience; ſince he ſoon deſerted it, although he continued to improve it to the laſt: however he only reduced the genera into orders, but did not venture ſo far as to form the claſſical part of a ſyſtem on that plan. The preſent learned and indefatigable profeſſor Dr. HOPE, at Edinburgh, whoſe zeal and ſucceſs in cultivating and diffuſing the principles of the Linnaean ſyſtem are well known, has conſtructed perhaps the moſt elaborate attempt of this kind that the botaniſts have ever ſeen. We join with many others in wiſhing that he may be enabled to give it all that perfection which may encourage him to preſent it to the public.
Methods have alſo been formed from the dif⯑ferent ſpecies and arrangement of the calyx, or cup [116] of the flower in plants. Profeſſor Magnol, of Montpelier, publiſhed in 1720 on this plan; and LINNAEUS himſelf in 1737, but he did not purſue it.
Every method of arrangement hath its advan⯑tage in ſome reſpect or other; and it is ſurely rather to be regretted, howſoever the flower may claim the preference, that a method founded in the diſtinctions of the fruit, ſhould not alſo have as it were a ſecondary place in common uſe; for, as all artificial methods are only ſuppoſed to be ſo many ſuccedanea to the natural one, a due attention to each might tend to illuſtrate the natural claſſes, to connect them, and reduce the anomalies, and ſo far pave the way to the accompliſhment of that ſcheme, which, however, will yet by many be conſidered as quite impracticable in botany.
LINNAEUS was the firſt who conſtituted the ſtamina and piſtils as the baſis of an artificial me⯑thod of arranging plants; and he tells us, in his CLASSES PLANTARUM, he was led to this by conſidering the great importance of theſe parts in vegetation. They alone are the eſſentials neceſ⯑ſary to fructification; all other parts, except the anthera and ſtigma, being wanting in ſome flowers; and the preſent philoſophy of botany regards the former as the male, and the latter as the female organs of generation in plants. As ſuch indeed they muſt be conſidered analogically, and in a phi⯑loſophical view; yet, perhaps, the Linnaean ſyſtem, admirable as it is, would not have been leſs ac⯑ceptable had the claſſical terms been expreſſive [117] only of number and ſituation, without regard to the offices of the parts in framing the terms. Ludwig, of Leipſic, who has endeavoured to com⯑bine the ſyſtems of Rivinus and LINNAEUS, by taking his claſſes from the method of the former, and his orders from that of the latter, has avoided this mode of expreſſion, in ſubſtituting the terms monantherae, monoſtylae, &c. &c.
The author begins the new and enlarged edition of the Syſtema Vegetabilium of 1767, by premiſing a compendious view of the philoſophy of vege⯑tation, and then proceeds to what he calls Delineatio Plantae, ſomething analogous to what he had en⯑titled, in the editions prior to the 10th, Methodus Demonſtrandi Vegetabilia. Here he introduces all the terms he makes uſe of in deſcribing plants, and, by a methodical and apt diſpoſition of them, really explains them at the ſame time. After this, he gives the Clavis et Characteres Claſſium, and then comes to the ſyſtem itſelf.
The prerogative of any artificial ſyſtem in botany, is ſuppoſed to conſiſt in its keeping toge⯑ther, as much as poſſible, the genera, in what are called the natural claſſes or orders, and thus ſo far approaching to the ſyſtem of nature. All artificial ſyſtems being founded on ſome, or other, or all the parts of fructification, without regard to habit, will be found in many inſtances to break the order of the natural claſſes, and disjoin genera, which nature ſeems to have claſſed. The more ſimple and uniform the claſſical characters of any ſyſtem are, the more they are likely to interfere in this reſpect; nevertheleſs, it is pleaſing to obſerve, how [118] well many of the natural claſſes are kept together in the Linnaean ſyſtem; the characters of which enjoy the advantage of being very ſimple, and eaſy to retain in the memory, and of being found⯑ed on the parts of plants as little ſubject to vari⯑ation as any whatever: yet, like all other me⯑thods, it has its defects; of which no one was more ſenſible than the author himſelf. There are many inſtances of particular ſpecies that break through the generical and claſſical characters of the ſyſtem itſelf: but for theſe defects there is no other remedy, at preſent, than that which our au⯑thor has applied, in the volume under conſidera⯑tion, and which ought ever, in arrangements of this kind, to be rigidly obſerved. Wherever theſe anomalies take place, they are mentioned among the fictitious characters, under the claſs and order to which the number of ſtamina or piſtils entitle them to a place.
The ſexual ſyſtem briefly is as follows:—All known plants are divided into 24 CLASSES; the characters of which are eſtabliſhed upon the num⯑ber, or different ſituation, or arrangement of the ſtamina or male organs; and the ORDERS, or ſub⯑diviſions, of theſe claſſes, as far as poſſible, on a ſimilar number, ſituation, or arrangement, of the piſtils, or female organs.
The firſt twenty claſſes contain what the author calls hermaphrodite flowers, or ſuch as have the ſta⯑mina and piſtils both within the ſame cup or petals, or ſtanding on the ſame receptacle, where thoſe are wanting. Of theſe twenty, the firſt ten claſſes pro⯑ceed in an uninterrupted ſeries, from MONAN⯑DRIA [119] to DECANDRIA; the plants of each having as many ſtamina as the title expreſſes.
The 11th claſs is DODECANDRIA, as there are no plants yet diſcovered which have only eleven ſtamina.
The 12th, ICOSANDRIA; ſuch plants as have about 20 ſtamina, or more; but always ariſing from the calyx or corolla, and not from the recep⯑tacle.
The 13th, POLYANDRIA; ſuch as have from twenty to even a thouſand ſtamina; but always ariſing from the receptacle.
The 14th claſs, DIDYNAMIA; ſuch as have four ſtamina, two long and two ſhort. The eſſential character of this claſs does not conſiſt in the num⯑ber of ſtamina, otherwiſe the plants might be re⯑ferred to the tetrandria claſs; but, in having two of the ſtamina ſhorter than the other, one piſtil only, and an irregularly-ſhaped corolla.
The 15th, TETRADYNAMIA; plants with ſix ſta⯑mina, four long and two ſhort.
The 16th, MONADELPHIA; ſuch as have the ſtamina not diſtinct at the baſe, but united into one body.
The 17th, DIADELPHIA; ſuch as have the ſta⯑mina united at the baſe into two bodies.
The 18th, POLYADELPHIA; ſuch as have the ſtamina united at the baſe into ſeveral bodies.
The 19th, SYNGENESIA; ſuch as have the anthe⯑rae, but not the filaments, coaleſcing together, ſo as to form a tube or cylinder, through which the piſtil is commonly tranſmitted.
[120] The 20th, GYNANDRIA; ſuch as have the ſta⯑mina ſpringing from the piſtil itſelf.
The 21ſt, MONOECIA; ſuch as have ſeparate male and female flowers on the ſame plant.
The 22d, DIOECIA; ſuch as have ſeparate male and female flowers on ſeparate plants.
The 23d, POLYGAMIA; ſuch as have conſtantly, beſides hermaphrodite flowers, others, either male or female, on the ſame plant.
The 24th, CRYPTOGAMIA; containing thoſe plants the mode and organs of whoſe fructification are not yet ſufficiently aſcertained; heretofore called imperfect plants.
The ſecondary part of the ſyſtem, the OR⯑DERS, or ſubdiviſions of the foregoing claſſes, are eſtabliſhed on the number of the piſtils or female parts, through a conſiderable part of the ſyſtem; but in other parts, from various characters. Thus,
The arrangement from number is purſued no farther than through the firſt thirteen claſſes: that is, ſo long as the claſſical character, uninterrup⯑tedly, depends on the number of ſtamina, ſo long the orders likewiſe depend on the number of piſtils: but, when ſituation or different arrangement take place, the orders are moſt commonly founded on other diſtinctions, which we ſhall briefly ſpecify.
The 14th claſs, or Didynamia, is divided into GYMNOSPERMIA and ANGIOSPERMIA: the former having four naked ſeeds; the latter having the ſeeds incloſed in a ſeed-veſſel.
The 15th, Tetradynamia, has two orders, accor⯑ding [121] to the ſize and ſhape of the pod or ſhale; SI⯑LICULOSA, ſhort; and SILIQUOSA, long.
The orders in the three next claſſes, Monadel⯑phia, Diadelphia, and Polyadelphia, are formed from the NUMBER of the ſtamina.
Thoſe of the Syngeneſia claſs are ſix: in five of which the plants are POLYGAMIAE, and in the remaining one MONOGAMIAE; and the differences in the orders of the former, ariſe from the different ſtructure or ſex of the floſcules, conſtituting the whole flower.
In the 20th claſs, Gynandria, the arrangement of the orders ariſes from the NUMBER of the ſta⯑mina, as in the 16th, 17th, and 18th claſſes.
In the 21ſt and 22d claſſes, the Monoecia and Dioecia, the claſſical characters of the foregoing parts of the ſyſtem are adopted as characters of the orders, as far down as to the Monoecia claſs it⯑ſelf. Thus the firſt order of thoſe claſſes contains MONANDROUS plants, and the laſt GYNANDROUS.
The 23d, the Polygamia claſs, is divided into three orders, as the plants are MONOECIOUS, DIOE⯑CIOUS, or TRIOECIOUS.
The 24th and laſt claſs, Cryptogamia, is divided into four orders, containing the FILICES, MUSCI, ALGAE, and FUNGI.
Some Examples of Plants, throughout all the Claſſes and Orders of the Linnaean Syſtem; ſpecifying alſo the Number of Genera under each Order, and the Number of Species in each Claſs, ſynonymed in the Species Plantarum.
[122]- Monogynia. 11 Genera; among which are, Canna, Indian Reed, Glaſs-wort, Mares Tail.
- Digynia. 4 Gen. Star-wort, Berried Orach.
- Monogynia. 29 Gen. Jaſmine, Privet, Roſemary.
- Digynia. 1 Genus. Vernal Graſs.
- Trigynia. 1 Genus. Pepper.
- Monogynia. 29 Gen. Valerian, Saffron, Iris.
- Digynia. 29 Gen. Moſt of the Graſſes and Grain, Sugar-cane.
- Trigynia. 11 Gen. Blinks, Minuartia, Polycarpon.
- Monogynia. 61 Gen. Teaſel, Scabious, Madder.
- Digynia. 6 Gen. Purſley Piert, Dodder.
- Tetragynia. 7 Gen. Holly, Pondweed, Pearlwort.
- Monogynia. 138 Gen. Comfrey, Campanula, Hen⯑bane, Buckthorn, Ivy, Periwincle.
- Digynia. 170 Gen. Gentian, Carrot, Hemlock.
- Trigynia. 16 Gen. Elder, Viburnum, Chickweed.
- Tetragynia. 2 Gen. Graſs of Parnaſſus.
- Pentagynia. 9 Gen. Flax, Sun-dew.
- Polygynia. 1 Gen. Mouſe-tail.
- Monogynia. 56 Gen. Narciſſus, Lilly, Tulip.
- Digynia. 2 Gen. Rice, Atraphaxis.
- Trigynic. 9 Gen. Dock▪ Colchicum.
- Tetragynia. 1 Gen. Petiveria, or Henweed▪
- Polygynia. 1 Gen. Water Plantain.
- Monogynia. 2 Gen. Horſe Cheſnut, Trientalis.
- Digynia. 1 Gen. Limeum.
- Tetragynia. 1 Gen. Saururus, or Lizard's Tail.
- Heptagynia. 1 Gen. Septas.
- Monogynia. 31 Gen. Indian Creſſes, Heath.
- Digynia. 4 Gen. Moehringia, Weinmannia.
- Trigynia. 5 Gen. Knotweed, Mangrove-grape.
- Tetragynia. 3 Gen. Paris, Moſchatel.
- Monogynia. 4 Gen. Bay, Anacardium.
- Trigynia. 1 Genus. Rhubarb.
- Hexagynia. 1 Gen. Butomus, or Flowering Ruſh.
- Monogynia. 50 Gen. Rue, Bead-tree, Arbutus.
- Digynia. 12 Gen. Saxifrage, Soap-wort, Pink.
- Trigynia. 11 Gen. Bladder Campion, Catchfly.
- Pentagynia. 14 Gen. Sedum, Lychnis, Cockle.
- Decagynia. 2 Gen. Phytolacca, or Pokeweed.
- Monogynia. 20 Gen. Aſarabacca, Spiked Willow⯑herb.
- Digynia. 2 Gen. Agrimony, Heliocarpus.
- Trigynia. 2 Gen. Dyers Weed, Spurge.
- Pentagynia. 1 Gen. Glinus.
- [124] Dodecagynia. 1 Gen. Houſe-leek.
- Monogynia. 10 Gen. Myrtle, Almond, Plumb.
- Digynia. 1 Gen. White-thorn and White Beam-tree.
- Trigynia. 2 Gen. Service-tree and Quicken-tree.
- Pentagynia. 6 Gen. Apple-tree, Medlar, Drop⯑wort.
- Polygynia. 9 Gen. Roſe, Strawberry, Cinquefoil.
- Monogynia. 35 Gen. Poppy, Lime-tree, Ciſtus.
- Digynia. 4 Gen. Peony, Calligonum.
- Trigynia. 2 Gen. Lark-ſpur, Aconite.
- Tetragynia. 3 Gen. Bug-wort.
- Pentagynia. 3 Gen. Columbine, Nigella.
- Hexagynia. 1 Gen. Water-aloe.
- Polygynia. 18 Gen. Anemone, Ranunculus.
- Gymnoſpermia. 35 Gen. Mint, Hore-hound, Thyme.
- Angioſpermia. 62 Gen. Eyebright, Toad-flax, A⯑canthus.
- Siliculoſa. 14 Gen. Creſſes, Scurvy-graſs.
- Siliquoſa. 17 Gen. Muſtard, Rhadiſh, Kale.
- Pentandria. 4 Gen. Hermannia, Melochia.
- Decandria. 3 Gen. European Geraniums.
- Endecandria. 1 Gen. Brownaea, or Porto Bello Roſe.
- Dodecandria. 1 Gen. Pentapetes.
- Polyandria. 17 Gen. Mallow, Hibiſcus.
- Pentandria. 1 Gen. Monnieria.
- Hexandria. 2 Gen. Fumitory.
- Octandria. 2 Gen. Milk-wort.
- Decandria. 27 Gen. Broom, Furze, Lupin, Peaſe.
- Pentandria. 2 Gen. Monſonia, Cacao, or Cho⯑colate.
- Icoſandria. 1 Gen. Orange-tree.
- Polyandria. 7 Gen. St. John's Wort.
- Polygamia equalis. Florets all hermaphrodite. 40 Gen. Lettuce, Dandelion, Thiſtle, Hemp, Agrimony.
- Polygamia ſuperflua. Florets of the diſk, hermaphro⯑dite; of the radius, female. 37 Gen. Groundſel, Tanſy, Aſter, Chamomile.
- Polygamia fruſtranea. Florets of the diſk, herma⯑phrodite; of the radius, neutral. 7 Gen. Sun-flower, Rudbeckia, Centaurea, Knap⯑weed.
- Polygamia neceſſaria. Florets of the diſk, male; of the radius, female. 13 Gen. Marigold.
- Polygamia ſegregata. Florets in ſeparate cups, with⯑in a common calyx. 6 Gen. Globe Thiſtle.
- Monogamia. Simple flower. 7 Gen. Cardinal-flower, Violet, Balſam.
- Diandria. 9 Gen. Orchis, Satyrium.
- Triandria. 4 Gen. Ferraria, Siſyrinchium.
- Tetrandria. 1 Gen. Nepenthes.
- Pentandria. 3 Gen. Ayenia, Paſſion-flower.
- [126] Hexandria. 2 Gen. Birthwort.
- Decandria. 2 Gen. Helicteres.
- Dodecandria. 1 Gen. Cytinus.
- Polyandria. 8 Gen. Arum, Graſs-wrack.
- Monandria. 5 Gen. Horned Pond-weed, Elaterium.
- Diandria. 2 Gen. Anguria, Ducks-meat.
- Triandria. 12 Gen. Bur-weed, Sedge, Sea Laurel.
- Tetrandria. 8 Gen. Birch, Box, Nettle, Mulberry.
- Pentandria. 9 Gen. Xanthium, Amaranthus.
- Hexandria. 2 Gen. Zizania, Pharus.
- Heptandria. 1 Gen. Guettarda.
- Polyandria. 13 Gen. Arrow-head, Oak, Haſel.
- Monadelphia. 15 Gen. Pine-tree, Cypreſs, Ricinus.
- Syngeneſia. 6 Gen. Gourd, Cucumber, Bryony.
- Gynandria. 2 Gen. Andrachne.
- Monandria. 1 Gen. Najas.
- Diandria. 3 Gen. Valliſneria, Willow.
- Triandria. 5 Gen. Berry-bearing Heath.
- Tetrandria. 5 Gen. Miſſelto, Gale, Sea Buck⯑thorn.
- Pentandria. 12 Gen. Spinach, Hemp, Hops.
- Hexandria. 6 Gen. Black Bryony, Poplar.
- Enneandria. 2 Gen. Mercury, Frog-bit.
- Decandria. 4 Gen. Schinus, Myrtle-leaved Sumach.
- Dodecandria. 2 Gen. Moon-ſeed, Cretan Hemp.
- Polyandria. 1 Gen. Cliffortia.
- Monadelphia. 6 Gen. Juniper, Yew.
- Syngeneſia. 1 Gen. Butcher's Broom.
- Gynandria. 1 Gen. Clutia.
- Monoecia. 22. Gen. White Hellebore, Orach, Maple.
- Dioecia. 10 Gen. Gleditſia, Aſh-tree, Tupelo.
- Trioecia. 2 Gen. Fig-tree, Carob.
- Filices. 18 Gen. Horſe-tail, Adders Tongue, Fern.
- Muſci. 11 Gen. Wolfs-Claw Moſs, Goldilocks.
- Algae. 12. Gen. Liverwort, Byſſus, Fucus.
- Fungi. 10. Agarics, Muſhrooms, Morels.
- 9 Gen. Date, Coco-nut, Cabbage-palm.
The GENERA are eſtabliſhed upon the aſſem⯑blage of all the parts of fructification compared together, according to their number, figure, pro⯑portion, and ſituation. Of theſe we have ſpoken before, as they conſtitute a large volume in oc⯑tavo, to which we refer.
But, beſides theſe NATURAL CHARACTERS, or GENERA at large, our author has invented, for brevity's ſake, two other kinds of characters, which he calls FACTITIOUS and ESSENTIAL. The former ſerve to diſtinguiſh each genus from other genera of the ſame artificial order only, by enume⯑rating the moſt remarkable differences: theſe greatly facilitate the labour of a young botaniſt. The ESSENTIAL characters, could they be rendered perfect, are deſigned to diſtinguiſh the genera from each other in the natural orders; but they are not complete as yet, except in a few inſtances; and [128] poſſibly they exiſt but in a ſmall number: never⯑theleſs, they are attempted through the whole ſyſtem, to ſave the trouble of turning over the na⯑tural characters at large.
As this volume was intended to contain all the plants hitherto known, conſequently the natural characters could not be introduced; but the fic⯑titious and eſſential ones are placed, the former at the head of each claſs, and the latter before each genus. With each generical name the author refers to the number where it is exhibited at large, in the laſt edition of the Genera Plantarum in 1764, and to the page of the Species Plantarum of 1762, where the ſpecies are detailed and the ſy⯑nonyms added; as he gives in this volume only the ſpecific name invented by himſelf.
In forming the laſt branch of the ſyſtem, the SPECIFIC names, LINNAEUS has done more than all the writers on the ſubject had done before him, and taken the utmoſt pains to fix them upon diſtinctions as permanent and invariable as poſ⯑ſible. This is indeed the ultimate object of all method; and on this plan he has given new ſpe⯑cific names to all the plants that have come to his knowledge: names, not taken (as had been cuſ⯑tomary before) from that of the diſcoverer, the likeneſs of the plant to other ſpecies, place of growth, time of flowering, its ſize, the colour of the flower, or of the plant, ſmell, taſte, or vir⯑tues in medicine, or any other ſuch vague, in⯑definite, or mutable circumſtance; but from ſome remarkable difference in the root, trunk, [129] ſtalk, and particularly the leaf, foliation, ramifica⯑tion, or ſome other abiding diſtinction.
Beſides theſe ſpecific names or deſcriptions, LIN⯑NAEUS has invented, and, in all his works, after the firſt edition of the Species Plantarum in 1753, has applied what he calls TRIVIAL names to each plant, conſiſting of a ſingle adjunct to the generical name, expreſſive, if poſſible, of ſome eſſential diſ⯑tinction of the ſpecies: as for inſtance, integrifo⯑lia, laciniata, erecta, repens, aquatica, montana, &c.: ſometimes, of the name of the inventor; and where, from the laws of his Fundamenta Botanica, he has been obliged to change the generical name of a plant well known before, and eſpecially if it was an officinal one, he frequently retains the old generical name as his trivial epithet. Thus as the Penny-royal, or Pulegium, really belongs to the Mentha genus, according to his characters, he therefore calls it Mentha Pulegium. The Horſe⯑radiſh, known by the old name Armoracia, as it agrees with the Cochlearia genus, he calls Cochle⯑aria Armoracia.
The VARIETIES of plants, which, for want of fixing true ſpecific characters, had almoſt increaſed the number of plants double what LINNAEUS thinks they really are, in this work, as in the SPECIES, are totally excluded. Our author has indeed, in the opinion of many of his contemporary botaniſts, carried this matter too far, in diſallowing the name of ſpecies to many plants that are thought to have ſufficiently permanent diſtinctions.
To conclude, the ſpace of time elapſed ſince the publication of the Genera and Species Plantarum, to⯑gether [130] with the vaſt quantity of new materials ac⯑quired from all parts of the world, enabled our author greatly to elaborate this laſt edition, and to amend very many generical and ſpecific characters; as alſo to make many removes, tending greatly to the advancement and perfection of his work. Among theſe removes, many have taken place, particularly in the Monoecious, Dioecious, and Polyga⯑mous claſſes; which is the leſs to be wondered at, ſince obſervations have confirmed, that there are plants of theſe claſſes which, in their younger ſtate, have produced only male flowers, afterwards both male and female, and at length only female.
The Species Plantarum contains near ſeven thou⯑ſand three hundred plants. In this volume, the number is augmented by the addition of new plants, and ſuch as were unknown by our author before, to above ſeven thouſand eight hundred.
It is proper to remark, that this ſecond tome of the Syſtem was immediately preceded by MAN⯑TISSA PLANTARUM Generum, editionis ſextae, et Specie⯑rum editionis ſecundae. Holm. 1767, pp. 142. in which are deſcribed, as in the Genera Plantarum, the natural characters at large of forty-four genera, newly conſtructed. Theſe are followed by an enu⯑meration of upwards of four hundred and thirty new ſpecies, with their ſynonyms, as in the Species Plantarum. All theſe plants are included in the volume of the Syſtem of which we have juſt given the account.
TOM. III. The FOSSIL KINGDOM.
[131]We are now to accompany our author into the Foſſil kingdom; in which, though he very early gave a ſpecimen of his method of claſſing, he did not fully exemplify, as in vegetables, until the year 1768, when the third tome of the 12th edition of the Syſtema was publiſhed, containing the REGNUM LAPIDEUM. This volume makes 222 pages, and is concluded with a ſhort appendix of ſome unno⯑ticed, or not well deſcribed animals and vegetables; together with a general index of the author's own generical names throughout every part of the Syſtem, diſtinguiſhing by a different type the ſubjects of the three kingdoms, the whole amounting to 1820 genera.
In arranging Foſſils, there have been various me⯑thods invented; each of which have had their pa⯑trons, and, for different purpoſes, each have their advantage. Some have founded the baſis of their ſyſtem on the figure, colour, ſtructure, and other ex⯑ternal and viſible characters; yet, ſcarcely ever truſting ſolely to theſe, they called in the aid of chemiſtry, ſo far at leaſt, as the mineral acids would aſſiſt them. Others, as the profeſſed che⯑miſts and metallurgiſts, have eſtabliſhed their ar⯑rangement chiefly on chemical principles, as more immediately leading to the origin of foſſil bodies in general; on which it muſt be acknowledged, the beſt baſis for a ſyſtem muſt be built, when we are happy enough to get ſufficient light for this pur⯑poſe: and at preſent, mineralogiſts throughout the world ſeem more intent on this view than ever: [132] and probably the due conſideration and extenſion of the volcanic ſyſtem, will open new ſources of information in this way.
This volume begins with LINNAEUS'S own theory of the origin of foſſil bodies in general, and their ſeveral combinations into thoſe forms in which we meet with them in the body of the earth. The methodical and abbreviated manner in which our author has here given his philoſophy of foſſil bodies, renders it incapable of an ab⯑ſtract. He then proceeds to give a ſynoptical or claſſical view of the ſeveral ſyſtems of arranging thoſe bodies, as they ſtand exhibited in the beſt authors on the ſubject, beginning with Bromelius, who publiſhed in 1730, and enumerates Wal⯑lerius in 1747, Wolterſdorf in 1748, Cartheuſer in 1755, Juſti 1757, Anomymus [Cronſtedt] in 1758, and concludes with Vogel in 1762. To each of theſe he has ſubjoined ſhort remarks relating to their methods, and theory of foſſil bodies, and concludes this introductory part with an ex⯑planation of the terms of art uſed in his own work.
In theſe termini artis, our author, with his uſual preciſion, has defined a ſet of terms equally new and curious, which are principally adapted to, and uſed in, the ultimate and moſt difficult part of the Syſtem, the ſpecific characters. They are happily framed to expreſs all differences in the figures of foſſil bodies; in their cruſt, or outward appear⯑ance; their ſuperficies; their component particles, or fibres; in their texture, whether plated, fiſſile, &c.; in their hardneſs; or in their colour: the alterations [133] they undergo by ſolution, whether by acids, or by fire.
It has been doubted by ſome of the moſt reſpectable mineralogiſts, whether we ought to deſcend below what are called generical diſtinctions in the foſſil kingdom, ſo infinitely do the ſubjects thereof vary, and ſo imperceptible in general is that gradation by which they run into each other, in the various combined forms, in which they are found in the earth. In the mean time, ſome diſtinctions of this kind ſeem quite neceſſary in ſyſtems eſtabliſhed principally on external cha⯑racters. Thoſe which have for their baſis the elementary or conſtituent principles of bodies, as ana⯑lyzed, may ſtand with propriety in the form of ſynoptical tables, as exemplified in Cronſtedt's mi⯑neralogy. LINNAEUS and Wallerius were among the firſt who attempted the arduous taſk of fixing the ſpecific characters: whether future mineralo⯑giſts will adhere to, and improve this part of the ſcheme, time only muſt ſhew.
In all ſyſtems of the foſſil kingdom, writers have been more particularly embarraſſed by the earths and ſtones, eſpecially when thoſe have been more or leſs reduced to the ſtate of ores, by the admixture of metallic principles. Salts, inflamma⯑bles, and metals, generally falling more eaſily, and almoſt naturally, into their ſeveral claſſes, or or⯑ders. The chemical ſyſtematics and metallur⯑giſts, begin uſually with the earths, conſidering them as the baſis of ſtones: LINNAEUS begins with the latter, profeſſing to take a middle way between the mere metallurgiſt, and thoſe who [134] characterize from external appearance only. He divides the whole REGNUM LAPIDEUM into three claſſes, under the names of Petrae, Minerae, and Foſſilia, each being ſubdivided into ſeveral orders, the whole comprehending 54 genera. We muſt only give a general account of his claſſical cha⯑racters, and thoſe of the orders; and enumerate the genera under each, with ſome of the moſt diſ⯑tinguiſhed ſpecies.
Claſs I. PETRAE. STONES.
Foſſil bodies originating from a terrene princi⯑ple by coheſion:
Simple, as being deſtitute of ſaline, inflammable and metallic principles, as component parts there⯑of:
Fixed, as not being entirely and intimately ſo⯑luble: and,
Similar, as conſiſting of homogenous component parts.
Order I. HUMOSAE. Originating from vegeta⯑ble earth: combuſtible, and leaving groſs light aſhes.
Order II. CALCARIAE. Originating from cal⯑careous marine animal bodies: becoming light and porous in the fire, and falling into an impal⯑pable powder.
Order III. ARGILLACEAE. Originating from the viſcid ſediment, of the ſea: ſomewhat unctuous to the touch, and hardening in the fire.
Order IV. ARENATAE. Originating from the precipitation of rain-water: extremely hard, ſtrik⯑ing [135] fire with ſteel, and by triture yielding a very rough powder.
Order V. AGGREGATAE. Originating from a mixture of the foregoing, the interſtices uſually filled up with quartz, ſpar, or glimmer.
GENERA of STONES.
I. HUMOSAE. Slaty Stones.
- 1. SCHISTUS, Slate.
- Baſe; vegetable mould: breaking into,
- Fragments; fiſſile, horizon⯑tal, plane, opake, yield⯑ing to the knife, and combuſtible.
II. CALCAREAE. Calcareous Stones.
- 2. MARMOR. Marble.
- Baſe; animal earth.
- Fragments; indeterminate, irregular, yielding to the knife.
- Efferveſcing with acids, though not completely ſoluble therein; but eaſily falling into lime.
- 3. GYPSUM. Plaiſter.
- Baſe; calcareous earth, ſa⯑turated with acid.
- Fragments; indeterminate, irregular, yielding to the knife, component particles impalpable.
- Fixed; not efferveſcing with nor ſoluble in acids.
- 4. STIRIUM. Fibrous alabaſter.
- Baſe; gypſeous earth.
- Fragments; cloſe, parallel, yielding to the knife.
- 5. SPATUM. Spar.
- Baſe; calcareous earth, from a diſſolved ſtate, form⯑ed into,
- Fragments; rhombeous, plane, and poliſhed.
III. ARGILLACEAE. Argillaceous Stones.
- 6.TALCUM. Soap-earth.
- Baſe; indurated clay:
- Particles; impalpable, yield⯑ing to the knife, and ſomewhat unctuous to the touch; hardening in the fire.
- 7. AMIANTUS. Aſbeſt, earth-flax.
- Baſe; clayey: Fragments; thready.
- 8. MICA. Talc.
- Baſe; clay from a diſſolved ſtate, formed into,
- Particles; membranaceous ſhining, tough, ſepa⯑rable.
IV. ARENATAE. Sand Stones. Free Stone.
- 9. Cos. Whetſtone.
- Baſe; ſand conglutinated:
- Fragments; irregular, ſub⯑opake, ſtriking fire with ſteel: breaking into,
- Particles; granulated.
- 10. QUARTZUM. Quartz.
- Originating from wa⯑ter:
- Fragments; indeterminately angular and acute:
- Particles; uniform, and pellucid.
- 11. SILEX. Flint.
- Baſe; chalk or animal earth conglutinated into an uniform ſubſtance.
- Fragments; indeterminate, but convex on one ſide, and concave on the other:
- Particles; uniform.
V. AGGREGATAE. Compound Stones.
- 12.SAXUM. Rock-ſtone.
- Baſe; heterogeneous; compounded of par⯑ticles of the foregoing orders, variouſly con⯑glutinated.
SPECIES OF STONES.
[138]The PETRAE are divided into five orders.
I. HUMOSAE. Slaty Stones.
- 2. Tabularis; Table Slate.
- 3. Atratus; Black Shale.
- 5. Ardeſia; Blue Houſe Slate.
- 9. Nigrica; Black Crayon.
II. CALCARIAE. Calcareous Stones.
- 1. Schiſtoſum; Black ſtay Marble.
- 2. Nobile; Parian Marble, and all its varieties in colour and va⯑riegation.
- 3. Florentinum; Floren⯑tine Marble.
- 6. Rude; White-grain Limeſtone.
- 7. Micans; Scaly Lime⯑ſtone.
- 2. Uſuale; Common Plai⯑ſter.
- 3. Alabaſtrum; Ala⯑baſter.
- 1. Gypſeum; Fibrous Gypſum, or Engliſh Talc.
- a. Soluble in aqua fortis.
- 1. Speculare; Soft Spar; of different colours.
- 2. Duplicans; Refracting Spar.
- 5. Compactum; Sub-dia⯑phanous compact Spar, of different colours.
- [139] 6. Tinctum; Pellucid co⯑loured Spar, as ſpu⯑rious Topaz, Emerald, Sapphire.
- b. Not ſoluble in aqua fortis.
- 12. Campeſtre; Felt-Spat.
III. ARGILLACEAE. Argillaceous Stones.
- 3. Rubrica; Ruddle.
- 4. Smectis; French Chalk; Soap-earth.
- 6. Serpentinus; Serpent Stone.
- 7. Nephriticus; Nephri⯑tic Stone.
- 9. Corneus; Horn-blend.
- 1. Aſbeſtus; Aſbeſtos.
- 2. Plumoſus; Plumoſe Aſbeſt.
- 7. Suber; Mountain Cork.
- 9. Aluta; Mountain Lea⯑ther.
- 1. Membranacea; Muſ⯑covy Glaſs.
- 4. Aurata; Gold Glimmer.
- 7. Talcoſa; Green Talc.
IV. ARENATAE. Sand Stones.
- 1. Cotaria; Grind-ſtone.
- 10. Filtrum; Filtring Stone.
- 15. Molaris; Mill Stone.
- 16. Fundamentalis; Build⯑ing Stone.
- 1. Hyalinum; Pellucid Rock Quartz.
- 2. Coloratum; Coloured Rock Quartz, yel⯑low, red, blue, &c.
- 3. Lacteum; Milky Quartz.
- 6. Cotaceum; Granulated Quartz.
- 8. Nobile; Pebble Quartz.
- a. Vague or looſe Flints.
- 1. Cretaceus; Common Flint.
- 2. Pyromachus; Gun Flint.
- 4. Haemachates; Aegyp⯑tian Pebble, Mocha Stone.
- 6. Opalus; Opal.
- 7. Onyx; Cameyeu.
- 8. Chalcedonius; Chal⯑cedony.
- 9. Carneolus; Carne⯑lian.
b. Rock Flints.- 10. Achates; Agate.
- 11. Petrofilex; Chert.
- 13. Jaſpis; Jaſper.
V. AGGREGATAE. Rock Stones. Compound Stones.
- 1. Porphyrius; Porphyry, of different co⯑lours.
- 2. Trapezum; Trap Stone.
- 19. Granite; Granite.
- 20. Fuſorium; Founder's Granite.
- 39. Silicinum; Pudding Stone.
Theſe ſtones are compoſed of heterogeneous particles from the foregoing orders, conglutinated in a various manner.
Claſs II. MINERAE. MINERALS.
Foſſil bodies originating from a ſaline principle by chryſtallization,
Compound, as conſiſting of a baſe, united with ſaline, inflammable, or metallic principles,
Soluble, perfectly, in the appropriate menſtruum.
[141] Order I. SALIA. Sapid bodies ſoluble in water: diſtinguiſhed from each other by their different effects on the organs of taſte.
Under this order are arranged, to the great of⯑fence of moſt mineralogiſts, all the Gems or pre⯑cious ſtones, notwithſtanding their texture and in⯑ſolubility, as alſo many other lapidoſe chryſtallized bodies. To this our author tells us he was led, by conſidering that all regular polyedrous figures or bodies in the mineral kingdom, are the reſult of chryſtallization, which can only take place under re⯑quiſite and certain degrees of fluidity; and therefore, whether they are ſaline or lapidoſe chryſtals, they muſt owe their figure to the ſame uniform prin⯑ciple operating on them in either caſe, while in the fluid ſtate; hence, from the ſimilarity of the figure, with the chryſtals of nitre, Mountain Chryſtal hath a place in the ſame genus: the Topaz with the Borax: the Diamond and Ruby with Alum. LINNAEUS hath given his reaſons more at large in a paper publiſhed in the firſt volume of the Amoenitates Academicae: and hath ſince added Chryſtallos quod ſubjecerim ſalibus ne quemquam offendat mutet vocem ſalis in chryſtalli, ſi magis placeat, in verbis erimus faciles.
Order II. SULPHURA. Inflammable bodies; flaming and odorous while burning: ſoluble in oil: diſtinguiſhed from each other by their different effect on the organs of ſmell.
Order III. METALLA. Metals; ſhining heavy bodies, fuſible in the fire, and ſoluble in appro⯑priated acid menſtrua: diſtinguiſhed from each other by inſpection.
GENERA of MINERALS.
[142]I. SALIA. Salts or Chryſtals.
- 13. NITRUM. Nitre.
- Salt: atmoſpherical, pungent. A peculiar acid.
- Chryſtal: an hexaedral priſm, with hexaedral pyramids.
- Taſte: cold and pungent.
- In the fire: fuſible and de⯑tonating.
- 14. NATRUM. Natron.
- Salt: calcareous, ſub-al⯑kaline.
- Chryſtal: peculiar; a te⯑traedal priſm, of penta⯑gonal planes, two broad and two narrow, alter⯑nately vertical: each pyramid or extremity forming two plane pa⯑rallelograms.
- Taſte: bitter.
- In the fire: liquefying.
- 15. BORAX. Borax.
- Salt: alkaline (doubtful whe⯑ther it is a natural ſalt.)
- Chryſtal: octaedral, priſ⯑matic; both pyramids truncated.
- (Chryſtal ſometimes dif⯑ferent.)
- Taſte: mild.
- In the fire: bubbling: vi⯑treſcent.
- [143] 16. MURIA. Sea Salt.
- Salt: muriatic, neutral:
- Chryſtal: hexaedral; or cubic.
- Taſte: auſtere.
- In the fire: crackling.
- 17. ALUMEN. Alum.
- Salt: earthy, acid.
- Chryſtal: octaedral, com⯑poſed of trigonal planes.
- Taſte: ſtyptic.
- In the fire: frothing.
- 18. VITRIOLUM. Vitriol.
- Salt: metallic, acid, earthy.
- Chryſtal: a polyedrous, rhombic teſſera; but ſubject to variation.
- Taſte: ſtyptic.
- In the fire: calcinable.
II. SULPHURA. Inflammables.
- 19. AMBRA. Ambergreaſe.
- The Sulphur: inert.
- Fume: In ſmell; ambroſiac.
- In colour; grey.
- 20. SUCCINUM. Amber.
- The Sulphur: inert.
- Fume: In ſmell; ſweet.
- In colour; brown.
- 21. BITUMEN. Bitumen.
- The Sulphur: inert.
- Fume: In ſmell; unpleaſant.
- In colour; black.
- 22. PYRITES. Sulphur.
- The Sulphur: charged with vitriol.
- Fume: In ſmell; pungent and acid.
- In taſte; ſalt.
- In colour; yellow.
- Flame: blue.
- Soluble; in oil.
- 23. ARSENICUM. Arſenic.
- The Sulphur: metallic.
- Fume: In ſmell; like garlic.
- In taſte; ſweet:
- In colour; white.
- Soluble; in heated water, and other liquors.
III. METALLA. Metals.
- 24. HYDRARGYRUM. Mercury.
- Metal: fluid, dry, white.
- In the fire: volatilizing before ignition.
- Solution: in aqua fortis, white.
- 25. MOLYBDAENUM. Wadd.
- Metal: not fuſible, grey, colouring the fingers. (ſcarcely a metal.)
- In the fire: not fuſible.
- Solution:
- Glaſs: ſub-ferruginous co⯑loured.
- 26. STIBIUM. Antimony.
- Metal: friable, white, fibroſe.
- In the fire: volatilizing after ignition.
- Solution: in aqua regia, white.
[145]
- Glaſs: red with a yellow tinge.
- 27. ZINCUM. Zinc, Tutenag.
- Metal: ſomewhat malleable, but eaſily breaking; blueiſh, white; dull ſound.
- In the fire: melting before ignition, and burning with a yellowiſh green flame into a white light calx.
- Solution: in aqua fortis, white.
- 28. VISMUTUM. Biſmuth.
- Metal: ſomewhat mal⯑leable, but very fra⯑gile, laminoſe, yellow⯑iſh white.
- In the fire: fuſible before ignition.
- Solution: in aqua fortis, water coloured: in aqua regia, yellow.
- Glaſs: yellowiſh brown.
- 29. COBALTUM. Cobalt.
- Metal: fragile, light grey.
- In the fire: not fuſible.
- Solution: in aqua fortis and aqua regia, red.
- Glaſs: blue.
- 30. STANNUM. Tin.
- Metal: eaſily malleable, white, crackling on flexure, not ſonorous.
- In the fire: fuſible be⯑fore ignition.
- Solution: in aqua regia, yellow; (in aqua fortis it diſſolves, and pre⯑cipitates into a white powder.)
- Glaſs: white and opaline, difficultly produced.
- 31. PLUMBUM. Lead.
- Metal: eaſily malleable, blueiſh-white: not ſo⯑norous.
- In the fire: fuſible before ignition.
- Solution: in aqua fortis, clear water colour.
- Precipitate: white.
- Glaſs: yellow.
- 32. FERRUM. Iron.
- Metal: very hard, and dif⯑ficultly malleable; ob⯑ſcure blueiſh grey co⯑lour: ſonorous.
- In the fire: not fuſible till after ignition, and throwing off ſparks in a ſtronger fire.
- Solution: in aqua fortis, brown.
- Glaſs: brown, with a ſlight greeniſh tinge.
- 33. CUPRUM. Copper.
- Metal: hard, malleable, red, ſonorous.
- In the fire: fuſing after ignition, with a green flame.
- Solution: in aqua fortis, blue: in aqua regia, or the vegetable acids, green.
- Glaſs: unmixed ferrugi⯑nous coloured, other⯑wiſe of a bright blue.
- 34.ARGENTUM. Silver.
- Metal: very malleable, bright white, ſonorous, perfect, and indeſtruc⯑tible.
- In the fire: fuſing after ignition.
- Solution: in aqua fortis, white.
- Glaſs: opaline.
- 35.AURUM. Gold.
- Metal: extremely malleable, yellow, not ſonorous, perfect, and indeſtruc⯑tible.
- In the fire: fuſing after ignition, with a blueiſh hue.
- Solution: in aqua regia, yellow.
- Glaſs: purple.
SPECIES of MINERALS.
[148]The MINERAE are divided into three Orders.
I. SALIA. Salts or Chryſtals.
- a. Saline.
- 1. Nativum; Native Salt Petre.
b. Quartzoſe.- 2. Chryſtallus montana; Mountain Chryſtal.
- 3. Fluor; Coloured Chry⯑ſtal: from the va⯑rieties of which are the true Hyacinth, the falſe Topaz, Ruby, Amethyſt, Sapphire, Beryl, E⯑merald.
c. Calcareous.- 5. Truncatum; Hexago⯑nal, truncated Spar.
- 8. Suillum; Sparry Swine Stone.
- a. Saline.
- 1. Antiquorum; Native, mineral Alkali.
- 2. Murorum; Aphronitrum.
- 3. Fontanum; Epſom Salt.
b. Lapidoſe.- 6. Criſtatum; Spatoſe, decaedrous Natron.
- 8. Glaciale; Gypſeous, pel⯑lucid, fuſiform Na⯑tron.
- 9. Selenites; Selenite; rhombic Natron.
- 13. Hyodon; Pyramidal, or Dog-tooth Spar.
- a. Saline.
- 1. Tincal. Native Borax.
b. Lapidoſe.- 2. Gemma Nobilis; La⯑pidoſe, priſmatic, pellucid Borax, with truncated pyramids: yellow, Topaz: pale green, Chryſo⯑lite: ſea green, Beryl: deep green, Emerald.
- 3. Baſaltes; Cockle, or Shirl.
- 4. Electricus; the Tour⯑malin.
- 5. Granatus; the Garnet.
- a. Saline.
- 1. Marina; Sea Salt.
- 3. Montana; Foſſil Salt.
b. Lapidoſe.- 6. Phoſphorea; Bononian Stone.
- 7. Chryſolampis; Sparry Fluor, or Derbyſhire Spar.
- a. Native.
- 1. Nativum; Native Alum, Plumoſe, &c.
b. Soluble.- 2. Commune; Alum Slate.
- 3. Romanum; Stone Alum, or calcareous Alum Stone.
c. Lapidoſe.- 5. Spatoſum; Spatoſe Alum, or falſe Amethyſt.
- 6. Gemma pretioſa; Dia⯑mond, Ruby, Sap⯑phire.
- a. Simple.
- 1. Martis; of Iron.
- 2. Cyprinum; of Copper.
- 3. Album; of Zinc.
b. Compound.- 5. Triplum; Vitriol of Iron, Zinc, and Copper.
- 8. Atramentarium; Vi⯑triols mineralized with friable Stone; ſuch are, red Chal⯑citis; grey Sory; black Melanteria; yellow Miſy.
c. Lapidoſe.- Tetraedrum; Spatoſe Vitriol of Zinc.
II. SULPHURA. Inflammables.
- 1. Ambroſiaca; Grey.
- 2. Vulgatior; Brown.
- 1. Electricum; Amber, diaphanous, o⯑pake, white, yel⯑low, brown.
- 1. Naptha; Naphta.
- 2. Petroleum; Rock Oil.
- 3. Maltha; Jews Pitch.
- 5. Aſphaltum; Foſſil Pitch.
- 6. Ampelites; Peat.
- 7. Lithanthrax; Common Coal, or Schiſtoſe Bitumen.
- 8. Gagas; Jet.
- 9. Suillum; Calcareousfoe⯑tid Bitumen, com⯑pact, granulated, ſquamoſe, ſpati⯑form, chryſtalline.
- 1. Nativum; Native Sul⯑phur.
- 2. Auripigmentum; Or⯑piment.
- 3. Chryſtallinus; Chryſ⯑talliſed Pyrites, Marcaſite.
- 4. Figuratus; Figured Py⯑rites.
- 5. Ferri; Iron Pyrites.
- 6. Cupri; Copper Pyrites.
- 7. Aquoſus; Liver-co⯑loured.
- 1. Teſtaceum; Solid teſ⯑taceous Arſenic.
- 4. Sandaraca; Red Arſe⯑nic, mineralized with Sulphur.
- 5. Sulphuratum; Arſe⯑nical Marcaſite.
- 6. Albicans; Mineralized with Iron.
III. METALLA. Metals.
[152]- 1. Virgineum; Native Quickſilver.
- 2. Chryſtallinum; Cubic, chryſtallized Quick⯑ſilver.
- 3. Cinnabaris; Cinnabar, lamellated, granu⯑lated, chryſtalli⯑zed.
- 5. Crepitans; pyritical, cupreous, Stone Mercury.
- 1. Plumbago; Black Lead, or Wad, ſulphur ſaturated with iron and tin.
- 2. Magneſia; Black Man⯑ganeſe.
- 3. Spuma Lupi; Red Manganeſe, or Wol⯑fram.
- 1. Nativum; Native Re⯑gulus of Antimo⯑ny.
- 2. Chryſtallinum; Chryſ⯑tallized Stibium.
- 3. Striatum; Fibrous or common Antimo⯑ny.
- 4. Rubrum; Red Anti⯑mony, mineralized with Sulphur and Arſenic.
- 1. Chryſtallinum; Chryſ⯑tallized Zinc.
- 2. Mineraliſatum; Mi⯑neralized, with Sul⯑phur and Lead, or Iron.
- 3. Swabii; Mineralized with ſulphurated Iron.
- 4. Stibiatum; Fibroſe Zinc.
- 5. Calaminaris; Cala⯑mine; [153] Stone Zinc, or Zinc mixed with martial Ochre.
- 6. Sterilum; Blend; Mock-lead, black Jack, or ſemi-teſ⯑ſelated black Zinc.
- 8. Rapax; Red Zinc, or micaceous, liver⯑coloured Zinc.
- 1. Nativum; Native Biſmuth.
- 2. Commune; Common Biſmuth, minera⯑lized with Sul⯑phur and Arſenic.
- 3. Martiale; Martial Biſ⯑muth.
- 4. Iners; Biſmuth, mine⯑ralized with Sul⯑phur only.
- 1. Chryſtallinum; Chryſ⯑tallized Cobalt, with Sulphur, Arſe⯑nic, and Iron.
- 2. Arſenicale; Minera⯑lized with Anſenic and Iron.
- 3. Pyriticoſum; Pyriti⯑coſe Cobalt.
- 4. Scoriatum; Slag-Co⯑balt.
- 1. Chryſtallinum; Chryſ⯑tallized Tin, or Tin-Grains.
- 3. Amorphum; Tin Stone.
- 4. Spatoſum; Spatoſe Tin.
- 1. Nativum; Native Lead.
- 2. Chryſtallinum; Cubic Lead, chryſtallized.
- 3. Galena; Cubic Lead, mineralized, with ſulphurated Sil⯑ver, Galena.
- [154] 5. Stibiatum; Stibiated Lead Ore.
- 7. Virens; Greeniſh, Arſe⯑nical Lead Ore.
- 9. Spatoſum; Sparry, Arſenical Lead Ore.
- A. 1. Nativum. Native Iron, in grains.
- B. Chryſtallized.
- 2. Teſſelare. Chryſtallized Iron.
C. Such as obey the magnet.- 4. Chalybeatum; Steel⯑grained Iron Ore.
- 8. Selectum; Fine grain⯑ed Iron Ore.
- 10. Commune; Common Iron Ore.
- 11. Molle; Pyriticoſe Iron Ore.
- 12. Talcoſum; Talky Iron Ore.
- 13. Calcarium; Calcare⯑ous Iron Ore.
- 17. Smiris; Emery.
D. Such as do not obey the magnet.- 18. Micaceum; Red mi⯑caceous Iron Ore.
- 22. Haematites; Blood⯑ſtone.
- 23. Rubricoſum; Red Blood-ſtone.
- 26. Spatoſum; Spar-like Iron Ore.
E. Magnetical.- 27. Magnes; the Magnet.
- 1. Praecipitatum; Cop⯑per precipitated up⯑on Iron.
- 2. Nativum; Native Cop⯑per.
- 3. Chryſtallinum; Chryſ⯑tallized, [155] octaedral Copper.
- 4. Fulvum; Pyriticoſe, yellowiſh-green Cop⯑per Ore.
- 5. Purpureum; Pyriti⯑coſe, purple Copper Ore.
- 6. Vitratum; Soft, pyri⯑ticoſe, grey Copper Ore.
- 7. Cinereum; Sooty, pyri⯑ticoſe, arſenical Cop⯑per Ore.
- 8. Albidum; White, arſe⯑nical, pyriticoſe Cop⯑per Ore.
- 9. Rubrum; Indurated, ochraceous, red Cop⯑per Ore; ſometimes liver-coloured.
- 10. Cotaceum; Sandy, ochraceous Copper Stone.
- 11. Schiſtoſum; green, and blue Copper Slate.
- 12. Lazuli; Lapis La⯑zuli; doubtful, mixed with Silver and Iron.
- 14. Armenus; Lapis Ar⯑menus; blue calcare⯑ous Copper Stone.
- 15. Malachites; Mala⯑chites, green gypſe⯑ous Copper Stone.
- 16. Nickelum; Nickel, or Copper minera⯑lized with Sulphur, Arſenic, and Iron.
- 1. Nativum; Native Sil⯑ver, in various forms.
- 2. Corneum; Horn Silver Ore, ſhining, ſub⯑malleable, and ſomewhat diapha⯑nous, mineralized with Sulphur and Arſenic.
- 3. Vitreum; Glaſs Silver Ore, lead-coloured malleable Silver Ore, mineralized with Sulphur.
- 4. Rubrum; Red Silver Ore, mineralized with Sulphur and Arſenic.
- 5. Album; White Silver [156] Ore, mineralized with Arſenic, Cop⯑per, and Sulphur.
- 6. Cinereum; Grey Sil⯑ver Ore, minera⯑lized with Sul⯑phur, Antimony, Copper, and Iron.
- 7. Arſenicale; Silver Ore, mineralized with Arſenic and Iron.
- 8. Zincoſum; Silver Ore, mineralized with Sulphur and Zinc.
- 9. Nigrum; Sooty Silver Ore, mineralized with Arſenic and Copper.
- 1. Nativum; Native Gold; found in various forms.
- a. In thin plates or leaves.
- b. Solid, or in thick pieces.
- c. In a chryſtalline form.
Gold is alſo found inbedded in Quartz, in Talc, and Cinnabar; and in Rivers, in looſe grains and lumps, called Gold Duſt.
- 2. Mineraliſatum; Mi⯑neralized pyritical Gold Ore.
Claſs III. FOSSILIA. FOSSILS.
Foſſil bodies, originated from different modifi⯑cations of the ſubjects, comprehended in the fore⯑going claſſes.
Order I. PETRIFICATA. Such foſſil bodies as repreſent in figure certain animals or vegetables, or parts thereof.
What are called Petrifactions are of various kinds:
[157] 1. The true petrifactions are ſuch as have the texture and organic parts of the bodies en⯑tirely filled up with ſtony particles, either of a calcareous nature, as is commonly the caſe: or flinty▪ and not unfrequently it is marcaſitical.
2. Preſerved only and unaltered, as ſeeming to have loſt little except the animal gluten.
3. Others are only bodies incruſtated with ſta⯑lactite or calcareous matter. And,
4. Frequently they are only impreſſions received in their ſoft ſtate.
Order II. CONCRETA. Slight conglutinations of different kinds of earths.
The ſpecific differences of theſe bodies ariſe from the nature principally of the component parts, whether ochraceous, calcareous, gypſeous, ſpatoſe, argillaceous, arenaceous, &c.
Order III. TERRAE. Foſſil ſubſtances not conglutinated, but uſually in a ſlightly cohering or pulverized ſtate.
GENERA of FOSSILS.
I. PETRIFICATA. II. CONCRETA.
The generical characters of theſe two orders are very brief, and they occur in the ſubſequent ar⯑rangement of the ſpecies.
III. TERRAE.
[158]- 50. OCHRA. Ochres.
- Earth: precipitated calx or earth of metals.
- Particles: coloured, and extremely minute.
- 51. ARENA. Sand.
- Earth: originated from wa⯑ter.
- Particles: diſtinct, granu⯑lated, hard, and ſca⯑brous: neither pene⯑trable nor congluti⯑nable by water. (Not ſoluble in acids.)
- 52. ARGILLA. Clay.
- Earth: originated from the viſcid ſediment, or mud, of the ſea.
- Particles: irregular, im⯑palpable, ſoft, tough, and lubricous.
- In water: becoming ſoft, unctuous, and plaſtic.
- In the fire: hardening.
- 53. CALX. Chalks.
- Earth: of animal origin.
- Particles: dry, farinace⯑ous, friable, colouring the fingers: tinging water: moſtly ſoluble in acids, and efferveſ⯑cing therein, eſpecially when calcined or burn⯑ed.
- [159] 54. HUMUS. Mould.
- Earth: of vegetable ori⯑gin.
- Particles: dry, light, in the form of fine powder.
- In water: ſwelling.
- In fire: combuſtible, and leaving aſhes.
SPECIES of FOSSILS.
The FOSSILIA are divided into three Orders.
- 36. ZOOLITHUS. Petrifactions of Mammalia.
- 1. Hominis; Bones of Men; and in one inſtance of the whole body.
- 2. Cervi; remains of the Cervus Tarandus, or Rein Deer, dug up in Ireland.—Vide Lowthorp's Abridgment, vol. ii. p. 432.
- 3. Ebur Foſſile; Foſſil Ivory.
- 4. Turcoſa; Turquoiſe, teeth tinctured by Copper.
- 37. ORNITHOLITHUS. Petrifactions of Birds, and their Neſts. Theſe are ſcarce, and are uſually ſtalactitical incruſtations only.
- 38. AMPHIBIOLITHUS. Petrifactions of Am⯑phibia.
- 1. Teſtudinis; of an en⯑tire Tortoiſe.
- 2. Ranae; of a Toad.
- 3. Lacertae; Skeleton of a Crocodile.
- 4. Serpentis; of an entire Serpent.
- 5. Nantis; of various Nantes, as of the Raja, Baliſtes, &c.
- 6. Gloſſopetra; Sharks Teeth, very com⯑mon.
- 39. ICTHYOLITHUS. Petrifactions of Fiſhes.
- 1. Schiſti; Entire Skele⯑tons, with the Fins, in Slate, of ſeveral genera.
- 2. Marmoris; in Marble, of various genera.
- 3. Bufonites; Grinding Teeth of the Anar⯑chichas, or Wolf⯑fiſh.
- 40. ENTOMOLITHUS. Petrifactions of Inſects.
- 1. Cancri; Petrified Crab, Lobſter, &c.
- 2. Paradoxus; of an un⯑known Inſect; per⯑haps a Monocu⯑lus.
- 3. Succineus; Inſects in⯑cloſed in Amber, not proper petrifac⯑tions.
- 41. HELMINTHOLITHUS. Petrifactions of Vermes.
- 1. Hammonites; Cornu Ammonis, various kinds.
- 2. Orthocerotes; Straight Nautilus; both theſe unknown in the recent ſtate.
- 3. Conchidium; of an unknown bilocular ſhell; perhaps a Patella.
- 4. Anomites; of various Anomiae, unknown in a recent ſtate.
- [161] 5. Hyſterolithus.
- 6. Craniolaris.
- 7. Gryphites. Crow⯑ſtone.
- 9. Judaicus; Jews Stone, thought to be ſpines of Echini.
- 10. Echinites.
- 14. Madreporus; Ma⯑drepores, of various kinds.
- 17. Entrochus.
- 18. Aſteria Columnaris; Star Stones; parts of an Encrinus, late⯑ly diſcovered in the recent ſtate.—See Phil. Tranſ. vol. lii. p. 357.
- 23. Belemnites.
- 42. PHYTOLITHUS. Petrifactions of Plants.
- 1. Plantae; of the entire Plant, in Coal Slate.
- 2. Filicis; of Ferns, in Slate.
- 3. Rhizolithus; of Roots, in Marble.
- 4. Lithoxylon; of Wood, in various ſtates; as, of Limeſtone, of Agate, of Flint, of Sand-ſtone, and of Slate.
- 5. Folii; of Leaves, in Slate and Marble.
- 6. Antholithus; of Flow⯑ers, in Slate, re⯑ſembling the ſpike of a Phalaris, or Canary Graſs.
- 7. Carpolithus; of Fruits, in Coal ſtrata; commonly cones of the Pine, Nuts, Acorns, &c.
- 43. GRAPTOLITHUS. Stones reſembling Pictures. 8 ſpecies. Among which are,
- 2. Ruderalis; Florentine Marble or Slate, repreſenting ruins.
- 3. Dendrites; repreſent⯑ing woods, land⯑ſcapes, &c. ariſing from vitriolic ſolu⯑tions, inſinuated between the plates of fiſſile ſtones, or in Marble. This proceſs is now well imitated by art.
- 44. CALCULUS. Animal Concretions. 8 ſpecies.
- 1. Urinarius; Stone in the Kidney or Blad⯑der.
- 2. Salivalis; Tartar of the Teeth.
- 3. Tracheae; of the Lungs.
- 4. Bezoar; Bezoar Stones, formed in the Abo⯑maſus, or fourth ſtomach of the Pe⯑cora, or ruminat⯑ing animals.
- 5. Aegagropila; Hair Balls, formed in the firſt ſtomach.
- 6. Felleus; Bile Stones.
- 7. Margarita; Pearls.
- 8. Oculus♋; Crabs Eyes.
- 45. TARTARUS. Vegetable Concretes.
- 1. Faex; Yeaſt.
- 2. Vini; White and Red Tartar.
- 46. AETITES. Concretions within the Cavity of Stones. a. True Etites, having a looſe Nucleus.
- 1. Geodes; with an earthy Nucleus.
- 2. Aquilinus; with a ſtony Nucleus.
b. Spurious Etites.- 3. Haemachates; Flinty Aetites, with a fixed chryſtalline Nucleus, of quartzoſe nitre; or Melon of Mount Carmel.
- 4. Marmoreus; Marble Aetites, including Dog-tooth Spar.
- 5. Cretaceus; echinited Aetites, including Fluor Chryſtals.
- [163] 47. PUMEX. Concretions by Means of Fire.
- 1. Vulcani; Black Slate Pumice.
- 2. Ferri; White Pumice, of Iron Furnaces.
- 3. Cupri; Red Copper Pumice.
- 4. Fuligo; Soot.
- 5. Cinerarius; Aſhes of Volcanos.
- 5. Molaris; Rheniſh Mill⯑ſtone.
- 7. Vitreus; Vitreous Pu⯑mice, or black and green Iceland Agate.
- 48. STALACTITES. Concretions by Means of Air.
- 1. Incruſtatum; Vege⯑table Incruſtations.
- 2. Stillatitius; Drop⯑ſtone.
- 3. Solidus; Solid marmo⯑reous Stalactite.
- 4. Flos Ferri; Branched marmoreous Stalac⯑tite.
- 7. Spatoſus; Solidſpatoſe Stalactite.
- 9. Quartzoſus.
- 10. Pyriticoſus.
- 11. Plumbiferus.
- 12. Zeolithus; Red ſpa⯑toſe Stalactite or Zeolite.
- 49. TOPHUS. Concretions in Water. 22 ſpecies. a. Metallic Tophs.
- 1. Ludus; Marly Toph-ſtone.
- 2. Pertuſus; Tubular, marly, ochraceous Toph-ſtone.
- 3. Marinus; Sandy ochra⯑ceous Sea Toph-ſtone.
- 5. Tubalcaini; Bog Iron Ore, in various forms.
b. Simple Tophs.- 10. Aluminaris; Alum Toph.
- 12. Lebetinus; Concre⯑tions of Tea Kettles.
- [164] 14. Oolithus; Pea-ſtone, of Hot Springs.
- 16. Oſteocolla; Bone⯑binder. Vide Phil. Tranſ. 1745, p. 378.
- 21. Lenticularis; Solid black ſchiſtoſe Toph.
- 50. OCHRA. Ochres. Earths of Metals. 15 ſpecies. a. In the form of Powder.
- 1. Ferri; Ochre of Iron.
- 3. Aeris; Green Ochre of Copper.
- 4. Cupri; Blue Ochre of Copper.
- 7. Plumbi; Native Ce⯑ruſs.
- 8. Cobalti; Ochre of Co⯑balt.
b. Plumoſe, or germinating Ochres.- 12. Cuprigo; Copper Blue, Plumoſe Copper.
- 13. Stibigo; Flowers of Antimony.
- 14. Argentigo; Plumoſe Silver Ore, with ſulphurated Anti⯑mony and Arſe⯑nic.
- 51. ARENA. Sands. 14 ſpecies.
- 1. Mobilis; Sea Sand.
- 2. Colorata; Coloured Sands.
- 6. Glarea; Sand of Heaths.
- 9. Sabulum; Common Sand.
- 11. Micacea; Micaceous or Glittering Sand, writing Sand.
- 12. Aurea; Gold Sand.
- 13. Ferrea; Iron Sand.
- 14. Silicea; Flint Sand.
- [165] 52. ARGILLA. Clays, Boles, Marles. 21 ſpecies. a. Simple.
- 1. Apyra; Porcellain Clay.
- 2. Leucargilla; Tobacco⯑pipe Clay.
- 3. Porcellana; China Por⯑cellain Earth.
- 6. Lemnia; Lemnian Earth.
- 7. Fullonica; Stone Mar⯑row, Fullers Earth.
- 8. Tripolitana; Tripoli, or Rotten Stone.
- 9. Communis; Brick Clay.
- 10. Figulina; Potters Clay.
- 13. Bolus; Boles of diffe⯑rent colours.
b. Mixed.- 15. Tumeſcens; Fer⯑menting Clay.
- 17. Marga; Marle.
- 18. Umbra; Umbre.
- 19. Nilotica; Marle of the Nile.
- 53. CALX. Chalks. 9 ſpecies. a. Soluble in acids.
- 1. Creta; Chalk.
- 2. Marmorea; Mineral Agaric.
- 3. Conchacea; Shell Chalk, or moulder⯑ed Shells.
b. Not ſoluble in acids.- 5. Paluſtris; True Mi⯑neral Agaric.
- 6. Gur; Gypſeous Gur, or Lac Lunae.
c. Granulated, or ſandy.- 7. Alabaſtrina; Alabaſter Chalk.
- 8. Teſtudinea; Soluble Arenaceous Calx of the Iſle of Aſcen⯑ſion.
- 9. Lenticularis; Lenticu⯑lar granulated Calx.
- 54. HUMUS. Moulds. 14 ſpecies.
- 1. Daedalea; Impalpable Vegetable Mould.
- 2. Ruralis; Common Black Mould.
- 3. Pauperata; Depaupe⯑rated Mould of Heaths.
- 4. Efferveſcens; Spongy Mould of Marſhes.
- 5. Alpina; Alpine Earth.
- 6. Turfa; Turf.
- 7. Lutum; Mould of Lakes, Mud-mould.
- 10. Damaſcena; Red Mould.
- 14. Animalis; Animal Mould.
Three very inſtructive tables, exhibiting diffe⯑rent views of the ſeveral ſaline and other chryſtal⯑lized bodies, are ſubjoined, accompanied by copious and methodical deſcriptions of the figures of each; and references to theſe bodies, as they occur in the work itſelf.
GENERA MORBORUM, or CLASSIFICATION of DISEASES.
WE muſt now look backwards a few years, to conſider our author in another part of his Profeſ⯑ſorial character. It has been obſerved, that after his eſtabliſhment at Upſal, one of his departments, as a profeſſor, was that of teaching the Diagnoſis Morborum; and to this end he drew up a ſyſtem, [167] in which, as in natural hiſtory, all diſeaſes were diſpoſed into claſſes, orders, and genera, founded on diſtinctions taken from the ſymptoms alone, no regard being had either to remote, or proximate cauſes. Before we proceed to a particular view of LINNAEUS'S method of claſſing diſeaſes, it will be proper to premiſe, that a noſology on this plan, the great object of which is to fix pathognomonics to every diſeaſe, had been long wiſhed for by ſome writers of the firſt character in the profeſſion: ſuch were Baglivi, Boerhaave, Gorter, Gaubius, and Syden⯑ham; the latter of whom has thus expreſſed himſelf on this ſubject, in the preface to his works: Expe⯑dit ut morbi omnes ad definitas ac certas ſpecies revo⯑centur, eadem prorſus diligentia ac [...], qua id factum videmus à botanicis ſcriptoribus in ſuis phytologiis. Yet, amidſt that almoſt infinite variety and complication of appearances which are ſeen in diſeaſes, the difficulty of obtaining ſuf⯑ficient diſtinctions, by which the genus and ſpecies may be accurately diſcriminated, muſt be allowed to be very great; and poſſibly is in many inſtances unſurmountable. Hence, ſome of the moſt emi⯑nent phyſicians have been led to reject all ſuch arrangements as futile, and impracticable. This, however, hath not deterred others from paying attention to the ſubject, more eſpecially ſome of thoſe, who, from their province as profeſſors, are led to teach the rudiments of the art; and to whom method, in ſome form, is abſolutely neceſ⯑ſary. Syſtematic writers had uſed various me⯑thods in the diſpoſition of their ſubject. Some [168] had choſen the alphabetic; if that deſerves the name of an arrangement: others, after the ex⯑ample of Aretaeus, and Caelius Aurelianus, had di⯑vided diſeaſes, from their duration, into acute, and chronical. Some had preferred the anatomical order; which, as it preſuppoſes a knowledge of the ſeat of the diſeaſe, muſt, not unfrequently, prove fallacious: Sennertus's is an inſtance of this kind. However, the äitiological arrangement has been moſt followed by the beſt writers among the moderns; ſuch as Hoffmann, and Boerhaave; al⯑though perhaps not much leſs fallacious than the anatomical, ſince it is in many inſtances founded on an hypotheſis of the writer: and though Felix Platerus, in his Praxis Medica, publiſhed in 1602, had given an imperfect ſketch of a noſology on the ſymptomatic plan, yet no writer ventured to purſue his idea, for more than a century after his time; diſcouraged as it ſhould ſeem by the diffi⯑culty of the attempt. At length the late profeſ⯑ſor M. SAUVAGES of Montpelier, after communi⯑cating his ſcheme to Boerhaave, publiſhed in 1731, in 12mo. the outlines of ſuch a work, under the title of Nouvelles Claſſes des Maladies, in which he profeſſes to define diſeaſes, from their conſtant and evident ſymptoms only. In the year 1763, the au⯑thor augmented his work, by the addition of the ſpecies under each genus, into 5 volumes in 8vo. Sauvages may be conſidered as having ſpent his life in giving to this deſign a certain degree of perfec⯑tion, having enlarged it into 2 quarto volumes, in which form it was publiſhed after his death in [169] 1768: A work, it is to be preſumed, now in the hands of moſt phyſicians.
It will eaſily be imagined, that an arrangement of this kind was too congenial to LINNAEUS to be neglected by him. In fact, it appears that he very early correſponded with Sauvages on this ſubject, that he ſoon adopted it, and framed a ſet of inſtitutes, under the title of GENERA MOR⯑BORUM, as a baſis of his lectures in this depart⯑ment. LINNAEUS'S ſcheme was firſt publiſhed in a theſis in 1759; but he had taught it in his claſs for ten years preceding that time. In 1763, he publiſhed it himſelf in a ſmall quarto; though we do not find that he ever enlarged it by the addition of the ſpecies.
The ſymptomatic plan of arranging diſeaſes has ſince been followed by ſome other profeſſors of phyſic; Dr. Vogel of Gottingen having publiſhed, in 1764, his Definitiones Generum Morborum. Dr. Cullen alſo, who at this time fills the practical chair at Edinburgh with ſuch deſerved reputation, has publiſhed a Synopſis noſologiae methodicae, and has made it the baſis of his Firſt Lines of the Practice of Phyſic. In 1776, Dr. Sagar, a phyſician at Ig⯑law in Moravia, publiſhed a Syſtema Morborum ſym⯑tomaticum. 8vo. Vien. pp. 756. His work, allow⯑ing for ſome alterations and additions, may be ac⯑counted an uſeful abridgement of Sauvages's: the author, all theory apart, has deſcribed the ſpecies under every genus, and ſubjoined the method of cure. Dr. Cullen, by omitting many genera, and reducing others to the rank of ſpecies only, has ſo [170] conſiderably abridged the whole, as not to have retained more than half the number of genera, that the foregoing writers enumerate; and in this form he has publiſhed it, annexed to thoſe of the four abovementiond, by which diſplay of each, their ſeveral merits may be compared, and a judg⯑ment formed of the practicability, and uſe of the ſcheme in general, which, it muſt be confeſſed, af⯑fords a very ample field for cultivation; yet, from that reform which Dr. Cullen has already made in various parts, it is not, perhaps, too much to hope, that it is capable of receiving a much higher degree of improvement, in the hands of thoſe whoſe genius and induſtry may prompt them to extend the deſign of theſe writers.
Of LINNAEUS'S method we are led by our plan to exhibit a general view; to which end, although our preſcribed brevity will not admit of giving his definitions at length, yet it will be neceſſary to enumerate the names of all his genera, ſince no⯑thing ſhort of a view of the whole collectively, could enable the reader to form a juſt idea of the author's ſcheme. Under each claſs we ſhall ob⯑ſerve wherein LINNAEUS differs materially from Sauvages, and note the alterations which Dr. Cullen has made in the diſpoſition of the ſame genera.
LINNAEUS, in the claſſification of diſeaſes, has pretty nearly retained the arrangement of M. Sau⯑vages, although he has altered his terms, and con⯑ſtituted one more claſs, with which he begins his method; the Exanthematic, or eruptive fevers, which, in the ſyſtems of Sauvages and Dr. Cullen, [171] form only an order, or ſubdiviſion of a claſs. He has alſo changed the order of the claſſes, and re⯑ferred the Vitia, or local external diſorders, which are principally the objects of ſurgery, to the end of his ſyſtem. In this he has been followed by the two ſucceeding noſologiſts, Dr. Vogel and Dr. Cullen. The claſſical diſtribution is, however, confeſſedly not the primary conſideration; that of fixing the generical character, and determining what ſhall conſtitute the ſpecifical, being the firſt object of every ſyſtem. To this end a ſtill farther reduction of the number of genera and ſpecies, will probably not a little contribute.
Claſs I. EXANTHEMATICI. Fevers attended with eruptions on the ſkin.
- 1. CONTAGIOSI. Contagious.
- 1. Morta. Veſiculary Fe⯑ver.
- 2. Peſtis. The Plague.
- 3. Variola. Small pox.
- 4. Rubeola. Meaſles.
- 5. Petechia. Spotted Fe⯑ver.
- 6. Siphylis. Venereal Diſ⯑eaſe.
- 2. SPORADICI. Sporadic fevers; not conta⯑gious.
- 7. Miliaria. Miliary Fe⯑ver.
- 8. Uredo. Nettle Fever.
- 9. Aphtha. Aphthous Fe⯑ver.
- 3. SOLITARII. Affecting a part of the body only.
- 10. Eryſipelas. St. Anthony's Fire.
[172] In this claſs, as the diſeaſe is complicated of fever and eruption, the genus is defined from the nature of each. To inſtance, the Variola, or Small pox, is defined, A diſeaſe attended with puſ⯑tules of an eryſipelatous, ſuppurating, eſcha⯑rotic kind; at length drying off, and leaving a cicatrix; accompanied by a fever of the ardent, and malignant kind, with head-ach and pain of the loins. The term Puſtula, and the others in this claſs, expreſſive of the different kinds of eruption, have their definition in another part of the ſyſtem. Such as appear in the Morta, are called Phlyctenae; in the Peſtis, Anthraces, or Bu⯑bones; in the Variola, Puſtulae; in the Rubeola, Papulae; in the Petechia, Sudamina.
This claſs conſtitutes the firſt order of Dr. Sau⯑vages's PHLEGMASIAE, and the third of Dr. Cullen's PYREXIAE claſs. In both, theſe genera are preſerved nearly alike, except that the Morta of LINNAEUS is the Pemphigus of thoſe authors, and the Petechia is conſidered by Dr. Cullen as only a ſymptom.
Our author ſtands alone in bringing the Syphilis into the febrile exanthematic claſs. He thinks himſelf juſtified, by conſidering it as attended, in the advanced ſtate at leaſt, by fever and eruptions. It certainly however ranks better with the IM⯑PETIGINES.
Claſs II. CRITICI. Critical Fevers.
[173]- 1. CONTINENTES. Continual Fevers.
- 11. Diaria. Diary Fever.
- 12. Synocha. Ardent Fever.
- 13. Synochus. Malig⯑nant Fever.
- 14. Lenta. Slow Fever.
- 2. INTERMITTENTES. Intermitting Fevers.
- 15. Quotidiana. Quoti⯑dian.
- 16. Tertiana. Tertian.
- 17. Quartana. Quartan.
- 18. Duplicana. Double Tertian.
- 19. Errana. Erratic Fe⯑ver.
- 3. EXACERBANTES. Remitting Fevers.
- 20. Amphimerina. Con⯑tinued Quotidian.
- 21. Tritaeus. Continued Tertian.
- 22. Tetartophya. Con⯑tinued Quartan.
- 23. Haemitritaea. Semi-Tertian.
- 24. Hectica. Hectic Fe⯑ver.
The Genera of the CONTINENTES are determin⯑ed from the different duration of each ſimply.
Thoſe of the INTERMITTENTES from the dura⯑tion of the intermiſſions.
The EXACERBANTES, ſuppoſed to be compound⯑ed of the two foregoing, have their characters acordingly.
Our author allows the Tertian to be the root of all the FEBRES CRITICI, although he has, in the foregoing diviſion, kept pretty cloſe to Dr. [174] Sauvages's method in retaining the diſtinctions. In this they are not followed by Dr. Cullen, who denies the exiſtence of a continent fever, and has greatly ſimplified this diviſion, having reduced all the CRITICAL fevers to ſix genera, and allowing the Hectic to be ſymptomatic only.
Claſs III. PHLOGISTICI. Inflammations.
- 1. MEMBRANACEI. Membranous Inflamma⯑tions.
- 25. Phrenitis. Of the Meninges of the Brain.
- 26. Paraphrenitis. Of the Diaphragm.
- 27. Pleuritis. The Pleu⯑riſy.
- 28. Gaſtritis. Of the Sto⯑mach.
- 29. Enteritis. Of the Bowels.
- 30. Proctitis. Of the Anus.
- 31. Cyſtitis. Of the Bladder.
- 2. PARENCHYMATICI. Viſceral Inflammations.
- 32. Sphaceliſmus. Of the Brain.
- 33. Cynanche. Quinſey.
- 34. Peripneumonia. Of the Lungs.
- 35. Hepatitis. Of the Liver.
- 36. Splenitis. Of the Spleen.
- 37. Nephritis. Of the Kidneys.
- 38. Hyſteritis. Of the Uterus.
- 3. MUSCULORI Muſcular, or external Inflam⯑mation.
- 39. Phlegmone. In⯑flammation of an external part.
[175] LINNAEUS defines the Phlegmon to be a tenſe throbbing tumour, or enlargement of a part, accompanied by fever, and attended with heat and redneſs. This he conſiders as ſuggeſt⯑ing alſo the idea of all the foregoing internal in⯑flammations.
The generical character in the Phlogiſtic claſs of our author, does not ariſe wholly from the part affected ſuppoſed to be the ſeat of the diſeaſe, but from the genus of the attending fever alſo. Thus he defines the Hepatitis to be the Amphi⯑merina, attended with a difficult reſpiration, cough without expectoration, hiccup, and a ſenſe of heat and tenſion in the right hypo⯑chondre. The Nephritis is a Synochus, attend⯑ed with nauſea, hiccup, eructation, urine vari⯑ous, coſtiveneſs, burning lumbago, and numb⯑neſs down the thigh.
In this claſs LINNAEUS has followed Sauvages in dividing the diſeaſes into MEMBRANACEI, and PARENCHYMATICI, a diviſion neglected by Dr. Cullen, from the difficulty of determining the ſeat of the inflammation.
The Phlegmone, being external, is ranked by Sauvages among his VITIA. On the other hand, Dr. Cullen gives it the firſt place in his order PHLEG⯑MASIAE; and has reduced thirteen genera of LIN⯑NAEUS'S, and twelve of Sauvages's, to the rank of ſpecies, under the term Phlogoſis; further, account⯑ing Abſceſs, Puſtule, Gangrene, and Sphacelus, as effects only of Phlogoſis, and therefore not entitled [176] to the ſeparate character of genera. Numerous inſtances of this kind afford a ſtriking proof of the difficulties attending theſe arrangements, in de⯑termining what diſtinctions ſhall take place be⯑tween genus and ſpecies.
Claſs IV. DOLORES. Painful Diſeaſes.
- 1. INTRINSECI. Of the internal Parts.
- 40. Cephalalgia. Head⯑ach.
- 41. Hemicrania. Me⯑grim, or pain of one ſide of the head only.
- 42. Gravedo. Dull pain of the Forehead.
- 43. Ophthalmia. Pain of the Eye.
- 44. Otalgia. Ear-ach.
- 45. Odontalgia. Tooth⯑ach.
- 46. Angina. Pain in the Fauces, with a ſenſe of choaking.
- 47. Soda. Burning pain in the Throat, with rancid Eructations.
- 48. Cardialgia. Pain at the Heart.
- 49. Gaſtrica. Pain of the Stomach.
- 50. Colica. Colic.
- 51. Hepatica. Pain of the right Hypo⯑chondre.
- 52. Splenica.—of the left Hypochondre.
- 53. Pleuritica. Pain of the Side.
- 54. Pneumonica. Weight, or load on the Cheſt.
- 55. Hyſteralgia. Pain of the Uterus.
- 56. Nephritica. Pain of the Kidneys.
- 57. Dyſuria. Pain in the Bladder.
- 58. Pudendagra. Pain in the genital Parts.
- 59. Proctica. Pain of the Anus.
- 2. EXTRINSECI. Of the Limbs.
- 60. Arthritis. The Gout.
- 61. Oſtocopus. Fixed Pain in the Bones.
- 62. Rheumatiſmus. The Rheumatiſm.
- 63. Volatica. Flying Pain of the Limbs.
- 64. Pruritus. Exceſſive Itching.
Our author does not take into the characters of theſe genera the idea of fever; and there are ſeveral of them uſed by him as auxiliary terms, in the de⯑finition of other genera.
Dr. Sauvages has a claſs of five orders under the term DOLORES, diſpoſed in the anatomical method; under which, moſt of the foregoing genera are comprehended.
Dr. Cullen having no ſuch claſs as the DOLO⯑ROSI, is neceſſarily led to arrange theſe genera in different parts of his ſyſtem; but, with him, the greater number are either ſpecies only, or ſymptoms, he having admitted only three to the character of genera, in his PHLEGMASIA. Theſe are the Oph⯑thalmia, Arthritis or Podagra, and Rheumatiſmus.
Claſs V. MENTALES, Diſeaſes in which the Functions of the Mind are diſturbed.
- 1. IDEALES. Thoſe in which the Judgment is principally affected.
- 65. Delirium. Sympto⯑matic, or febrile Delirium.
- 66. Paraphroſyne. Tran⯑ſitory Inſanity with⯑out Fever.
- [178] 67. Amentia. Idiotic Inſanity.
- 68. Mania. Madneſs.
- 69. Demonia. Melan⯑choly, with Idea of Poſſeſſion.
- 70. Veſania. Tranquil, partial Melancholy.
- 71. Melancholia. Fixed Melancholy.
- 2. IMAGINARII. Thoſe in which the Imagi⯑nation is principally affected.
- 72. Syringmos. Imagi⯑nary Sound in the Ear.
- 73. Phantaſma. Falſe Viſion.
- 74. Vertigo. Giddineſs, or falſe Idea of Gyration in Objects.
- 75. Panophobia. Falſe fear of Evil.
- 76. Hypochondriaſis. Hypochondriac Diſ⯑eaſe.
- 77. Somnambuliſmus. Night-walking, or Noctambulation.
- 3. PATHETICI. Thoſe in which the Appetites and Paſſions are principally affected.
- 78. Citta. Unnatural Longings.
- 79. Bulimia. Voracious Appetite.
- 80. Polydipſia. Exceſ⯑ſive Thirſt.
- 81. Satyriaſis.
- 82. Erotomania.
- 83. Noſtalgia. Swiſs Ma⯑lady.
- 84. Tarantiſmus.
- 85. Rabies. Canine Mad⯑neſs.
- 86. Hydrophobia. Hor⯑ror of Drinking, with Rigor and Sardiaſis.
- 87. Cacoſitia. Fixed A⯑verſion to Food.
- 88. Antipathia. Averſion to particular Objects.
- 89. Anxietas. Reſtleſſneſs.
[179] In this claſs, which anſwers to the VESANIAE of Dr. Sauvages, the genera ſtand nearly the ſame as in that author's arrangement.
They conſtitute, after great reduction, the fourth order, under the term VESANIAE, of the claſs NEUROSES, in Dr. Cullen's ſyſtem, com⯑prehending four genera.
Of the IDEALES of LINNAEUS, Dr. Cullen only ranks the Amentia, the Mania, and the Melancholia, as genera; the Delirium and Paraphroſyne being ſymp⯑tomatic. The Demonia, Veſania, and Panopho⯑bia, rank with Melancholy; under which he has alſo brought the Erotomania and Noſtalgia, from the PATHETICI. Of the remaining genera only the Hypochondriaſis, and the Hydrophobia, are ad⯑mitted as ſuch; the former in the ADYNAMIAE, and the latter among the SPASMI. The Syrigmus, and Phantaſma, are referred to the LOCALES claſs; and the Somnambuliſmus to the Oneirodynia, in the order VESANIAE. The Citta, or Pica, the Polydipſia, Satyriaſis, and Bulimia, belong alſo to the LOCALES, in the order DYSOREXIAE. It is juſtly doubted whether the Tarantiſmus exiſts; and the Rabies can ſcarcely be ſeparated from the Hydrophobia.
Claſs VI. QUIETALES. Diſeaſes in which the voluntary, and involuntary Motions, and the Senſes, ſuffer a Diminution.
- 1. DEFECTIVI. Defects of the vital Powers.
- 90. Laſſitudo. Muſcular Debility.
- 91. Languor. Debility of Spirits.
- [180] 92. Aſthenia. Extreme Debility.
- 93. Lipothymia. Faint⯑ing.
- 94. Syncope. Swooning.
- 95. Aſphyxia. Long fai⯑lure of vital and animal Power; as from Drowning, Mephitiſm, &c.
- 2. SOPOROSI. Soporoſe Affections; or Di⯑minution of Senſe and Motion.
- 96. Somnolentia. Som⯑nolency.
- 97. Typhomania. Coma Vigil, of authors.
- 98. Lethargus. Lethar⯑gy; febrile Som⯑nolency.
- 99. Cataphora. Coma Somnolentum, of authors.
- 100. Carus. Sopor and Inſenſibility, with quiet Reſpiration.
- 101. Apoplexia. Apo⯑plexy; Sopor, and Inſenſibility, with Snoring.
- 102. Paraplegia. Palſy, of all the Limbs.
- 103. Hemiplegia. Palſy, of one Side.
- 104. Paralyſis. Palſy, of a particular Part.
- 105. Stupor. Tranſitory Numbneſs.
- 3. PRIVATIVI. Diminutions of the Senſes.
- 106. Moroſis. Defect of Imagination.
- 107. Oblivio. Defect of Memory.
- 108. Amblyopia. Ob⯑ſcure Viſion, without apparent Defect in the Organ.
- 109. Cataracta. Priva⯑tion of Sight, with apparent Defect in the Organ.
- 110. Amauroſis. Priva⯑tion of Sight, with⯑out apparent Defect of the Organ.
- 111. Scotomia. Tranſitory Blindneſs.
- 112. Cophoſis. Deaf⯑neſs.
- [181] 113. Anoſmia. Defect of Smelling.
- 114. Ageuſtia. Defect of Taſte.
- 115. Aphonia. Defect of Voice.
- 116. Anorexia. Want of Appetite.
- 117. Adipſia. Want of Thirſt.
- 118. Anaeſtheſia. Defect of Feeling.
- 119. Atecnia. Defect of venereal Appetite.
- 120. Atonia. Atony; Defect of muſcular Power.
The diſeaſes of this claſs very nearly correſpond with the DEBILITATES of Sauvages; and the two firſt orders, the DEFECTIVI and SOPOROSI, with the COMATA and ADYNAMIAE, of the claſs NEUROSES, in Dr. Cullen's ſyſtem.
The three firſt genera of the DEFECTIVI, Dr▪ Cullen takes no notice of; the three laſt he in⯑cludes under his Syncope, as different degrees only of the ſame diminiſhed power of the functions.
Among the SOPOROSI of our author, Dr. Cullen ranks the Carus and Cataphora under the Apo⯑plexia; and alſo conſiders the Typhomania and Le⯑thargus, as ſymptomatic of the ſame. For the like reaſons he accounts the Paraplegia, and Hemiple⯑gia, as different degrees of the ſame diſeaſe, in⯑cluding them all under Paralyſis.
The PRIVATIVI rank under the two firſt orders of Dr. Cullen's LOCALES, as far as he allows them to hold the character of genera. The Moroſis and Oblivio he refers to his Amentia. The Scoto⯑mia he does not notice. The Cophoſis he calls Dyſoecia; the Anorexia ſtands under his Dyſpepſia [182] genus, among the ADYNAMIAE; the Atonia as a ſpecies of Palſy. The Amblyopia under Amauroſis; the Cataracta under his Caligo. The Anoſmia, Ageuſtia, Aphonia, Anoſexia, Adipſia, and Anaeſthe⯑ſia, under their reſpective names ſeparately; and the Atecnia under that of Anaphrodiſia.
Claſs VII. MOTORII. Spaſmodic Diſeaſes; Diſeaſes attended with involuntary Motion.
- 1. SPASTICI. Spaſtic, or Tonic Diſeaſes.
- 121. Spaſmus. Cramp.
- 122. Priapiſmus. Pria⯑piſm.
- 123. Borborygmi. Rum⯑bling of the Bowels.
- 124. Triſmos. Locked Jaw.
- 125. Sardiaſis. Involun⯑tary or convulſive Laughing.
- 126. Hyſteria. Hyſteric Affection.
- 127. Tetanos. Rigidity of the Spine, with Senſibility.
- 128. Catochus. Rigidity of the Body with⯑out Senſibility.
- 129. Catalepſis. Cata⯑lepſy.
- 130. Agrypnia. Intenſe Watching. The Pervigilium of Authors.
- 2. AGITATORII. Convulſive or Clonic Diſeaſes.
- 131. Tremor. Trem⯑bling, without the Senſation of Cold.
- 132. Palpitatio. Palpi⯑tation of the Heart.
- 133. Orgaſmus. Subſul⯑tus of the Arteries.
- 134. Subſultus. Twitch⯑ing of the Ten⯑dons.
- 135. Carpologia. Deli⯑rious Fumbling.
- 136. Stridor. Grating of the Teeth
- [183] 137. Hippos. Morbid Nictitation.
- 138. Pſelliſmus. Stam⯑mering.
- 139. Chorea. St. Vitus's Dance.
- 140. Beriberi. Tre⯑mor of the Limbs and Body, with contracted Knees, attended with Stu⯑por and Hoarſeneſs.
- 141. Rigor. Shaking or Tremor, with a Senſe of Cold.
- 142. Convulſio. Convul⯑ſion.
- 143. Epilepſia. Epilepſy. Convulſions attend⯑ed with Inſenſibility, oppoſed to the foregoing.
- 144. Hieranoſos. Conti⯑nued Convulſions without Pain, or Loſs of Senſibility.
- 145. Raphania. Spaſtic Contraction of the Limbs, with Con⯑vulſions and Pain.
Moſt of the diſeaſes of this claſs ſtand in the corrſeponding one of Sauvages, called SPASMI, except the Borborygmus, and the Agrypnia, the lat⯑ter of which is referred to the anomalous VESA⯑NIAE. He alſo conſiders the Sardiaſis and Stridor of LINNAEUS as ſpecies only of the Triſmos; and the Subſultus he calls Carpologia.
In Dr. Cullen's ſyſtem the MOTORII of LIN⯑NAEUS make the third order of his NEUROSES, called SPASMI. Of the Spaſtici he has the Triſmos, Hyſteria, and Tetanos, only as diſtinct genera, un⯑der their reſpective terms. The Catochus he refers to the Tetanos, and the Catalepſis is his Apoplexia Cataleptica. The others are not noticed by him.
Of the AGITATORII, the Tremor Dr. Cullen ac⯑counts rather as a ſymptom of various diſorders. The Beriberi, which he had heretofore ranked with [184] the Paralyſis, he has omitted in the laſt edition of his Synopſis: the Chorea is admitted as a genus, and the Hieranoſos ſtands under the idiopathic Convul⯑ſio. The Pſelliſmus is removed to the LOCALES claſs; and of the remainder, the Palpitatio, Epi⯑lepſia, and Raphania only, retain their place in his ſyſtem, under their reſpective names.
Claſs VIII. SUPPRESSORII. Affections and Diſeaſes ariſing from, or attended with Oppreſ⯑ſion of the Organs, and impeded Excretions.
- 1. SUFFOCATORII. Diſeaſes attended with a Senſe of Suffocation.
- 146. Raucedo. Hoarſe⯑neſs.
- 147. Vociferatio. Squeal⯑ing.
- 148. Riſus. Laughing.
- 149. Fletus. Weeping.
- 150. Suſpirium. Sighing.
- 151. Oſcitatio. Yawn⯑ing.
- 152. Pandiculatio. Stretching.
- 153. Singultus. Hiccup.
- 154. Sternutatio. Sneez⯑ing.
- 155. Tuſſis. Coughing.
- 156. Stertor. Snoring.
- 157. Anhelatio. Pant⯑ing.
- 158. Suffocatio. Difficult Reſpiration from Narrowneſs of the Fauces.
- 159. Empyema.—from an Abſceſs in the Thorax.
- 160. Dyſpnoea. Labori⯑ous, panting Reſpi⯑ration, without a Senſe of Narrow⯑neſs in the Fauces.
- 161. Aſthma. Chronic, laborious, wheez⯑ing Reſpiration.
- 162. Orthopnoea. Acute, ſighing, ſuffocating Reſpiration.
- 163. Ephialtes. Night⯑mare.
- [185] 2. CONSTRICTORII. Diſeaſes attended with Conſtriction.
- 164. Aglutitio. Impeded Deglutition.
- 165. Flatulentia. Fla⯑tulence.
- 166. Obſtipatio. Coſ⯑tiveneſs.
- 167. Iſchuria. Impeded or ſuppreſſed Mic⯑turition.
- 168. Dyſmenorrhoea. Suppreſſion of the Menſes.
- 169. Dyſlochia. Suppreſ⯑ſion of the Lochia.
- 170. Aglactatio. Defect of Milk.
- 171. Sterilitas. Barren⯑neſs.
Under the genera of the SUFFOCATORII our au⯑thor has departed from his uſual rule, in having ſubjoined to each a note expreſſive of the intention of Nature in exciting theſe affections. Thus, to inſtance, after defining Suſpirium to be a deep, ſlow, agitating inſpiration, he adds, that the effect is, "that of expelling the blood from the lungs." Moſt of the SUFFOCATORII have a place in Sau⯑vages's ſyſtem among the ANHELATIONES, but the CONSTRICTORII are ſcattered in various parts of his ſyſtem.
Dr. Cullen hath not introduced into his ſyſtem the lighter affections under the SUFFOCATORII; which ſeem to have been defined and explained by LINNAEUS, principally to uſe them as auxili⯑aries in other parts of the work.
In Dr. Cullen's ſyſtem the Raucedo has a place, as ſymptomatic only, under the Catarrh; and again, in another part, as a ſpecies of Para⯑phonia. [186] The Tuſſis is alſo received under the Ca⯑tarrh; and the Empyema is conſidered as a conſe⯑quence of Pleuriſy or Peripneumony. The Ortho⯑pnoea, as a genus, is not noticed by Dr. Cullen. The Dyſpnoea is admitted in the laſt edition, which, with the Aſthma, are the only genera he receives from this order, as he has made the Ephialtes a ſpecies of his Oncirodynia, under the VESANIAE in the claſs NEUROSES.
In the CONSTRICTORII order, the Flatulentia of LINNAEUS comes under the Dyſpepſia of Dr. Cullen; and the Obſtipatio, Iſchuria, and Dyſmenor⯑rhoea, enter into the fourth order of the LOCA⯑LES, called EPISCHESES; the latter under the term Amenorrhaea.
Claſs IX. EVACUATORII. Diſeaſes attended with increaſed Excretion and Diſcharges.
- 1. CAPITIS. Of the Head.
- 171. Otorrhoea. Puru⯑lent Diſcharge from the Ear.
- 172. Epiphora. Lachry⯑mal Flux.
- 173. Haemorrhagia. Bleeding of the Noſe.
- 174. Coryza. Mucous Diſcharge from the Noſe.
- 175. Stomocace. Bleed⯑ing of the Gums.
- 176. Ptyaliſmus. Saliva⯑tion.
- 2. THORACIS. Of the Breaſt.
- 177. Screatus. Hawking.
- 178. Expectoratio. Ex⯑pectoration.
- 179. Haemoptyſis. Spit⯑ting of Blood, with Coughing.
- [187] 180. Vomica. Purulent Diſcharge from the Lungs.
- 3. ABDOMINIS. Of the Belly.
- 181. Ructus. Eructa⯑tion.
- 182. Nauſea. Nauſea.
- 183. Vomitus. Vomiting.
- 184. Haematemeſis. Vo⯑miting of Blood.
- 185. Iliaca. Iliac Paſſion.
- 186. Cholera. Vomiting, with Colic and Purging.
- 187. Diarrhoea. Dejec⯑tion of liquid Faeces.
- 188. Lienteria. Dejec⯑tion of undigeſted Aliment.
- 189. Coeliaca. Dejection of Chyle.
- 190. Cholerica. Bloody Flux, without Co⯑lic.
- 191. Dyſenteria. Bloody Flux, with Colic and Teneſmus.
- 192. Haemorrhois. Bleed⯑ing Piles.
- 193. Teneſmus. Need⯑ing and frequent Dejection of Mucus.
- 194. Crepitus. Dejection of Flatus.
- 4. GENITALIUM. Of the Genital Paſſages.
- 195. Enureſis. Involun⯑tary Micturition.
- 196. Stranguria. Stran⯑gury.
- 197. Diabetes. Diabetes.
- 198. Haematuria. Bloody Urine.
- 199. Glus. Mucous U⯑rine.
- 200. Gonorrhoea. Gleet. Mucous Flux from the Urethra.
- 201. Leucorrhoea. Whites.
- 202. Menorrhagia. Inor⯑dinate Flux of the Menſes.
- 203. Parturitio. Labo⯑rious Parturition.
- 204. Abortus. Abor⯑tion.
- 205. Mola. Falſe Con⯑ception.
- [188] 5. CORPORIS EXTERNI. Of external Parts.
- 206. Galactitia: Over⯑flowing of Milk.
- 207. Sudor. Inordinate Sweating.
This claſs ſtands nearly the ſame as our au⯑thor found it in Sauvages's arrangement, under the term FLUXUS; except that LINNAEUS has introduced three or four genera not in that author; ſuch are the Screatus; Vomica, which is a ſpecies of Sauvages's Anacatharſis; the Ructus; Glus, a ſpe⯑cies of his Pyuria; Parturitio, and Mola. He has alſo taken his orders from the anatomical diviſion of the parts; whereas Sauvages divides them accord⯑ing to the nature of the diſcharge, whether bloody or ſerous, which muſt be allowed to be equivocal in many inſtances. It has been objected, that Par⯑turition is not a diſeaſe; LINNAEUS however ſeems only to conſider it as ſuch when it proves labori⯑ous, protracted, or unnatural.
Dr. Cullen does not admit more than about a third part of the diſeaſes of this claſs into his ſyſ⯑tem. He has the Epiphora, Ptyaliſmus, Enureſis, and Gonorrhoea, under their reſpective names, in an order, called APOCENOSES, belonging to the claſs LOCALES. Haemorrhagia is ſynonymous to his Epiſtaxis; Coryza to his Catarrhus; under which he conſiders Expectoratio as only ſymptoma⯑tic; and Vomica as the effect of Pleuriſy, or Peri⯑pneumony. Nauſea, and Vomitus, come under Dyſ⯑pepſia; the Iliaca, under Colica; the Cholerica, Coe⯑liaca, and Lienteria, as different ſpecies of Diar⯑rhoea; [189] Leucorrhoea, and Abortus, under Menor⯑rhagia; Stomacace, Haematemeſis, and Haematuria, as ſymptomatic only. Haemoptyſis, Cholera, and Haemorrhois, form diſtinct genera in both ſyſtems.
Claſs X. DEFORMES. Diſeaſes occaſioning external Deformity of the Body.
- 1. EMACIANTES. Such as emaciate the Body.
- 208. Phthiſis. Conſump⯑tion. Waſting with hectic Fever, Dyſ⯑pnoea, and puru⯑lent Expectora⯑tion.
- 209. Tabes. Waſting, with hectic Fe⯑ver, but without Expectoration.
- 210. Atrophia. Atro⯑phy. Waſting, with Atony, without Hectic, or Ex⯑pectoration.
- 211. Maraſmus. Waſt⯑ing, without Ato⯑ny, Hectic, or Ex⯑pectoration.
- 212. Rachitis. Rickets. Waſting of the Fleſh, with En⯑largement of the Head and Joints, attended ſome⯑times with Flexi⯑lity of the Bones.
- 2. TUMIDOSI. Such as enlarge the Body, or Parts thereof.
- 213. Polyſarcia. Corpu⯑lency.
- 214. Leucophlegmatia. Emphyſematoſe In⯑tumeſcence.
- 215. Anaſarca. Oedema⯑toſe Intumeſcence.
- 216. Hydrocephalus. Oedematoſe Enlarge⯑ment of the Head, with Gaping of the Sutures.
- [190] 217. Aſcites. Dropſy; Oedematous En⯑largement of the Abdomen.
- 218. Hypoſarca. Fixed, partial Tumour of the Abdomen.
- 219. Tympanites. Wind-Dropſy.
- 220. Graviditas. Extra⯑ordinary Diſtention of the Abdomen du⯑ring Pregnancy.
- 3. DECOLORES. Such as deform, and change the Colour of the Skin.
- 221. Cachexia. Cachexy. Oedematoſe Pale⯑neſs.
- 222. Chloroſis. Green⯑ſickneſs.
- 223. Scorbutus. Scurvy.
- 224. Icterus. Jaundice.
- 225. Plethora. Redneſs of the Skin from Fullneſs of Blood, attended with Dyſ⯑pnoea.
This claſs anſwers to the CACHEXIAE of Sau⯑vages, and Dr. Cullen; and moſt of the genera are admitted into the ſyſtem of the latter under three correſponding orders alſo. The Maraſmus is not diſtinguiſhed by Dr. Cullen from the Atrophy. The Phthiſis has been claſſed before as the conſequence of Haemoptyſis. The Chloroſis ſtands in the ADY⯑NAMIAE order, in the claſs NEUROSES: The Graviditas, Cachexia, and Plethora, have no place in Dr. Cullen's ſyſtem.
Claſs XI. VITIA. Cutaneous, external, or pal⯑pable Diſeaſes.
The claſs which correſponds to this in the Sau⯑vageſian ſyſtem, ſtands firſt under the ſame term, [191] and is there profeſſedly intended to contain ſuch diſorders as are more immediately the objects of ſurgery. This character is not ſo ſtrictly appli⯑cable to that of LINNAEUS'S, or of Dr. Cullen's LOCALES, ſince both theſe contain genera which come under the province of the phyſician, inde⯑pendent of manual operation or aſſiſtance. In all the ſyſtems it is the moſt comprehenſive claſs. The congruity of the orders will be noted in our progreſs through the claſs.
- 1. HUMORALIA. Diſeaſes attended with vi⯑tiated, or extravaſated Fluids.
- 226. Aridura. Waſting and withering of a Part, or Limb.
- 227. Digitium. Dry Whitlow.
- 228. Emphyſema. Windy Tumour.
- 229. Oedema. Watery Tumour.
- 230. Sugillatio. Ec⯑chymoſis.
- 231. Inflammatio. In⯑flammation.
- 232. Abſceſſus. Abſceſs.
- 233. Gangraena. Gan⯑grene.
- 234. Sphacelus. Mortifi⯑cation.
In the genera of this order, the appearance of the external part, and that of the contained fluid, conjointly form the character.
In Sauvages the Aridura, Gangraena, and Sphace⯑lus, or Necroſis, belong to his claſs of CA⯑CHEXIAE. The Digitium is a ſpecies of his Pa⯑ronychia, and ſtands with the remaining genera of this order among the VITIA.
[192] Dr. Cullen neglects the Aridura and Digitium: the Emphyſema is his Pneumatoſis; the Sugillatio his Ecchymoma; and the four remaining genera of LINNAEUS come under his Phlogoſis.
- 2. DIALYTICA. Solutions of Continuity; Fractures, Wounds, &c.
- 235. Fractura. Frac⯑ture; and,
- 236. Luxatura. Diſlo⯑cation of a Bone.
- 237. Ruptura. Rupture of a Tendon.
- 238. Contuſura. Con⯑tuſion.
- 239. Profuſio. Flux of Blood from Diſſo⯑lution of Subſtance.
- 240. Vulnus. A Wound.
- 241. Amputatura. A Wound from the entire Separation of a Part from the Body.
- 242. Laceratura. Lace⯑ration.
- 243. Punctura. Punc⯑ture of a Tendon.
- 244. Morſura. A Ve⯑nomous Bite.
- 245. Combuſtura. A Burn.
- 246. Excoriatura. Ex⯑coriation, or Abra⯑ſion of the Skin.
- 247. Intertrigo. Eroſion of the Cuticle.
- 248. Rhagas. Dry Fiſ⯑ſure of the Skin.
This order nearly conſtitutes the ſeventh of the VITIA claſs in Sauvages's ſyſtem, called PLAGAE; and the ſeventh of the LOCALES claſs in Dr. Cullen's, under the name of DIALYSES. Under Vulnus are comprehended the three ſucceed⯑ing genera alſo of LINNAEUS'S. The Fractura conſti⯑tutes a ſeparate genus: the Luxatura belongs to the ECTOPIAE order of Dr. Cullen's; the Profuſio [193] to the APOCENOSES; the Intertrigo and Combuſtura to the PHLOGOSIS genus: the remaining genera are not noticed in the Cullenian ſyſtem.
- 3. EXULCERATIONES. Ulcers; purulent or ichorous Solutions of Continuity.
- 249. Ulcus. A ſuppu⯑rated Wound of a fleſhy Part.
- 250. Cacöethes. A ſpreading, ſuperfi⯑cial, weeping Ulcer.
- 251. Noma. A deep, eſ⯑charotic, cicatriz⯑ing Ulcer.
- 252. Carcinoma. Cancer.
- 253. Ozaena. An Ulcer of the Antrum Highmori.
- 254. Fiſtula. A ſinous, vaginating Ulcer, with Calloſity.
- 255. Caries. An Ulcer of the ſuperficies of the Bone.
- 256. Anthrocace. An Ulcer of the Cavity of the Bone, with Caries.
- 257. Cocyta. Pungent Pain, from an Ani⯑malcule lodged in the Part.
- 258. Paronychia. Whit⯑low.
- 259. Pernio. Kibes.
- 260. Preſſura. Phleg⯑mon of the Finger End: from the ef⯑fect of Cold.
- 261. Arctura. Inflam⯑mation of the Nail, from Curvature thereof.
Moſt of theſe genera rank with the PLAGAE of Dr. Sauvages's claſs. The Paronychia however comes in among the PHYMATA; and the Preſſura and Arctura of LINNAEUS are ſpecies only of the Paro⯑nychia, as the Pernio is of the Erythema in the ſame ſyſtem.
[194] The firſt ſix genera in this order are claſſed in Dr. Cullen's ſyſtem under Ulcus; the Caries is a diſtinct genus; the Arthocace, Paronychia, and Pernio, rank under the Phlogoſis; and the others are not noticed.
- 4. SCABIES. Cutaneous Diſeaſes.
- 262. Lepra. Leproſy.
- 263. Tinea. Scald Head.
- 264. Achor. Cruſta Lac⯑tea, of Authors.
- 265. Pſora. Itch.
- 266. Lippitudo. Blear-eyedneſs.
- 267. Serpigo. Tetters; Ring-worm.
- 268. Herpes. Shingles.
- 269. Varus. Pimples.
- 270. Bacchia. Ruby-face, Gutta Roſea.
- 271. Bubo. A Bubo.
- 272. Anthrax. A Car⯑buncle.
- 273. Phlyctaena. A wa⯑tery Pimple.
- 274. Puſtula. A Puſtule.
- 275. Papula. A hard in⯑flamed Pimple.
- 276. Hordeolum. A Stian.
- 277. Verruca. A Wart.
- 278. Clavus. A Corn.
- 279. Myrmecium. A moiſt, ſoft Wart.
- 280. Eſchara. An Eſchar.
In Sauvages's ſyſtem moſt of theſe genera ſtand in the correſponding claſs under the orders PHYMATA and EFFLORESCENTIAE; but the Lepra, Tinea, and Pſora, are referred to the IMPETIGINES, in the claſs CACHEXIAE.
The following are diſtinct genera in Dr. Cullen's ſyſtem: the Lepra under the IMPETIGINES; the Tinea, Pſora, and Herpes, under the DIALYSES. The Bubo, Verruca, and Clavus, form diſtinct ge⯑nera, in the ſame order with the Phlyctena or Hydatis, [195] being all referred to the TUMORES. Almoſt all the others rank under the Phlogoſis, as different ſpecies of that genus. Lippitudo, Serpigo, Myrmecium, and Eſchara, have no place in the Cullenian ſyſtem.
The characters of the genera in this order are well adapted to diſtinguiſh the different kinds of Puſtules; and are of great uſe as auxiliary terms, in defining other genera in different parts of the ſyſtem.
- 5. TUMORES. Tumours.
- 281. Aneuriſma. Aneu⯑riſm.
- 282. Varix. Varix.
- 283. Schirrus. Schirrus.
- 284. Struma. Struma.
- 285. Atheroma. Wen.
- 286. Anchyloſis. A ſtiff Joint.
- 287. Ganglion. Tumour of a Tendon.
- 288. Natta. Tumour root⯑ed in a Muſcle.
- 289. Spinola. Spina bi⯑fida.
- 290. Exoſtoſis. Bony Tumour.
The three firſt, and the laſt of theſe genera, ſtand in the correſponding claſs of the ſyſtems of Sauvages and Dr. Cullen under the ſame names. LINNAEUS'S Struma is their Scrofula, and his Spi⯑nola the Hydrorachitis. The Atheroma is the Lupia of Dr. Cullen. The Ganglion is a Condyloma of Sau⯑vages, but ſtands in the Cullenian ſyſtem under LINNAEUS'S term. The Natta is neglected by Dr. Cullen, but belongs to the Sarcoma of our other noſologiſt.
- 6. PROCIDENTIAE. Tumours ariſing from Diſ⯑location of fleſhy or membranous Parts.
- 291. Hernia. Rupture.
- 292. Prolapſus. Pro⯑lapſus.
- 293. Condyloma. Con⯑dyloma.
- 294. Sarcoma. Fungus Fleſh.
- 295. Pterygium. Web in the Eye.
- 296. Ectropium. Re⯑verſion of the under Eye-lid.
- 297. Phymoſis. Swell⯑ing of the Prepuce.
- 298. Clitoriſmus.
The Hernia, Prolapſus, and Ectropium, called Blepharoptoſis by Sauvages, ſtand among the ECTO⯑PIAE of his ſyſtem; the Phymoſis with the Phymata; and the remaining genera among the EXCRESCEN⯑TIAE.
Dr. Cullen receives into his ECTOPIAE only the Hernia, and Prolapſus. The Sarcoma he refers to the TUMORES, and the other genera are not admitted into his ſyſtem as ſuch.
- 7. DEFORMATIONES. Diſtortions of particu⯑lar Parts, and other Deformities.
- 299. Contractura. Ri⯑gidity of a Joint
- 300. Gibber. Gibboſity of the Cheſt.
- 301. Lordoſis. Incur⯑vation of the Bones.
- 302. Diſtortio. Diſtor⯑tion of the Bones.
- 303. Tortura. Wry⯑mouth.
- 304. Strabiſmus. Squint⯑ing.
- 305. Lagopthalmia. Re⯑traction of the up⯑per Eye-lid.
- [197] 306. Nyctalopia. Night⯑ſight.
- 307. Preſbytia. Long⯑ſight.
- 308. Myopia. Near⯑ſight. Pore-blind⯑neſs.
- 309. Labarium. Looſe⯑neſs of the Teeth; as in the Scurvy, &c.
- 310. Lagoſtoma. Hare⯑lip.
- 311. Apella. Abbrevia⯑tion of the Prepuce.
- 312. Atreta. Imperfora⯑tion of a natural Paſſage.
- 313. Plica. Plica polonica.
- 314. Hirſuties. Unnatu⯑ral Hairyneſs of the Body.
- 315. Alopecia. Baldneſs.
- 316. Trichiaſis. Diſtor⯑tion and Inverſion of the Eye-laſhes.
Theſe genera are placed in very different parts of his ſyſtem by M. Sauvages: the Contractura, for inſtance, and the Strabiſmus, very improperly, as it ſhould ſeem, among ſpaſmodic diſeaſes; the Gibber, or Gibboſites, and the Lordoſis, among the EXCRESCENTIAE of the VITIA claſs; the Nyctalo⯑pia, and the two genera ſucceeding it, as ſpecies of Amblyopia, in the claſs of DEBILITATES, as is the Lagoſtoma, as a ſpecies of Pſelliſmus; the Plica under the name of Trichoma, with the CA⯑CHEXIAE; and the Trichiaſis, as a ſpecies of Op⯑thalmia.
Dr. Cullen receives only five of theſe genera: the Contractura, Strabiſmus; the Preſbytia, and My⯑opia; the two latter as ſpecies of his Dyſopia, all under the LOCALES claſs: the Plica under his genus Trichoma, among the IMPETIGINES in the CACHEXIAE claſs.
- 8. MACULAE. Blemiſhes on the Skin.
- 317. Cicatrix. A Scar.
- 318. Naevus. A Mole.
- 319. Morphaea. Scurf.
- 320. Vibex. Purple Spots and Wheals; under the Skin.
- 321. Sudamen. Tranſi⯑tory, red, ſtinging Spots on the Skin.
- 322. Melaſma. Black Blotches; on the Legs, or other Parts unexpoſed to the Air.
- 323. Hepatizon. Brown itching Morphew.
- 324. Lentigo. Freckles.
- 325. Ephelis. Sun-burn.
Theſe lighter affections ſtand in Sauvages's ſyſ⯑tem either among the MACULAE or EFFLORESCEN⯑TIAE, but he does not allow them all the rank of genera. The Cicatrix is a ſpecies of his Leucoma, as the Morphaea and Melaſma are of his Vitiligo; and the Vibex, and Sudamen, of the Ecchymoma. The Naevus ſtands under the ſame generic name in both; but the Lentigo of LINNAEUS is a ſpecies of Sauvages's Ephelis.
Dr. Cullen has not given a place to theſe genera in his ſyſtem.
Our author has ſubjoined to this diſtribution of diſeaſes, a brief view of his Theory of Phyſic, de⯑livered in that terſe, conciſe, and methodic man⯑ner, ſo peculiar to himſelf; and which, as it ap⯑pears to have been intended entirely for the uſe of his pupils, nothing leſs than the author's own comment can do ſufficient juſtice to. We ſhould not therefore have taken notice of it, in our plan, had it not been neceſſary in order to explain ſeveral [199] papers hereafter to be mentioned in the Amoenitates Academicae. Briefly, therefore, the Linnaean prin⯑ciples of phyſic ſuppoſe the human body to conſiſt of a cerebroſe medullary part, of which the nerves are ſo many proceſſes, and which we call the ner⯑vous ſyſtem; and, a cortical or vital part, includ⯑ing the vaſcular ſyſtem and contained fluids: the former, being the animated part, or that in which the ſentient, moving principle peculiarly reſides, is conſidered as deriving its nouriſhment from the ſubtleſt fluids of the vaſcular ſyſtem, and its energy from an electrical principle inhaled by the lungs. Farther, this theory ſuppoſes the cir⯑culating fluids to be capable of being vitiated, by principles which the author chuſes to conſider either as aceſcent, or putrid ferments; the former acting on the ſerum, and being the exciting cauſe of critical fevers; the latter, on the blood pro⯑perly, or craſſamentum, and exciting phlogiſtic diſ⯑eaſes. The exanthematic claſs is ſuppoſed to be excited by ſome external cauſes, which we call Contagion, and which hypothetically he propoſes as being animalcula. From the inceſſant attrition of the cortical or vaſcular ſyſtem, it requires perpe⯑tual reparation; this is to be effected by an appro⯑priate diet. From an impropriate diet, or regi⯑men, ſpring the diſeaſes of this part of the ſyſtem, originally and more particularly; theſe are to be remedied by ſapid medicines, as thoſe of the medul⯑lary ſyſtem are by olids. Hence ariſes the author's general diviſion of all medicines, as diſcoverable by their ſenſible qualities, to the taſte, and ſmelling. [200] The Sapids, according to this theory, acting pecu⯑liarly on the cortical part, as the Olids do immedi⯑ately on the medullary, or nervous ſyſtem. In or⯑der however to obtain a more complete idea of the effects of each of theſe general claſſes of medicines, each muſt be viewed in its moſt ſimple ſtate, by which Sapids will appear to be rather what we call Nutritives; and Olids, more ſtrictly ſpeaking, Me⯑dicines. A table of of the ſeveral qualities of medi⯑cines, acording to theſe two general diviſions, cloſes the Genera Morborum.
In 1766, LINNAEUS publiſhed a ſmall piece, un⯑der the title of CLAVIS MEDICINAE duplex, exterior et interior. Holm. 8vo. pp. 29. This ſmall tract may be conſidered as a ſyllabus of his lectures. It is an enlarged view of the theory juſt mentioned, connecting it with general Pathology, and the the⯑rapeutic part of phyſic. In the latter part all ſimples are arranged in thirty orders, according to their ſenſible qualities, agreeably to the theory; which is diſplayed more at large in two papers printed in the Amoenitates Academicae, under the titles of Sapores, et Odores Medicamentorum.
It appears from ſeveral parts of the writings of LINNAEUS, that the dietetic part of phyſic had been an object to which he had paid much atten⯑tion; and he has explained himſelf in the follow⯑ing manner relating to it:—In his meae deliciae, in his plura collegi, quam quod novi alius ullus:—but, whether our author's obſervations on this ſub⯑ject may hereafter be publiſhed, we are yet to learn.
[201] In 1771 was publiſhed LINNAEUS'S laſt work, being the continuation of the Mantiſſa, in which the work is carried on to 588 pages, under the title of MANTISSA ALTERA. Near one half of this volume comprehends additional new genera and ſpecies, and the remaining part a variety of emendations, with ſome conſiderable augmentation to the animal kingdom. Theſe will greatly enrich a future edition of his works; and in the preface he has earneſtly intreated ſucceeding editors to pay a pro⯑per regard to them.
Beſides his ſeparate works, which we have now brought to a concluſion, LINNAEUS wrote a great number of papers on the ſubjects of phyſic and natural hiſtory, which were publiſhed in the Acta Literaria Upſalienſia, and in the Stockholm Acts. The firſt of theſe works was begun by Olaus Celſius in 1720, and continued to the year 1750, and is in Latin, in 5 volumes, quarto. The lat⯑ter publication is in the Swediſh language, in the octavo form, and has been continued ever ſince the eſtabliſhment of the academy at Stockholm, in 1739, by king Adolphus. Many of theſe papers are ſuperſeded by the ſubſequent works of our author, neither would it be within our plan to give a particular detail of them: we are therefore only to ſubjoin a catalogue of theſe detached pieces, and regret that it is not in our power to make it more complete; or to add ſuch, if there be any, as may have been given by LINNAEUS to foreign academies.
[202] In the Acta Upſalienſia are the following papers, written by LINNAEUS.
Florula Lapponica, in 1732. This, as is before obſerved, was our author's firſt publication, and conſiſts only of a bare catalogue of the Lapland plants, digeſted into the order of the ſexual ſyſtem, of which it is the firſt ſpecimen. The ſecond part of this liſt appears not till the year 1734.
Animalia Regni Sueciae, in 1736.
Orchides iiſque affines, in 1740. This catalogue is accompanied by a copious collection of ſyno⯑nyms to each ſpecies.
Genera Plantarum Nova, in 1741.
Euporiſta in Febribus intermittentibus. This pa⯑per, as likewiſe ſeveral others, if we miſtake not, was publiſhed, agreeably to a laudable cuſtom of that country, in the yearly Kalendars, by which means uſeful intelligence finds its way into the moſt remote and obſcure receſſes of every king⯑dom, in 1742.
Euporiſta in Dyſenteria, in 1745.
Pini uſus oeconomicus, in 1743.
Abietis uſus oeconomicus, in 1744.
The manifold uſes of theſe trees, ſome of which were not ſufficiently known in divers parts of the kingdom of Sweden, induced our author to throw together all that his extenſive journeys had enabled him to collect thereon, in theſe two papers.
Sexus Plantarum, in 1744.
Sexus Plantarum uſus oeconomicus, in 1745. The practical uſe of this paper is more particularly an object of all who have the care of gardens, to [203] whom the ſex of plants is no longer a matter of mere ſpeculation.
Theae Potus, in 1746.
Scabioſae novae Speciei Deſcriptio, in 1744, after⯑wards called by our author, in his Species Planta⯑rum, Scabioſa Tatarica.
Penthorum, a new genus of plants, from Virgi⯑nia, deſcribed and figured, in 1744.
Cyprini pinnae ani radiis xi. pinnis albentibus, de⯑ſcriptio. (Cyprinus Griſlagine, Syſt. p. 529.) A fiſh of the lakes of Weſt Bothnia.
After the inſtitution of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Stockholm, of which LINNAEUS was the firſt preſident, his communications were chiefly made in the Acts of that body. In theſe the fol⯑lowing papers occur.
Cultura Plantarum Naturalis. Vol. I. for the years 1739 and 1740. This is an attempt to re⯑duce the art of gardening to ſcientific principles.
Gluten Lapponum e Perca. ib. p. 221.
Oeſtrus Rangiferinus, in 1740, p. 121. A de⯑ſcription, accompanied with figures, of the Gad⯑ſly, (Oeſtrus Tarandi, Syſt. Nat. p. 969.) which is bred under the ſkin on the backs of the rein⯑deer, and from which a third of the fawns not un⯑frequently periſh.
The Glue of the Perch is made from the ſkins, which are ſcraped off, put into a bladder, and boiled to a proper conſiſtence.
Picus pedibus trydactylis. ib. p. 222. A deſcrip⯑tion of the three-toed Wood-pecker, before that time unnoticed, ſince figured by Edwards, tab. [204] 114, and named by our author, in his Syſtem, Picus tridactylus, p. 177. It is found alſo in Hudſon's Bay, and deſcribed by Mr. Forſter, Phil. Tranſ. Vol. lxii. p. 388.
Mures Alpini Lemures. ib. p. 326. The Mus Lemmus of the Syſtem, p. 80, or Leming, the well⯑known peſt of the North.
Paſſer Nivalis. ib. p. 368. (Emberiza Nivalis, Syſt. p. 308.) Greater Brambling, or Snow Bunt⯑ing; ſince more fully known and deſcribed.
Piſcis Aureus Chinenſium. ib. 403. The Gold⯑fiſh, or Cyprinus Auratus, Syſt. 527.
Fundamenta Oeconomiae. ib. p. 411.
Formicarum Sexus. Vol. II. 1741, p. 37. This paper contains the deſcription and hiſtory of five ſpecies of Ants found in Sweden, and throws much light on the oeconomy of thoſe inſects.
Officinales Suecicae Plantae. ib. p. 81. In this paper our author informs his countrymen of ſeve⯑ral articles of the Materia Medica growing indi⯑genouſly in Sweden, and which they had unneceſ⯑ſarily imported.
Centuria Plantarum in Suecia rariorum. ib. p. 179. Theſe were all rare plants not obſerved in Sweden before.
Plantae Tinctoriae indigenae. Vol. III. 1742, p. 20. The diſcovery of plants adapted to the art of dye⯑ing was one of LINNAEUS'S objects profeſſedly, in his Iter Gothlandicum, of which we have ſpoken before.
Amaryllis Formoſiſſima. ib. p. 93. The Jacobaea Lilly deſcribed and figured.
[205] Gramen Saelting. ib. p. 146. A deſcription of, and perſuaſive to, the culture of the Triglochin Maritimum, Spec. Plant. p. 483, or Sea ſpiked Graſs, which is the delight of horned cattle.
Faenum Suecicum. ib. p. 191. A recommenda⯑tion alſo of the culture of the Medicago falcata, Sp. Pl. p. 1096; or Yellow Medic, as a ſubſtitute for Lucern in Sweden.
Phaſeoli Chinenſis ſpecies. ib. p. 206.
Epilepſiae Vernenſis cauſa. ib. p. 279.
Jackas Hapuch. Vol. IV. 1743, p. 291. (Ar⯑butus Uva Urſi, Sp. Pl. p. 566.) Bear-berries. A plant of uſe in Sweden, both in dyeing and tan⯑ning, and frequently ſmoked with tobacco; bet⯑ter known ſince in other parts of Europe, by the reputation it acquired, for ſome time, in calculous caſes.
Fagopyrum Sibiricum. Vol. V. 1744, p. 117. Polygonum tataricum, Sp. Pl. 521. A kind of Buck-wheat, which is cultivated, and ſupplies the want of other grain for bread, in divers parts of Tartary and Sibiria.
Petiveria. ib. p. 287. Petiveria alliacea, Sp. Pl. p. 486, deſcribed and figured. An acrid, and even cauſtic plant, of which the Guinea-hens, in the Weſt Indies, are ſaid to be extremely fond; thence called Guinea-henweed.
Paſſer procellarius. Vol. VI. 1745, p. 93. A deſcription of the Procellaria pelagica, Syſt. p. 212. The Little Peterel of Edwards, t. 90. or Storm⯑finch.
[206] Limnia. Vol. VII. 1746. p. 130. Claytonia Sibirica, Sp. Pl. 294. A curious plant, diſcover⯑ed by Steller in the moſt eaſtern parts of Sibiria, and in the iſlands which lie ſcattered between that part of Aſia and North America.
Coluber (Cherſea) ſcutis abdominalibus 150 ſquamis ſubcaudalibus 34. Vol. X. 1749. p. 246, t. 6. A moſt venomous ſmall Snake, found in ofieries and willow⯑holts, the bite of which is frequently fatal, and much dreaded, particularly in Smoland. It is a ſmall animal, not more than ſix inches long, and is called by the Smolanders, Aſping.
Avis Sommar Guling appellata. Vol. XI. 1750, p. 127. The Oriolus Galbula, Syſt. p. 160, or Golden Thruſh; deſcribed and figured: ſingular in being a native both of northern Europe and of Bengal.
Inſectum quod frumenti grana interius exedit; de⯑ſcribed afterwards in the Syſtem, under the name of Muſca Frit, No 994. ib. p. 179. Our author thinks that every tenth grain of barley is deſtroyed in Sweden by this inſect; and that the damage occa⯑ſioned thereby, cannot amount to leſs than an hundred thouſand ducats annually.
Emberiza Ciris, Syſt. p. 313, or Painted Finch of Cateſby. I. t. 44; deſcribed and figured. ib. p. 278.
De Characteribus anguium. Vol. XIII. 1752, p. 206. It has been obſerved before, that LINNAEUS firſt attempted to fix the characters of the Serpentes from the number of the ſhields and ſcales of the ab⯑domen and tail. He here obſerves, that this cha⯑racter [207] is not ſufficiently permanent; but that what is wanting to complete the number in one, will uſually be found in the other.
Novae duae Tabaci ſpecies. Vol. XIV. 1753, p. 37; deſcribed and figured. They ſtand in the Species Plant. p. 259, under the names of Nicotiana, paniculata and glutinoſa.
De Plantis, quae Alpium Suecicarum indiginae fieri poſſint. Vol. XV. 1754, p. 182. An enumera⯑tion of ſuch plants, as the author thought might uſefully be cultivated on the Lapland and Swediſh Alps.
Simiae, ex Cercopithecorum genere, deſcriptio. ib. p. 210; called in the Syſtem, Simia Diana, p. 38.
Mirabilis longiflorae (Syſt. p. 252.) deſcriptio. A Mexican plant, now well known in our Engliſh gardens. Vol. XVI. p. 176.
Lepidii (Cardamines, Syſt. 899.) deſcriptio. A new plant, ſent to our author from Spain, where it was found by M. Loefling. ib. p. 273.
Ayeniae (Puſillae, Spec. 1354.) deſcriptio. Vol. XVII. 1756, p. 23. An elegant plant, ſent by Mr. Miller to our author. It is figured by Miller, tab. 118; and by Sloane, tab. 132.
Gaurae (biennis, Spec. Pl. 493.) deſcriptio. A new plant, from ſeeds ſent by Mr. Collinſon. ib. p. 222.
Loeflingia et Minuartia. Vol. XIX. p. 15. Two new genera of plants, ſent by M. Loefling from Spain.
Entomolithus paradoxus (Syſt. Natur. III. p. 160.) deſcriptus. Vol. XX. 1759. p. 19. accompanied [208] with figures. A curious foſſil, from Count Teſ⯑ſin's muſeum.
Gemma, Penna pavonis, dictum. ib. p. 23. Our author thinks this foſſil is formed from the carti⯑lage or hinge of the Pearl Muſcle. He has called it in the Syſtem, Helmintholithus (Androdamas) Mytili margaritiferi cardinis, viridis, p. 165.
Coccus Uvae Urſi, (Syſt. p. 742.) ib. p. 28. This cochineal-inſect is very like the Poliſh kind, found at the roots of the Knawel, but is double the ſize, and yields a very fine red colour.
De Rubo arctico plantando. Vol. XXIII. 1762. p. 192. The Rubus arcticus, Sp. Pl. p. 708, much valued for the ſake of the berries; is difficultly cultivated in the ſouthern parts of Sweden. This paper contains the reſult of ſome trials made to inure it to a more ſouthern clime: they are too operoſe to prove of general uſe.
Obſervationes ad Cereviſiam pertinentes. Vol. XXIV. 1763. p. 50.
Animalis Braſilienſis, (Muris Aguti, (Syſt. p. 80.) deſcriptio. Vol. XXIX. 1768. p. 26. Long⯑noſed Cavy of Pennant.
Viverrae naricae, (Syſt. p. 64.) deſcriptio. ib. p. 140. An American animal, nearly allied to the Coati-mondi of Braſil.
Simia Oedipus. (Syſt. p. 41.) The Little Lion⯑monkey, deſcribed. ib. p. 146.
Gordius Medinenſis, (Syſt. p. 1075;) or Guinea⯑worm. One of theſe animals, half an ell long, was diſcovered in a living ſtate at Gottenburgh, and [209] communicated by the King of Sweden to our au⯑thor. ib.
Calceolariae pinnatae (Syſt. Nat. ed. 13. p. 60.) deſcriptio. Vol. XXXI. 1770. p. 286. A Peru⯑vian plant, of the Diandrous claſs, with a labiated flower.
It has been before mentioned, that our author has interſperſed, in the Flora Lapponica, a great variety of curious particulars, relating to the country, and its inhabitants, their manners, their economy, diſeaſes, &c.: and in the preface he tells us, that he had it in meditation to give the remaining part of the natural hiſtory. This was to have appeared under the title of Lacheſis Lappo⯑nica; but it is with great regret that we muſt now give up the expectation of this work. Mr. Pen⯑nant has informed us, that he once reminded him of it, and received for anſwer,—nunc nimis ſera nciperem:
We know not of any other publication of LINNAEUS'S after the Mantiſſa altera, in 1771; and indeed, the preface to that work is ſufficient to preclude the expectation of any new performance, if his advanced age had not, of itſelf, rendered it ſufficiently improbable after that period.
[210] In the ſpring of the year 1772, Dr. Murray, Profeſſor of Phyſic and Botany at Gottingen, a Swede by birth, who had been educated under LINNAEUS, and had long enjoyed a great ſhare of his confidence and eſteem, paid his Preceptor a viſit: he found his faculties unimpaired, and his ardor for the improvement of ſcience as ſtrong and vigorous as ever. He ſpeaks with great de⯑light of the ſatisfaction he received from his com⯑pany, and in the contemplation and inſpection of his muſeum at Hammarby; but regretted much to find, that LINNAEUS had no farther thoughts of publiſhing a new edition of his Syſtem of Nature; purpoſing only to give a ſupplement. However, before Dr. Murray left Upſal, he prevailed on him to promiſe that he would tranſmit to him his ad⯑ditional obſervations to the Syſtema Vegetabilium, in order to enable him to give a complete edition of that work. This the Profeſſor did; and Dr. Murray performed it in the year 1774, very much to the ſatisfaction of all who purſue the LINNAEAN method. The manuſcript additions communica⯑ted on this occaſion by our author, together with thoſe collected from the ſeveral Addenda, and from the Mantiſſae, enabled Dr. Murray to extend this volume to above one hundred pages beyond that of the 12th edition publiſhed in 1767.
It appears that LINNAEUS, upon the whole, en⯑joyed a good conſtitution. At times, however, he had been ſeverely afflicted with an hemicrania; and had not been exempted from the gout. How much he ſuffered from this latter diſtemper, we [211] have before mentioned, when treating on the Phi⯑loſophia Botanica. And notwithſtanding the ſound ſtate in which Dr. Murray left him, we find, that very ſoon after, his memory became ſomewhat impaired. The conſciouſneſs of this defect was ſaid to have induced him to decline all thoughts of further publications, and to tranſmit to Dr. Mur⯑ray ſuch materials as were in readineſs to compleat future editions of his Syſtem.
In the ſummer of 1776, it was known here that his ſtrength was declining apace, and his infirmi⯑ties in general much increaſed, he being unable to take his uſual walks in his garden without aſſiſtance. At the latter end of the year he was ſeized with an apoplexy, which left him paralytic; and at the be⯑ginning of the year 1777 he ſuffered another ſtroke, which very much impaired his mental powers. Theſe attacks, at his advanced ſtage of life, ſhew⯑ed that diſſolution was not far off. But the diſ⯑eaſe, which was ſaid to have been the more imme⯑diate cauſe of his death, was an ulceration of the urinary bladder. Nevertheleſs, he languiſhed through the year, and died on the 11th of January, 1778, aged 70 years and 8 months.
To the lovers of ſcience it will not appear ſtrange, nor will it be unpleaſant, to hear, that uncommon reſpect was ſhewn to the memory of this great man. We are told, that, on his death, a general mourning took place at Upſal, and that his funeral proceſſion was attended by the whole univerſity, as well profeſſors as ſtu⯑dents, and the pall ſupported by ſixteen doctors [212] of phyſic, all of whom had been his pupils. The King of Sweden, after the death of LINNAEUS, or⯑dered a medal to be ſtruck, of which one ſide exhibits LINNAEUS'S buſt and name, and the other Cybele, in a dejected attitude, holding in her left hand a key, and ſurrounded with ani⯑mals and growing plants, with this legend—Deam luctus angit amiſſi;—and beneath,—poſt obitum Upſaliae, die x. Jan. M.DCC.LXXVIII. Rege jubente.—The ſame generous monarch not only honoured the Royal Academy of Sciences with his preſence when LINNAEUS'S commemora⯑tion was held at Stockholm, but, as a ſtill higher tribute, in his ſpeech from the throne to the aſſembly of the ſtates, lamented Sweden's loſs by his death. Nor was he honoured only in his own country. The preſent learned and worthy profeſſor of botany at Edinburgh, not only pro⯑nounced an eulogium in honour of LINNAEUS, before his ſtudents, at the opening of his lectures in the ſpring of 1778, but laid alſo the foundation-ſtone of a monument to be raiſed to his memory; which, while it perpetuates the name and merits of LINNAEUS, will do honour to the founder, and, it may be hoped, prove the means of raiſing an emulation favourable to that ſcience which this illuſtrious Swede ſo highly dignified and improved. This monument conſiſts of a vaſe, ſupported on a pedeſtal, with this inſcription, ‘LINNAEO POSUIT J. HOPE.’
[213] The high reputation which this great man has long held among the naturaliſts throughout the world, might readily perhaps preclude any encomium from our pen; ſince, to all lovers of natural ſci⯑ence, his name itſelf is eulogy, and will doubtleſs very long be inſeparable from the idea of his ex⯑traordinary merit. Might we, nevertheleſs, be indulged ſo far, we hope the following brief eſti⯑mate of his talents will be thought juſt, and eaſily deduced from an impartial view of his writings.
Nature had, in an eminent manner, been liberal in the endowments of his mind. He ſeems to have been poſſeſſed of a lively imagination, corrected however by a ſtrong judgment, and guided by the laws of ſyſtem. Add to theſe, the moſt retentive memory, an unremitting induſtry, and the greateſt perſeverance in all his purſuits; as is evident from that continued vigour with which he proſecuted the deſign, that he appears to have formed ſo early in life, of totally reforming, and fabricating anew the whole ſcience of natural hiſtory: and this fabric he raiſed, and gave to it a degree of perfection unknown before; and had moreover the un⯑common felicity of living to ſee his own ſtruc⯑ture riſe above all others, notwithſtanding every diſcouragement its author at firſt laboured under, and the oppoſition it afterwards met with. Neither has any writer more cautiouſly avoided that com⯑mon error of building his own fame on the ruin of another man's. He every where acknowledged the ſeveral merits of each author's ſyſtem; and no man appears to have been more ſenſible of the par⯑tial [214] defects of his own. Thoſe anomalies which had principally been the objects of criticiſm, he well knew every artificial arrangement muſt abound with; and having laid it down as a firm maxim, that every ſyſtem muſt finally reſt on its in⯑trinſic merit, he willingly commits his own to the judgment of poſterity. Perhaps there is no cir⯑cumſtance of LINNAEUS'S life, which ſhews him in a more dignified light, than his conduct to⯑wards his opponents. Diſavowing controverſy, and juſtly conſidering it as an unimportant and fruitleſs ſacrifice of time, he never replied to any, numerous as they were at one ſeaſon.
To all who ſee the aid this extraordinary man has brought to natural ſcience, his talents muſt appear in a very illuſtrious point of view; but more eſpecially to thoſe who, from ſimilarity of taſte, are qualified to ſee more diſtinctly the vaſt extent of his original deſign, the greatneſs of his labour, and the elaborate execution he has given to the whole. He had a happy command of the Latin tongue, which is alone the language of ſcience; and no man ever applied it more ſucceſsfully to his purpoſes, or gave to deſcription ſuch copi⯑ouſneſs, united with that preciſion and conciſeneſs, which ſo eminently characterize his writings.
In the mean time, we are not to learn, that it has been objected as derogatory to his learning in no ſmall degree, that he has introduced a num⯑ber of terms not authorized by claſſical authority. But, granting this, it ought to be recollected, that LINNAEUS, in the inveſtigation of nature, has [215] diſcovered a multitude of relations which were entirely unknown to the antients; if therefore there be any force in the objection, it ſhould firſt be ſhewn, that the terms which he has introduced to expreſs theſe relations, are not fairly and analo⯑gically deduced from the language; ſince it muſt ſurely be granted, that LINNAEUS could not have ſpoken the language of natural hiſtory, as it is known at this day, in that of Pliny, or of any claſ⯑ſical writer whatever.
The ardor of LINNAEUS'S inclinations to the ſtudy of nature, from his earlieſt years, and that uncommon application which he beſtowed upon it, gave him a moſt comprehenſive view, both of its pleaſures and uſefulneſs, at the ſame time that it opened to him a wide field, hitherto but little cultivated, eſpecially in his own country. Hence he was early led to regret, that the ſtudy of natural hiſtory, as a public inſtitution, had not made its way into the univerſities; in many of which, logical diſ⯑putations, and metaphyſical theories, had too long prevailed, to the excluſion of more uſeful ſci⯑ence. Availing himſelf therefore of the advan⯑tages which he derived from a large ſhare of elo⯑quence, and an animated ſtyle, he never failed to diſplay, in a lively and convincing manner, the relation this ſtudy hath to the public good; to incite the great to countenance and protect it; to encourage and allure youth into its purſuits, by opening its manifold ſources of pleaſure to their view, and ſhewing them how greatly this agreeable employment would add, in a variety of inſtances, [216] both to their comfort and emolument. His ex⯑tenſive view of natural hiſtory, as connected with almoſt all the arts of life, did not allow him to confine theſe motives and incitements to thoſe only who were deſigned for the practice of phyſic. He alſo laboured to inſpire the great and opulent with a taſte for this ſtudy; and wiſhed particularly that ſuch as were devoted to an eccleſiaſtic life ſhould ſhare a portion of natural ſcience, not only as a means of ſweetening their rural ſitu⯑ation, confined, as many are, perpetually to a country reſidence, but as what would almoſt in⯑evitably lead, in a variety of inſtances, to diſco⯑veries which only ſuch ſituations could give riſe to, and which the learned in great cities could have no opportunities to make. Not to add, that the mutual communication and enlargement of this kind of knowledge among people of equal rank in a country ſituation, muſt prove one of the ſtrongeſt bonds of union and friendſhip, and con⯑tribute, in a much higher degree than the uſual periſhing amuſements of the age, to the pleaſures and advantages of ſociety.
LINNAEUS lived to enjoy the fruit of his own labour in an uncommon degree. Natural hiſ⯑tory raiſed itſelf in Sweden, under his culture, to a ſtate of perfection unknown elſewhere, and was from thence diſſeminated through all Europe. His pupils diſperſed themſelves all over the globe, and with their maſter's fame, ex⯑tended both ſcience and their own. More than this, he lived to ſee the ſovereigns of Europe [217] eſtabliſh ſeveral public inſtitutions in favour of this ſtudy, and even profeſſorſhips eſtabliſhed in divers univerſities for the ſame purpoſe, which do honour to their founders and patrons, and which have excited a curioſity for the ſcience, and a ſenſe of its worth, that cannot fail to further its progreſs, and in time raiſe it to that rank, which it is entitled to hold among the purſuits of man⯑kind.
Were it in our power minutely to deſcribe the perſon of our author, in conformity to the cuſtom of biographers, it would be a matter of ſmall mo⯑ment, as the endowments of his mind, and his great talents, have ſo ſuperior a claim to atten⯑tion. In the commemoration-ſpeech, delivered by his friend Dr. Baeck, phyſician to the king of Sweden, LINNAEUS'S ſtature is deſcribed as being diminutive; his head large; his look ardent, piercing, and apt to daunt the beholder. His ear not ſenſible to muſic; his temper quick; his memory good, though in the latter period of his life liable to fail him ſome⯑times; his knowledge of languages confined, yet no intereſting diſcovery eſcaped him. In ſummer he uſed to ſleep from ten to three o'clock, in winter from nine to ſix, and inſtantly to ceaſe from his labours when he found him⯑ſelf not well diſpoſed for them. He was an agreeable companion, of quick ſenſibility, but eaſily appeaſed. Thoſe who would be gra⯑tified by forming an idea of his perſon, may be acquainted, that there are extant three half⯑length [218] prints of LINNAEUS in his works. Two of theſe are in octavo, and the other in a half⯑ſheet, or rather large quarto. The firſt was pre⯑fixed to the Leipſic edition of the Syſtema Naturae, printed in 1748, and repreſents LINNAEUS, as we apprehend, in about the fortieth year of his age; another, to the ſecond edition of the Species Plan⯑tarum, in 1762; and the larger one to the ſixth edition of the Genera Plantarum, in 1764. In the firſt and the laſt of theſe, which are by much the better engravings, he is figured in an undreſs, reſting upon a volume of the Syſtema, and holding in his hand a ſprig of the LINNAEA, a plant ſo called by Dr. Gronovius, in honour of his name. In that of 1762, he is repreſented in a full dreſs, with the inſignia of the Order of the Polar Star at his breaſt, and Aurivillius's inſcription under⯑neath:
The Academy of Sciences at Stockholm have, at their own expence, directed that an engraving of his portrait ſhould be made at Paris, from an ori⯑ginal picture by the famous Swediſh painter Roſlin. There is a ſtriking likeneſs alſo exhibited on a large medallion, a'l'antique, of almoſt two feet in dia⯑meter, by M. L'Archeveque. In England we have an elegant ſmall medallion, fabricated by thoſe excellent artiſts Meſſ. Wedgwood and Bently. It repreſents LINNAEUS in profile, when far advanced in years. The buſt is white, upon a light-blue [219] ground, and the Linnaea placed at the breaſt. This is ſaid, by all who knew the profeſſor, to bear the greateſt likeneſs. We regret that it is not in our power to deſcribe the medals which were ſtruck in honour of LINNAEUS by order of ſeveral noblemen of the firſt diſtinction in Sweden, parti⯑cularly that by Count Teſſin's direction, ſince that nobleman was among the firſt who diſcerned and patronized the merit of our author, and ever bore to it the moſt public and honourable teſtimony. This LINNAEUS hath acknowledged in the warmeſt effuſions of gratitude.
It hath been obſerved before, that the profeſſor married the daughter of Dr. More, the provincial phyſician of Dalekarlia, ſoon after he ſettled at Stockholm, in 1739. This lady ſurvived him; and he has left a ſon, named Charles, and four daughters. The younger Linnaeus was demonſtra⯑tor in the botanical garden at Upſal, ſo early as the year 1762; having in that, and the ſucceeding year, publiſhed two Decads of rare Plants, lately raiſed there, accompanied with the figures. Not long after he was conſtituted joint profeſſor in the botanical chair with his father; and of late years entirely occupied that department. Since the death of his father, we learn that he has obtained ſome of his employments, particularly the profeſſorſhip of the theory of phyſic; and has reſigned that of botany in favour of Dr. Thunberg. It has been ſaid, that he intends to publiſh a MANTISSA TERTIA, which his father left nearly finiſhed; alſo ſeveral collections of plants which had been ſent to LIN⯑NAEUS, [220] not long before his death, from the Cape of Good Hope, and from ſeveral other parts of the world.
Elizabeth Chriſtina, one of the daughters of our author, made herſelf known to the learned world, in 1762, by a diſcovery which was publiſhed in the Swediſh Acts of the ſame year. It re⯑lated to a curious, and before quite unobſerved appearance, in the flowers of the Indian Creſſes, (Tropaeolum majus) which ſhe had perceived to emit ſpontaneouſly, at certain intervals, ſparks like thoſe of electricity, or rather ſuch as ariſe from a fulminating powder. This was only viſible in the duſk of the evenings, and ceaſed when total darkneſs came on. She had ſhewn this ſingular appearance to her father, and other philoſophers, particularly to Mr. Wilcke, a celebrated electrician, who was inclined to believe that it was an electri⯑cal phenomenon.
A BRIEF ACCOUNT OF THE AMOENITATES ACADEMICAE.
[221]THE collection known under this title con⯑ſiſts of ſeven volumes in 8vo, and contains 150 theſes. It is ſuppoſed the firſt volume was not originally collected by LINNAEUS himſelf; but he at leaſt reprinted it very early, and, that he might not be defrauded of the advantage of theſe publications, became the editor of all the ſucceeding volumes. Something has been ſaid relating to this collection in the courſe of theſe memoirs; to which we have only to add, that we beg the reader to regard the following pages, as little more than an enlarged table of contents, intended only to excite a due at⯑tention to this part of LINNAEUS'S works, which the compiler preſumes to be leſs known than it deſerves; and at the ſame time to entreat him to conſider, that it is impoſſible, by means of any abridgment, to give an adequate idea of that merit, and excellent arrangement of the ſubjects in theſe volumes, which cannot but render them an agreeable and uſeful miſcellany, and ornament to the library of every naturaliſt, philoſopher, and phyſician.
AMOENITATES ACADEMICAE. VOL. I. Holm. 1749. pp. 610.
[222]1. BETULA NANA. L. M. Klaſe. 1743.
In this diſſertation is exhibited a complete hiſ⯑tory, accompanied with a figure, of the Betula (nana) foliis orbiculatis crenatis. Spec. Plant. pp. 1394, or the Dwarf Birch, which cloaths the Lap⯑land alps in great quantities, and is of ſignal uſe in the oeconomy of the inhabitants of that arctic region. The branches furniſh them with their chief fuel, and the ſeeds are the food of the ptar⯑migans, or white partridge, (Tetrao Lagopus, Syſt. 274.) Theſe birds, being much eſteemed, make a conſiderable part of the ſuſtenance of the inhabitants: great quantities are caught in the winter ſeaſon, and ſent to different provinces. Before LINNAEUS made his Lapland expedition, this Birch had been conſidered as a variety only of the common tree of that name; but its diſtinct ſpecific characters have ſince been eſtabliſhed. This tree has within theſe few years been added to the Flora Britannica, having been found in the highlands of Scotland.
2. HISTORIA naturalis et medica FICUS. C. He⯑gardt. 1744.
From the earlieſt times, the cultivation of the fig-tree has been an important object in all the oriental countries. In this diſſertation we are preſented with a hiſtory of this genus, of which [223] the writer has enumerated 22 ſpecies: LINNAEUS has however greatly reduced this number, in his Species Plantarum, ſince many are varieties effected by culture. That part of the hiſtory of this tree, which for many ages was ſo enigmatical, and which nothing but the doctrine of the ſexes of plants has completely cleared up, namely the huſbandry or caprification, as it is called, is more particularly worthy of attention, not only as a ſingular pheno⯑menon in itſelf, but as it has furniſhed one of the moſt convincing proofs of the reality of the ſexes of plants. Our limits will not allow us to detail this ſubject; in brief it is this:—It is now known, that the flowers of the fig-tree are ſituated within a pulpy receptacle, which we call the Fig, or fruit of this tree; of theſe receptacles, in the wild fig-tree, ſome have male flowers only, and others have male and female, both diſtinct, though placed in the ſame receptacle. In the garden, or cultivated fig, theſe are found to contain only fe⯑male flowers; which are fecundated by means of a kind of gnat, (Cynips Pſenes, Syſt. Nat. 919.) bred in the fruit of the wild fig-trees, which pierces that of the cultivated, in order to depoſit its eggs within; at the ſame time diffuſing within the re⯑ceptacle the farina of the male flowers. Without this operation the fruit may ripen, but no effective ſeeds are produced: hence the garden fig can only be propagated by layers and cuttings, in theſe countries, where the wild fig is not known. The proceſs of thus ripening the fruit, in the oriental countries, is not left to nature, but is managed [224] with great art, and different degrees of dexterity, ſo as to reward the ſkilful huſbandman with a much larger increaſe of fruit than would other⯑wiſe be produced. A tree of the ſame ſize, which, in Provence, where caprification is not practiſed, may produce about 25 pounds of fruit, will, by that art, in the Grecian iſlands, bring ten times that quantity.
3. DISSERTATIO de PELORIA. D. Rudberg. 1744.
A deſcription, with the figure, of a very ex⯑traordinary variety of the common yellow Toad Flax, (Antirrhinum Linaria, Sp. Pl. 858.) which was found in ſeveral parts of Sweden, and ſince in Germany, and engaged the attention of the bota⯑niſts very greatly at the time. Indeed its variation is uncommonly ſingular. The flower, inſtead of the ringent, tetrandrous flower of the Linaria, with a ſingle, corniculated Nectarium, was found with a regular, monopetalous, pentandrous tube, from the baſe of which proceeded five Nectaria; yet, uncommon as this proved, LINNAEUS diſcovered it to be no other than a monſter, or hybrid plant, ſprung from the Linaria, though it does not ap⯑pear to this day that its origin on the other ſide has been ſufficiently aſcertained. The habit of the plant, and its ſenſible quality, agree with thoſe of the Linaria.
4. De CORALLIIS BALTICIS. H. Fougt. 1745.
In this tract the author, after having traced the hiſtory of Corals from the remoteſt period of natural [225] hiſtory, and conſidered the ſeveral theories that have at different times prevailed relating to the production of theſe bodies, acquieſces in the modern one, which aſcribes their formation to Polypes, and which the late Mr. Ellis, and ſeve⯑ral other writers, have much confirmed and illuſ⯑trated. He then gives a copious deſcription of twenty ſpecies, all found in the Baltic; of which an excellent engraving is ſubjoined. Theſe bodies are found in immenſe maſſes in ſome parts of this ſea: on the coaſt of Gothland there are ſtrata of corals extending through tracts of ſeveral miles.
5. AMPHIBIA GYLLENBORGIANA. B. R. Haſt. 1745.
A detailed deſcription of 24 ſpecies of animals, all of the Amphibia claſs, which were preſented by Count Gyllenborg to the univerſity of Upſal, of which he was at that time chancellor; and to which he had been a munificent patron, having inte⯑reſted himſelf, in procuring to be built and fur⯑niſhed, an aſtronomical obſervatory; in reſtoring to a ſtate of uſefulneſs the botanic garden, which had been in ruins for many years; in cauſing ſtoves to be erected, and a houſe built for the demonſtrator: and finally, in having preſented to the univerſity his own muſeum, collected at a great expence, and conſiſting of rare amphibia, inſects, corals, minerals, and moreover of many elegant works of art.
In this tract is exhibited the firſt ſpecimen of LINNAEUS'S method of zoological deſcription at [226] large; as alſo the firſt attempt to form the ſpe⯑cific character of the Serpentes ORDER, from the different number of the rings and ſcales of the body and tail, taken conjointly. Former authors generally had recourſe to colour alone in diſtinguiſhing theſe animals, which was found at length to be too unſtable, and had given riſe to a moſt enormous multiplication of the ſpecies. This mode of diſtinction has been ſince adopted by others, and is retained in the Syſtema Naturae.
6. PLANTAE MARTINO-BURSERIANAE. R. Martin. 1745.
J. Burſer, a moſt diligent diſciple and friend of Caſpar Bauhine, and afterwards profeſſor of phy⯑ſic at Sora, in the kingdom of Naples, who had travelled almoſt all over Europe, and had particu⯑larly ſought for rare plants in the Alps, had col⯑lected in theſe journeys an Hortus Siccus, contained in 25 volumes, which, after various fates, was given by M. Coijet to the univerſity of Upſal. The purport of this tract is to illuſtrate the moſt rare plants contained in this collection, and ſuch particularly as were obſcurely known to the collec⯑tor, and to add to theſe the ſpecific names, ac⯑cording to the principles of the Linnaean method: with this view 240 ſpecies are here enumerated.
7. HORTUS UPSALIENSIS. S. Naucler. 1745.
Botanical gardens began to be founded in Eu⯑rope, ſo early as the middle of the ſixteenth century: [227] the firſt was that of Padua, in 1540. The gar⯑den of Upſal was founded in 1657, by Charles Guſtavus, under the direction of the elder Rudbeck. How much this garden owes to LINNAEUS, we have already ſaid, in the account of the catalogue of plants publiſhed by himſelf in 1748. This hiſtory of the antient and modern ſtate of the garden given by Naucler, contains a variety of curi⯑ous matter on the ſubject, and is illuſtrated with a ground-plot and view of the garden; liſts of the ſucculent plants and others; and, what is more particularly acceptable, the lives of the Rudbecks, father and ſon, whoſe literary fame is founded, not on botany alone, but on anatomy, and the knowledge of antiquities.
8. De PASSIFLORA. J. G. Hallman. 1745.
A very methodical hiſtory of that beautiful and much-admired genus of plants, which the Catho⯑lics, who firſt ſaw it in America, and from the fancied reſemblance of the croſs which they per⯑ceived in the flower, called Paſſion Flower; and which ſoon held a diſtinguiſhed rank in the Euro⯑pean gardens. M. Hallman, after a chronological liſt of thoſe writers, who firſt exhibited the ſeveral ſpecies, from Peter Ciltza and Monardes, down to Dillenius, deſcribes at large 22 ſpecies, and gives their ſeveral ſynonyms, adding afterwards a liſt of many which are dubious. He ſubjoins the uſes, which the natives of America make of theſe plants, principally borrowed from Piſo. The whole is [228] ornamented, and rendered much more uſeful, by a plate, on which are engraven different views of the flower, and a figure of the leaf of each ſpecies.
The Paſſion Flower belongs to the gynandrous plants with five ſtamina, and the number of ſpecies, as they now ſtand in the ſyſtem, is aug⯑mented to 26, without mentioning two others, de⯑ſcribed and figured as new, by M. Jacquin, who brought them from Carthagena. All the Paſſion Flowers yet known are natives of the warmer parts of America only, and not found in any other parts of the globe.
9. De ANANDRIA. E. Z. Turſen. 1745.
The hiſtory of a ſingular Siberian plant, which, during the time of flowering, was found not to open the calix; and was called Anandria by pro⯑feſſor Siegeſbeck, of Peterſburgh, who had fancied that it was deſtitute of ſtamina, and having de⯑clared himſelf a ſtrenuous oppoſer of the ſexual ſyſtem, thought, by the inſtance of this plant, to have overturned the whole doctrine of the ſexes of plants; having written a treatiſe, in which he had aſſerted, that the ſtamina did not conſtitute the eſſential parts of the plant, and that the ſeed would become fertile without the influence of the Pollen Antherarum. This plant is ſyngeneſious, and of that genus which we name Coltsfoot. It ſtands in the Syſtem under the name of Tuſſilago (Anandria) ſcapo unifloro, ſubſquamoſo erecto, foliis lyrato-ovatis; and ſubſequent obſervations proved, that in a [229] warmer ſituation than its native one, the calix would open, and ſhew a radiated flower. The contro⯑verſy, which was managed in behalf of LINNAEUS by Dr. Gleditſch of Berlin, much extended the knowledge, and favoured the eſtabliſhment of the Linnaean ſyſtem, at that time unwillingly received by many of the older botaniſts.
10. De ACROSTICO. J. B. Heiligtag. 1747.
A botanical diſſertation on a genus of plants belonging to an extenſive natural order, placed in the Cryptogamia claſs, which we call Ferns; and which were known to former botaniſts by the name of Epiphylloſpermous plants, ſince they chiefly pro⯑duce their parts of fructification on the back of the leaf, or frons. After ſome general obſervations on the plants conſtituting this order, which have alſo been called Capillary plants, and ſhewing the place they hold, and their characters in the ſeveral ſyſtems of Ray, Moriſon, Tournefort, and LINNAEUS, the writer proceeds to an ample deſcription of the ſpecies of Acroſtica, of which he enumerates ſeven⯑teen, with their ſynonyms. This genus is diſtin⯑guiſhed by having the fructification ſpread all over the ſurface of the leaf; and the number of ſpecies, in the laſt edition of the Syſtem, is augmented to thirty. They are moſtly of American produce, three only being European, of which two are ſpar⯑ingly found in Britain. They are a ſingular ſet of plants, and have much excited the attention of botaniſts. A plate accompanies this tract, on which five of the uncommon ſpecies are delineated.
11. MUSEUM ADOLPHO FREDERICIANUM. L. Balk. 1746.
[230]The ſubject of this paper is ſtrictly zoological: It contains a particular deſcription of 65 of the rarer kinds of animals, which were preſented to the muſeum of the univerſity by the late King Adolphus of Sweden, at that time hereditary prince. Theſe deſcriptions being drawn up with ſufficient accu⯑racy, and regard to the rules of the Linnaean ſyſ⯑tem, and referred to in the ſubſequent zoology of LINNAEUS, yet retain their value. Amphibia, and Fiſhes, form the greater part of this collection: among the former we mention particularly an ex⯑cellent deſcription of the Chameleon, (Lacerta Chamaeleon, Syſt. 346.); of the Amphiſboena Fuliginoſa, Syſt. 392; of the Crotalus Horridus, or Rattle Snake: and among the latter, of the Torpedo, which has ſo lately excited anew the attention of electricians, as alſo of that remarkable fiſh called Soldigo by the Portugueſe (Silurus Callichthys, Syſt. 506.) which Marcgrave and Piſo ſay will travel in dry ſeaſons acroſs the land from rivulet to rivulet in queſt of water. Two copper-plates accompany this tract.
12. SPONSALIA PLANTARUM. J. G. Wahlbom. 1746.
Whoever would ſee all the arguments for, and the reſult of, thoſe experiments, on which the doc⯑trine of the ſexes of plants is founded, are refer⯑red to this diſſertation; as containing, by fat, the moſt clear, comprehenſive, and yet copious view [231] of that ſubject. It is profeſſedly a commentary upon the 5th chapter of LINNAEUS'S Fundamenta, or Philoſophia Botanica, from ſection 132 to 150 incluſive, and contains 49 pages. It is out of our plan to produce any detail of theſe arguments; ſuffice it to ſay, that although, from the writings of Theophraſtus and Pliny, we learn that the antients had ſome idea of an analogy in this reſpect, between the animal and vegetable kingdom, drawn perhaps principally from the artificial mode of foecundating the date-tree, yet, ſo crude and erroneous were their ideas, that in many inſtances they called thoſe plants male or female, which modern diſcoveries have taught us are exactly the reverſe. Indeed it does not appear, that any very preciſe ideas on this ſubject were eſtabliſhed till late in the laſt century; and, were it a matter of importance to determine to whom applauſe is due for this diſcovery, the Engliſh might perhaps with juſtice claim this honour, and beſtow it on Sir Tho⯑mas Millington, Savilian profeſſor, who appears to have been the firſt that gave the hint to Dr. Grew; ſince whoſe time this doctrine has received ſo much light, that we preſume few people can now doubt the following poſition, which briefly con⯑tains the whole of what is underſtood now by this analogy; namely, That the influence of the farina from the antherae of flowers upon the ſtigma, is eſſentially neceſſary to give fertility to the ſeed. If there are any who yet wiſh to ſee what arguments may be adduced againſt this doc⯑trine, they are referred to the Anthologia of Ponte⯑dera, [232] and to the late Dr. Alſton's Diſſertation on Botany. It hath been before obſerved, that LIN⯑NAEUS was honoured with a premium from the Royal Academy of Sciences at Peterſburgh, for his excellent Treatiſe on the Sponſalia Plantarum, in which he is thought to have moſt irrefragably proved his poſition.
13. NOVA PLANTARUM GENERA. C. M. Daſſow. 1747.
In this paper are deſcribed and eſtabliſhed the natural characters of 43 new genera, all which were afterwards taken into the 5th edition of the Genera Plantarum of LINNAEUS, publiſhed in 1754.
14. VIRES PLANTARUM. F. Haſſelquiſt. 1747.
Practical phyſicians have wiſhed, and ſome have formed the idea that it is poſſible, to deduce the virtues of plants from their agreement in ſimilar characters of fructification, in habit or agreement in natural orders, or claſſes. Mr. Petiver, long ſince, was among the firſt that hazarded ſome re⯑flexions on this ſubject: ſee Philoſophical Tranſ⯑actions, No 255, and Lowthorp's Abridgment, vol. ii. p. 704. And the very eminent Dr. HOFFMANN has a profeſſed diſſertation on it, in the fifth volume of his works, p. 58. It is the intention of the preſent paper, written by this in⯑genious but unfortunate diſciple of LINNAEUS, to extend and illuſtrate the ſame idea, by this com⯑mentary on the 12th chapter of the Philoſophia Botanica; which contains the general doctrine of [233] this attempt, and an enumeration of thoſe natural or artificial orders in botany, which are ſuppoſed to illuſtrate and confirm the poſſibility of attain⯑ing this deſirable end. To mention a few in⯑ſtances of this agreement in character and qualities: The ſtellated claſs, in Ray's ſyſtem, are moſtly diuretics; the aſperifoliae, are chiefly demulcents; the umbelliferous plants, which grow in dry places, are aromatics, particularly the roots and ſeeds; but if growing in wet ſituations, uſually partake more or leſs of a deleterious quality. The Icoſan⯑drous plants of LINNAEUS abound with pulpy and eſculent fruits: the Polyandrous are many of them poiſonous: the Syngeneſious, in frequent inſtances, intenſe bitters, &c. It moſt not be concealed, how⯑ever, that there are not wanting thoſe who conſider both the natural method in botany, and the deduc⯑tion of the virtues of ſimples from theſe congruities, as the philoſopher's ſtone of the ſcience; notwith⯑ſtanding which, there is no attempt in the im⯑provement of botany, or its true application to the uſes of phyſic, which ought more ſtrenuouſly and unremittingly to be purſued, than that of bringing to all poſſible perfection the purpoſe of this diſſertation.
15. De CHRYSTALLORUM GENERATIONE. M. Kahler. 1747.
In this tract is diſcuſſed at large, that opinion which LINNAEUS early imbibed, and which led him to aſcribe to the operation of one and the [234] ſame principle, the regular polyedrous figure of all thoſe bodies, called Chryſtals, acting upon them during their ſuſpenſion in an aqueous menſtruum; and this he conceived to be equally the caſe, whether theſe bodies are what we uſually call ſa⯑line, or whether they are lapidoſe, pyriticoſe, or arſenical; or finally, whether they are ſuch as are termed metallic ſalts. Hence aroſe his arrange⯑ment of figured Spars, Selenite, quartzoſe Chryſtals, including all the gems under that genus of ſalt, to which their agreement in figure entitled them to a place. This opinion gave ſo much offence to mi⯑neralogiſts, that, moſt probably, it rendered his Syſtem in the mineral kingdom, much leſs accept⯑able than the other parts of that work had been. In this paper lapidoſe chryſtals only are conſidered; many of which are figured, and deſcribed, and referred to the ſeveral ſalts with which they agree in figure. LINNAEUS'S idea on this ſubject has been lately taken up, and purſued in a very ex⯑tenſive manner, by M. de Romé de Liſle, in an Eſſay printed at Paris, in 1772. It muſt be con⯑feſſed, however, that the greateſt difficulties attend the ſolution of this matter: how far the further conſideration of the volcanic ſyſtem, which is gain⯑ing ground in the minds of ſome philoſophers and mineralogiſts, may elucidate the origin of certain figured bodies, which are ſaid to have a chryſtal⯑line or vitreous baſis, time only muſt ſhew; hi⯑therto it ſeems to bid fairer towards ſolving ſome difficulties, than any foregoing hypotheſis.
16. SURINAMENSIA GRILLIANA. P. Sund. 1748.
[235]The deſcription at large of 25 ſubjects of the animal kingdom, chiefly Serpentes, collected at Suri⯑nam by Mr. Gerret, famous for being among the firſt who introduced, and ſucceſsfully cultivated, coffee in America, and who ſent theſe curioſities to M. Grill, an opulent citizen of Stockholm, by which means they came finally into the muſeum of Upſal. We here meet with an excellent account of the Rattle-ſnake; and particularly a deſcription and figure of the Boa Conſtrictor, that gigantic ſerpent, of which we have ſuch copious and aſtoniſhing ac⯑counts in Adanſon, Piſo, Kaempfer, and others. The plate alſo preſents a figure of the Coecilia Tentaculata, Syſt. 293; of the Coluber Ammodytes, Syſt. 376; and of the Egyptian Locuſt, Gryllus Criſtatus, Syſt. 699. all which are amply deſcribed.
17. FLORA OECONOMICA. E. Aſpelin. 1748.
There is ſcarcely any morſel in this collection more worthy of regard, or that has a more uſe⯑ful tendency, than this paper; which is in⯑tended to diſplay, and really contains, in a com⯑pendious way, the uſes of the indigenous plants of Sweden, whether in Agriculture, rural Oeconomy in general, in the Arts, or in culinary uſes. It does not profeſs to deliver their medicinal qualities, that not being a part of the plan. The plants are enumerated in the order in which they are found in the Flora Suecica, but no botanical diſtinctions or diſquiſitions are here introduced. We have no work on this plan extant in England, and are per⯑ſuaded [236] that ſomething of this kind, on a more extended ſcale, written in the language of the country, and adapted to common uſe, could not fail to meet with a favourable reception, and would certainly be highly beneficial, not only by diſcloſing matter of real and inſtant information to many who are ignorant of the various appli⯑cations that have already been made of plants which are daily neglected, but, by exciting a ſpirit of inveſtigation in general, would doubtleſs lead to new diſcoveries. An economical Flora, or Herbal, is what we have never yet ſeen; our works that bear the name of Herbals treat on plants and trees, as if their utility was alone confined to the pur⯑poſes of phyſic, and even here, in a variety of inſtances, attribute to them virtues which neither their ſenſible qualities have juſtified, nor experi⯑ence has aſcertained.
We have obſerved that this work is confined to the native plants of the country, out of which, as an inſtance of the variety of ſubjects that are here mentioned as objects of economy in various ways, there are not leſs than three hundred that have a place in this catalogue.
18. De CURIOSITATE NATURALI. O. Soderberg, 1748.
This concluding paper of the firſt volume, is a diſcourſe intended as an incitement to the ſtudy of natural hiſtory, by a train of well-connected arguments and obſervations, drawn from that ad⯑mirable diſplay of wiſdom and goodneſs manifeſt [237] throughout all nature; and from its dignity and importance, as ſo immediately connected with uti⯑lity to mankind: from all which conſiderations, the author thinks it entitled to one of the moſt diſtinguiſhed ranks among the objects of human enquiry; and that, ſo far from being a frivolous purſuit, it is in every view one of the worthieſt employments of the human mind.
AMOENITATES ACADEMICAE. VOL. II. 1752. pp. 468.
19. OECONOMIA NATURAE. J. J. Biberg. 1749.
It is impoſſible in an abſtract to do any proper juſtice to this excellent production; the deſign of which is entirely phyſico-theological, and conſe⯑quently its ſcope is various and extenſive. The writer firſt conſiders, in general, the Structure of the Earth, its ſeas, mountains, &c. and the effects of the change of ſeaſons on all parts of its ſurface, and on the elements: the diſpoſition of the Foſſil Kingdom, and the various origin of its ſeveral bo⯑dies, with their gradual tranſmutation; from whence, in many inſtances, ariſe their different denominations with us: in the Vegetable Kingdom, the various means by which the diſſemination of ſeeds is effected, thereby cloathing in every climate the whole ſurface of the earth, and conducing to the preſervation of animals: in the Animal King⯑dom itſelf, the extraordinary increaſe of ſome, the paucity of others; their means of preſervation, [238] and their uſe, even in their deſtruction▪ to the general economy of nature: all theſe poſitions he has illuſtrated and confirmed by apt examples, and finally draws this concluſion—that all nature is moſt harmoniouſly arranged, and adapted to produce, upon the whole, reciprocal good. This paper is among thoſe tranſlated by Mr. Stillingfleet.
20. De TAENIA. G. Dubois. 1748.
At the time this treatiſe was written, the ſub⯑ject had more than uſually engaged the attention of the Swediſh naturaliſts and phyſicians, and par⯑ticularly of LINNAEUS, and his colleague Dr. Roſen, the family of the latter having ſuffered much from this dangerous animal, as appears by his treatiſe on the Diſeaſes of Children, lately ren⯑dered into Engliſh by Dr. Sparmann.
The author has here deſcribed and figured four ſpecies, all of which are found in the inteſtines of animals, chiefly in thoſe of carnivorous quadru⯑peds; and unhappily two of theſe kinds, but more particularly the T. Solium, too frequently infeſt the human body. The ſpecific differences of the Taeniae ariſe from the number and ſituation of the mouths or ſuckers in each link of this com⯑pound animal, the hiſtory of which has employed the pens of many ingenious men, and is notwith⯑ſtanding yet involved in conſiderable obſcurity.
The Tape-worms moſt commonly infeſting the human body, are thoſe deſcribed by LINNAEUS under the names of Taenia Solium, and Taenia Vul⯑garis, Syſt. Nat. p. 1323, both of which are not [239] unfrequently found extended from the duodenum, almoſt through the whole tract of the inteſtines. Much controverſy has been ſpent in determining whether theſe animals have any part that is analo⯑gous to the brain or head in other animals; our author affirms the contrary, conſidering them as compound animals, conſiſting as it were of a chain, every link of which is a perfect animal, furniſhed with a mouth, and all its proper organs, and ca⯑pable, when ſeparated from its original chain, of propagating its ſpecies, as if by a vegetative power, and independent of any oviparous or vivi⯑parous proceſs. In this idea he is oppoſed by Dr. Tyſon, who has figured the head of the Taenia Solium in the Philoſophical Tranſactions; (ſee No 147, and Lowthrop's Abridgment, Vol. iii. p. 130;) as alſo by Pallas, in his Elenchus Zoophytorum, and by ſome other authors. The Vermes Cucurbitini, or gourd⯑worms of foregoing writers, are now however allow⯑ed to be the deſcending or poſterior links of the Taenia Solium, and theſe, according to LINNAEUS, are again capable of extending themſelves, and pro⯑ducing another chain. According to Pallas, and others, theſe joints are pregnant with ova. In either caſe the reaſon is at once ſeen why theſe noxious creatures are with ſuch difficulty expelled from the human body. LINNAEUS however does not deny that they are capable of propagation by ova too; and ſays, they are found, though much ſmaller, in muddy ſprings; to which Pallas with difficulty aſſents. LINNAEUS'S opinion however is confirmed by ſubſequent obſervations; and in⯑deed [240] we cannot but obſerve, that without allow⯑ing them to exiſt elſewhere than in the inteſtines of animals, it is exceedingly difficult to account for the locality of the diſeaſe ariſing from theſe worms.
We cannot enlarge on this treatiſe conſiſtent with our plan; it muſt be ſufficient to obſerve, that this diſſertation, beſides being in itſelf highly ſatisfactory, may be conſidered as an index alſo to thoſe writers that are moſt worthy of being con⯑ſulted on the ſame ſubject.
21. LIGNUM COLUBRINUM. J. A. Darelius. 1749.
This is a critical enquiry to determine the ſpe⯑cies of that drug called Lignum Colubrinum, which it is ſaid the Indian Ichneumon, Weeſel, or Mungos, (Viverra Ichneumon, β. Lin. Syſt. 63.) firſt point⯑ed out to the Indians. This wood the Zeylaneſe uſe as an antidote to the poiſon of the Hooded Serpent, or Naja, called alſo Cobra de Capello; (Coluber Naja, Syſt. 382.) of which Kaempfer has given ſo extenſive an hiſtory, as the moſt poiſon⯑ous of all ſerpents. Darelius prefixes to his en⯑quiry the hiſtory of both theſe animals, of which too many marvellous things have been related: he then examines into the pretenſions of that drug, which had uſually been ſold in Europe under the name of Lignum Colubrinum, (ſee Dale's Pharmaco⯑log. p. 358.) which is the Strychnos Colubrina, Spec. Plant. 271. and rejects its claim, inclining at length to beſtow it on the plant deſcribed by Kaempfer, under the name of Radix Mungo, p. 557. This plant was received into the Syſtem among [241] the Pentandrous tribe, under the name of Ophior⯑rhiza Mungos, and is figured in the Materia Me⯑dica of our author. The root is exhibited in India and in Zeylon, not only as an antidote againſt the venom of this ſerpent, but againſt the bite of the mad dog, as alſo in putrid fevers. Grimmius, who lived long as a phyſician at Columbo, in Zey⯑lon, profeſſes to have made great uſe of it. Our author ſubjoins ſeveral preparations from this ſimple, and, from Lockner, preſents us with the formula of the famous Lapis de Goa, in which the Mungos root ſtands as the firſt ingredient. He con⯑cludes with an enquiry into the effects of the ſpu⯑rious drug of this name, the reſult of which ſuffici⯑ently agrees with what is related of the Nux Vomica, to which genus it is referred according to the ſexual ſyſtem.
22. RADIX SENEGA. J. Kiernander. 1749.
As the terror of the Naja is diſpelled, in Aſia, by the Ophiorrhiza, ſo is that of the Rattle-Snake, in America, by the Senega. After premiſing the hiſ⯑tory of the Rattle-Snake, (Crotalus Horridus, Syſt. 372.) chiefly borrowed from Cateſby, Dr. Kiernan⯑der gives a full botanical and medical hiſtory of this famous plant, which for ſo long a time the Indians concealed from the Europeans. The au⯑thor then recites ten different vegetables, of which the Europeans, during their endeavours to come at the true Rattle-Snake root, tried the effects againſt this ſubtle venom. Some of theſe are ſaid to have been not quite unavailing: at length Dr. Tennent diſcovered the ſecret, and [242] found the plant to be a ſpecies of Milkwort, which ſtands now in LINNAEUS'S works under the name of Polygala Senega, (Spec. Pl. 990.) and of this genus there are not fewer than 26 ſpecies known. The deſcription of the Senega is accompanied by a figure of the plant. The root, which is the part alone uſed in medicine, affords an acrimony on the palate, perhaps unexampled in the whole Materia Medica. The author gives the analyſis of the root, enumerates its effects as a ſialagogue, diu⯑retic, and expectorant; the various preparations, and their uſe in inflammatory diſeaſes, dropſy, gout, rheumatiſm; in a diſeaſe which he mentions as endemic in Virginia, under the name of Ma⯑raſmus Virginicus, and finally as the great ſpecific to the venom of the rattle-ſnake; to which end the Indians inſtantly chew it, ſwallow the juice, and apply the maſticated root to the puncture. The root of the Polygala vulgaris, which grows ſo plentifully in England, appears from experiments to poſſeſs the qualities of the Senega, but in a far weaker degree.
23. GENESIS CALCULI. J. O. Hagſtrom. 1749.
Before Dr. Hagſtrom comes to the immediate conſideration of the origin of the Calculus of the urinary bladder, he premifes ſome obſervations on calcareous ſubſtances in general; and enume⯑rates the ſeveral kinds of calculous concretions, and their ſituations in the animal body: ſuch are the Calcular Urinae; Salivae; Pulmonum; Gaſtricus; [243] Fellis; and the Calculus Podagrae. He then conſi⯑ſiders the component parts of that Faex Chyli, or Lixivium, the Urine, and the changes to which it is liable, in ſmell, taſte, and colour, by the dif⯑ferent ingeſta; under which article he mentions a ſingular fact of a gentleman, who after having laboured under an inveterate acidity at the ſto⯑mach, for which he had taken large quantities of chalk, found his urine altered ſo as to have entire⯑ly a milky appearance. In conſidering the im⯑mediate generation of the Calculus, he adopts the Boerhaavian theory, and aſcribes it to chryſtalliza⯑tion: this leads him to conſider all thoſe circum⯑ſtances which favour and accelerate this mode of concreting, and to ſeek for ſomewhat analogous thereto in the human body, as prediſpoſing cauſes to this malady; which he finds in Atonia, and the uſe of acid and fermented liquors. He finiſhes the theory by ſome curious and apt reflections on the great analogy between this diſorder and the gout, and their tranſitions.
In the therapeutic part, notwithſtanding all that had been written relating to the power of alkaline medicines in diſſolving the connecting gluten, and thus promoting the decompoſition of the Cal⯑culus, the author does not allow them ſo much merit as hath been attributed to them by many writers. He is inclined to give more efficacy to bitters, particularly as Prophylactics, from the idea of their ſtriking more immediately at the Atonia; and adduces two examples, communicated to him by the Preſident LINNAEUS himſelf, of the uſe of the [244] Eſſentia Abſinthii in this dreadful diſeaſe. This diſquiſition concludes with an obſervation on a milk-diet in the ſtone and gout, the efficacy of which he confirms by two well-adapted caſes; which however, agreeably to foregoing obſervations, prove the neceſſity, in the gout, of adhering to the regimen, when once adopted, throughout life. One of theſe affords a melancholy leſſon of the danger of deſerting it, in the caſe of a French ge⯑neral, who, after twenty years freedom from the diſeaſe, at the age of 70, died in conſequence of a fit brought on by one plentiful meal of animal food.
24. GEMMAE ARBORUM. P. Loëfling. 1749.
This gentleman, who afterwards, at the recom⯑mendation of LINNAEUS, obtained a penſion as naturaliſt to the King of Spain, and died in his ſervice in America, has here given us a curious and elaborate diſquiſition on the Buds of trees, a part in vegetables which, till this time, had been leſs attentively examined than many others.
Gems or Buds are ſmall rounded parts, made up of ſcales, differently arranged, ſituated commonly on the ſtem, or branches of trees, and containing, in epitome, the rudiments of either the future flower ſingly, the leaves ſingly, or both flower and leaves. Analogous to the flower, and leaf⯑bearing Gem, which is the moſt common, is a Bulb placed at the root of many plants, inaſmuch as both contain a future perfect plant, requiring only envelopement, by the genial effect of heat. Theſe [245] Gems and Bulbs are called by LINNAEUS Hyberna⯑cula, as incloſing the embryo during the winter, and the former are almoſt confined to trees of the colder countries. After a requiſite account of the ſubject in general, Dr. Loëfling exhibits a claſſifica⯑tion of the Gems of 108 ſpecies of trees and ſhrubs, founded on the different ſtructure and ſituation of the various kinds. In conſequence of this ar⯑rangement, the ſpecies of any of theſe trees is ſup⯑poſed to be capable of being diſcovered in the winter ſeaſon, and ſtate of defoliation, by the buds alone.
25. PAN SUECUS. N. L. Heſſelgren. 1749.
The originality, and ſingular good tendency and deſign of this paper, induced the writer of this volume, ſeveral years ago, to throw it into a form more immediately adapted to an Engliſh reader, by referring to Engliſh authors, and it was then laid before the public in the Gentleman's Magazine for the year 1758, accompanied with ſome notes and general obſervations. This has enabled him to annex it, in a ſtill more enlarged form, to this volume.
26. SPLACHNUM. L. Montin. 1750.
Mr. Montin, at the inſtance of LINNAEUS, had made an expedition the preceding ſummer into Lapland, and, amongſt other natural productions, had brought back this curious and uncommon moſs, and in this paper gives a complete botanical hiſtory of its genus, called Splachnum, the firſt [246] ſpecies of which, ſingular for the elegant form of the heads, had been firſt diſcovered by an Engliſh⯑man, in Nonway, and communicated to Mr. Petiver. There are three others, of which a leſs ſpecious kind is not uncommon on our bogs in England.
Mr. Montin, in this journey, had an opportu⯑nity of confirming an opinion, which LINNAEUS had before conceived, relating to the cauſe of a moſt excruciating colic, to which the Laplanders are often ſubjected, and which he deſcribes very particularly in the Flora Lapponica, p. 69: when treating of the Angelica, which, among other ſimples, is uſed as a remedy. Mr. Montin thinks it clear, that it ariſes from ſwallowing in their waters the Gordius Aquaticus, a ſpecies of worm de⯑ſcribed in the Fauna Suecica, No 2068, well known to Geſner, and the older writers, under the name of Vitulus Aquaticus, and Seta Aquatica, as being no thicker than a horſe hair.
27. SEMINA MUSCORUM. P. J. Bergius. 1750.
Dr. Bergius, ſince profeſſor of pharmacy and natural hiſtory at Stockholm, has, in this tract, thrown conſiderable light on the fructification of the ſecond order of vegetables in the Cryptogamia claſs: much more however has been done ſince the time he wrote, and it is now thought that the tribe of Moſſes have ſeparate male and female flowers; the former of which uſually ſtand on long pedicles; the latter are as yet, in moſt genera, very obſcurely inveſtigated: and LINNAEUS him⯑ſelf appears to be doubtful, whether the duſt which [247] we obſerve in the heads of moſſes, is the Pollen Antherarum, or the ſeeds themſelves.
28. MATERIA MEDICA E REGNO ANIMALI. K. J. Sidren. 1750.
This enumeration contains 67 ſubjects, and is executed exactly on the plan of our author's Ma⯑teria Medica e Plantis, of which we have before ſpoken.
29. PLANTAE CAMSCHATCENSES RARIORES. J. P. Halenius. 1750.
A deſcription at large of 26 new Siberian plants, ſent to LINNAEUS by Dr. Gmelin, who had ſpent almoſt 10 years, by the command, and at the expence, of the Empreſs of Ruſſia, in inveſtigating the natural hiſtory of that kingdom. Amongſt theſe, we may particularly remark that foetid plant, called Cimicifuga foetida (Syſt. Nat. ii. 659,) ſo offenſive, and even poiſonous, to thoſe inſects from which it receives its name. A decoction of this draſtic herb is uſed in Siberia (as Gmelin informs us, Flor. Sib. iv. p. 183.) with great ſucceſs in dropſies.
It is a curious remark which is ſuggeſted by our author, that in journeying eaſtwards in Kamtchatka, the botaniſt ſees his nearer approach towards North America, by the habit of many of the plants; and hence aroſe a preſumptive proof of the vici⯑nity of the two continents, before real diſcoveries had confirmed the truth of it. The author has [248] given a liſt of ſeveral plants, that are actually the ſame as are found in North America.
30. SAPOR MEDICAMENTORUM. J. Rudberg. 1751.
After having premiſed ſome general obſerva⯑tions on all the antient ſects of phyſicians, and felicitated the preſent age on the rejection of all hypotheſes and opinions not ſupported by expe⯑riments; and conſidered the general phyſiology of the human body, Dr. Roberg proceeds to his ſubject, which may be regarded as a very inſtruc⯑tive comment on the 363d Aphoriſm of the Phi⯑loſophia Botanica, "Sapida in fluida et ſolida agunt;" under which all vegetable ſimples are arranged into eleven claſſes, founded on diſtinctions ariſing from their ſenſible qualities, principally as they affect the taſte, as follows:
- 1. Sicca.
- 2. Aquoſa.
- 3. Viſcoſa.
- 4. Salſa.
- 5. Acida.
- 6. Styptica.
- 7. Dulcia.
- 8. Pinguia.
- 9. Amara.
- 10. Acria.
- 11. Nauſeoſa.
Under each of theſe heads reſpective ſimples are arranged, and the comment is ſubjoined, explain⯑ing the mode of their action, and effects, both on the ſolids and fluids; and frequently ſpecifying the par⯑ticular diſeaſes in which they are employed. A ſet of apt corollaries are added; and, upon the whole, this little tract is by no means unworthy [249] the attention of medical ſtudents in general, and eſpecially of thoſe who wiſh to comprehend the Linnaean theory of phyſic.
To this volume of the Amoenitates are ſubjoined the three orations of LINNAEUS, which, as they make part of his own proper works, have been ſpoken of in the foregoing pages of this volume.
AMOENITATES ACADEMICAE. VOL. III. 1756. pp. 464.
31. NOVA PLANTARUM GENERA. L. J. Chenon. 1751.
Chiefly a deſcription of new genera and ſpecies of plants, brought from North America by Dr. Kalm, who had ſpent three years in that country. Pre⯑vious to the deſcriptions, we have a brief mention made of thoſe who had treated upon the plants of North America before Kalm. Theſe were Cor⯑nutus, the firſt writer, in 1625; Baniſter, in Ray's hiſtory, 1680; Plukenet, in 1691; Bobart, in 1699; Ray, in his ſupplement, 1704; Cateſby, 1731; Gronovius, or rather Clayton, 1739; Dr. Mitchell, 1748; Governor Colden, 1743. By the induſtry of theſe writers, botany had been augmented with 77 new genera, to which Kalm added eight. As Dr. Kalm's plants are all now received into the Syſtem, any further account of this paper is ſuper⯑ſeded. A plate is added, on which are engraven ſeven of the rarer ſpecies.
32. PLANTAE HYBRIDAE. J. Haartman. 1751.
[250]The ſubject of this paper is very interſting in botanic ſcience; and being as yet ſomewhat pro⯑blematical, has exerciſed the pens of ſeveral inge⯑nious men, but of none perhaps more ſucceſsfully than that of the late Dr. Gmelin, in his Sermo aca⯑demicus, de novorum vegetabilium ortu. Tubing, 1749. Mr. Haartman allows the poſſibility of this origin or new creation of vegetables, ariſing from the influ⯑ence of the farina of one ſpecies upon the piſtil of another, either of the ſame or of a different genus, thus producing what is called a Hybrid plant. In⯑ſtances of this admixture, and production of mon⯑ſters in the vegetable kingdom, have been fre⯑quent; but, as in the animal kingdom, they have not uſually been found to perpetuate themſelves by producing fertile ſeeds. The general effect of culture, and the immenſe number of ſpecies, with which, particularly, many of the African genera abound, ſuch as the Geranium, Erica, Meſembry⯑anthemum, &c. very much favour this hypotheſis. A catalogue is given of 34 ſpecies of well⯑known plants, ſuppoſed to have originated in this manner, ſpecifying thoſe alſo from which they are ſuſpected to have ſprung; and a compa⯑riſon is made between the ſeveral parts and habit of each, with the correſponding hybrid offspring, to ſhew the probability of this origin. Another liſt of many other plants follows, in which the traces are not ſo ſtrongly marked. Among the Engliſh indigenous plants, thought to have thus originated, [251] we mention the Veronica Hybrida, or Welch Speed⯑well, which is believed to have ariſen from the Officinalis and the Spicata; as the Sibthorpia Euro⯑paea is from the Golden Saxifrage, and Marſh Pennywort.
33. OBSTACULA MEDICINAE. J. G. Beyerſten▪ 1752.
An enquiry into, and a brief diſcuſſion of, the cauſes that have hitherto impeded the progreſs of phyſic. An ingenious and well-conducted plan, and moſt laudable deſign, which all thoſe who wiſh well to the art would deſire to ſee ſtill farther illuſ⯑trated, by ſome ſuch character as would command attention, and give the ſubject that importance which it demands. Among other obſtacles, the writer mentions—the force of cuſtom in directing preſcription; theories founded on hypotheſes; neglect of noſology; too little attention to reputed poiſons; timid preſcription; too ſmall doſes; ig⯑norance of apothecaries in botany, and the Materia Medica; uſe of compound medicines; ignorance of the natural claſſes of plants; &c.—all which poſitions are confirmed by ſuitable reflexions, and examples.
34. PLANTAE ESCULENTAE PATRIAE. J. Hiorth. 1752.
A liſt of ſuch native plants of Sweden as have been, or in ſome way or other may be, objects of culinary uſe, principally as aliments; to which are added Condiments, and Succedanea, to ſeveral [252] of thoſe articles of exotic luxury, which the opu⯑lent nations of Europe import from diſtant parts of the world. It is happily not an object of importance, much leſs of neceſſity, to conſult ſuch a catalogue in this nation; but it would be matter of pleaſure and ſurpriſe to many, to ſee the great number of ve⯑getables, which, in a country from its ſituation far from fertile, may ſupply the want of bread. The ſubjects of this tract amount to 127, many of which would demand a place in an economical herbal, adapted to a much milder climate.
35. EUPHORBIA. J. Wiman. 1752.
A complete botanical hiſtory of one of the moſt extenſive genera of plants, ſeveral of which have a place in the Materia Medica, which, in the Lin⯑naean ſyſtem, ſtands in the Dodecandrous claſs, and furniſhes greater inſtances of anomalies in the ha⯑bit of the ſpecies, than perhaps is elſewhere to be met with; as it contains not only the Euphor⯑bium, the Eſula, and Cataputia of the ſhops, but alſo all the Tithymali, or Spurges, of authors. Fifty-three ſpecies are deſcribed in this diſſertation, and their ſynonyms delivered, together with a general account of their uſes in phyſic. In the Species Plantarum this genus is augmented to the number of 62 kinds, to which probably more might be added from Burman's Flora Indica. At this day, the Euphorbia are but little uſed; inter⯑nally, ſcarcely ever: their extreme acrimony, and draſtic powers, being too unmanageable.
36. MATERIA MEDICA E REGNO LAPIDEO. J. Lindhult. 1752.
[253]Under 72 heads, Dr. Lindhult has compriſed all the ſimples of the Materia Medica from the foſſil kingdom, digeſted exactly in the method obſerved by LINNAEUS himſelf, in his ſeparate publication of the vegetable Materia Medica.
37. MORBI EX HYEME. S. Brodd. 1752.
Preceding the hiſtory of the diſeaſes ariſing from winter cold in Sweden, Dr. Brodd gives a general account of the effects of intenſe cold on the ani⯑mals of the country, in changing their colour, diminiſhing the ſize of the breed in various ſpe⯑cies; and in Lapland, he thinks it is inſtanced in the human race itſelf: the ſtate of the atmo⯑ſphere; the production of meteors; differences obſervable in the particles of the ſnow; effects of various and additional degrees of cold on the ice of lakes, &c.; extraordinary appearance of the Aurora Borealis; prognoſtics of ſevere winters; and ſigns of the approaching remiſſions of cold; with other curious particulars.
The diſeaſes of the winter ſeaſon in Sweden are more particularly ſuch as follow: Perniones, or Kibes, unuſually painful and untractable; for the cure, among other applications mentioned, is the diluted marine acid, recommended by LIN⯑NAEUS himſelf, who had found it uſeful among the ſailors when he was phyſician to the fleet; but this cannot be uſed when the diſeaſe is advanced [254] to its ulcerated ſtate. Paronychia, or Whitlow, of various kinds, very frequent, and not ſeldom attended with dangerous conſequences. Congeſtio Hyemalis, a ſpecies of Catarrh extremely common, and the ſource of worſe diiſeaſes, uſually ariſing from ſudden tranſitions from heat to cold, and incautious expoſure to the latter: obſervations on this diſorder from the Iter Weſtro-gothicum of LINNAEUS. Coughs, univerſal, ſometimes to the entire diſturbance of all public aſſemblies. Pleu⯑riſies, eſpecially among the country people, who indulge in ſtrong liquors. Peripneumonies, parti⯑cularly conſidered as endemic with the inhabi⯑tants about the copper mines. The tract con⯑cludes with a compendious view of the effects of cold, and the phaenomena of winter ſeaſon, in a ſet of corollaries, and a mention of the hard win⯑ters in Europe, in 1586, 1665, 1684, 1709, 1740, 1752. In the latter, the loweſt point of the ther⯑mometer, at Upſal, was 31 of Celſius's, equal to about 24 below 0 in Fahrenheit.
38. ODORES MEDICAMENTORUM. A. Wahlin. 1752.
An ingenious illuſtration of the doctrine, which teaches, that thoſe different ſenſations excited in the organs of ſmell by different odours, will lead to the explanation of the qualities inherent in ſuch bodies; and that from thence they may be claſſed, and their general effects on the human body de⯑duced. After a train of general explanatory and phyſiological obſervations, Mr. Wablin introduces [255] Sir Francis Bacon's contraſt between youth and old age, in order more clearly to illuſtrate (which he does in a familiar, but ſtriking manner) the effects of wine and ſpirituous liquors in their various and progreſſive operation on the nervous ſyſtem, from their firſt exhilarating effect in a moderate quantity, to their intoxicating and fatal iſſue. This he makes, in ſome meaſure, the baſis of his reaſon⯑ing on the effects of other odorous ſubſtances, which he at length arranges into ſeven claſſes.
- 1. Aromatici. Cinnamon; Seeds of Amomum, &c.
- 2. Fragrantes. Saffron; Jaſmin Flowers, &c.
- 3. Ambroſiaci. Muſk; Muſk Crainſbill, &c.
- 4. Alliacei. Garlic; Aſſa Foetida, &c.
- 5. Hircini. Herb Robert; Stinking Orach.
- 6. Tetri. Opium; Henbane; Corianders.
- 7. Nauſeoſi. White and black Hellebore; To⯑bacco.
The ſpecific effects of each of theſe claſſes are then briefly explained, and their reputed mode of operation. This paper may be conſidered as a comment on ſection 362 of the Philoſophia, and properly accompanies the Sapor Medicamentorum, before-mentioned.
39. NOCTILUCA MARINA. C. F. Adler. 1752.
Mr. Adler, who went as ſurgeon in a Swediſh Eaſt India ſhip to China, in 1748, firſt gives an account of thoſe authors who have treated on the luminous appearance of the ſea water in ſtorms, and in the current occaſioned by the courſe of [256] ſhips; and then proceeds to inform us, that it was not till the year 1749, that this phaenomenon was certainly diſcovered to be owing, at leaſt in many parts of the ocean, to an inconceivable number of minute inſects. One of theſe is the ſubject of this paper, and is completely deſcribed, and a figure given, as augmented by the microſcope. It is of the Vermes claſs, and the Molluſca order, and ſtands in the Syſtem under the name of Nereis Noctiluca, p. 1085, being the firſt of eleven ſpecies there de⯑ſcribed. Its real length does not exceed the 6th part of an inch.
Later writers have thrown more light on this diſcovery, by exhibiting a great variety of theſe living Phoſphori.
40. RHABARBARUM. S. Ziervogel. 1752.
A botanical and medical hiſtory of the Rheum Undulatum, Sp. Pl. 531. deſcribed here under the idea of its being the true Rhubarb, having been ſent from Ruſſia as ſuch by Profeſſor Gerber to Conſul Sprekelſen at Hamburgh, and by him intro⯑duced into many gardens. The medical hiſtory therefore of this plant muſt be transferred to the Rheum Palmatum, which is now generally believed to be the true Rhubarb, of which a deſcription and figure may be ſeen in the Phil. Tranſ. vol. lv. p. 290. communicated by Dr. HOPE, profeſſor of botany at Edinburgh, who raiſed it from ſeeds ſent him by Dr. Mounſey, in 1763, and under whoſe culture the plant has greatly thriven, and yielded large quantities of good Rhubarb. Mr. Pennant [257] has told us, in his late Tour, that the Duke of Athol has produced it in great perfection, and pro⯑bably, if particular intereſts did not militate againſt it, the importation of this root might ſoon become unneceſſary. It is not wonderful that the former plant ſhould have been taken for the true Rhubarb, as both grow in China, and about the famous wall.
41. CUI BONO? C. Gedner. 1752.
To what purpoſe are all the reſearches of the naturaliſt? A queſtion which only ignorance or incurioſity can dictate. We will not pay our readers ſo ill a compliment, as to ſuppoſe they need the conviction here referred to. Neverthe⯑leſs, if there are any who wiſh to ſee what reaſons may be alledged by the naturaliſt, againſt thoſe who object the frivolouſneſs and inutility of his reſearches, they will moſt probably receive ſome ſatisfaction from an attentive conſideration of this paper, which is incapable of abridgment, and may be properly read with the 18th, Curicſitas Na⯑turalis, and 20th Oeconomia Naturae. The author has introduced a pleaſant and inſtructive allegory, which LINNAEUS himſelf was wont to uſe on theſe occaſions.
42. NUTRIX NOVERCA. F. Lindberg. 1752.
This tract is very recommendable, as contain⯑ing a compendious view of every material argu⯑ment that has been urged to prove the propriety and advantage of mothers nurſing their infants at [258] their own breaſt. Several obſervations on the diſ⯑eaſes of children are interſperſed, and ſome local ob⯑ſervations, which loſe their force in this country.
This ſubject has been ſo ably diſcuſſed by ſeve⯑ral maſterly pens in this kingdom, that we ſhall only obſerve, reſpecting the preſent tract, that Dr. Lindberg allows more force, than ſome of our own writers, to thoſe arguments which admit of diſ⯑eaſes and temperaments being tranſmiſſible from nurſes to their foſter-children.
43. HOSPITA INSECTORUM FLORA. J. G. Forsſkahl. 1752.
The author of this paper begins by giving a general hiſtory of all the material writers on Inſects, and the method in which they have treated the ſubject, whether in relation to the metamorphoſes and economy principally, in the manner of Swam⯑merdam; or by giving a detail of the ſpecies at large alſo, as Ray, Reaumur, and De Geer, have done. He then does due honour to the Queen of Sweden, on account of the magnificent muſeum which her majeſty had conſtructed at the palace of Drottning⯑holm, which is very ſuperb in Inſects, Shells, Corals, and Chryſtals, &c. He next exhibits his plan: it conſiſts in arranging all ſuch inſects as are natives of Sweden, each under the plant on which it is found, or on which it feeds; the references being made to the Fauna, and Flora Suecica of LINNAEUS. It would be highly acceptable to thoſe who culti⯑vate this branch of natural hiſtory, to ſee this ar⯑rangement augmented by the numerous diſcoveries [259] that have been made ſince the publication of this tract, as it is a part of the hiſtory of inſects not ſufficiently attended to before; and nothing would conduce more to extend and facilitate the know⯑ledge of it, or lead more effectually to the means of deſtroying the noxious ſpecies.
44. MIRACULA INSECTORUM. G. E. Avelin. 1752.
Intended to awaken curioſity, and excite atten⯑tion to the ſtudy of inſects, by pointing out the extraordinary inſtincts and properties with which particular kinds are endued; many of whoſe operations were inexplicable, and frequently attri⯑buted to other cauſes.
Nothing exemplifies this truth more than the hiſtory of a minute inſect, or rather worm, of which we have, in this diſſertation, the firſt proper intelligence; it is very curious, and worthy of notice. In Finland, Bothnia, and the northern provinces of Sweden, it was not unfrequently that people were ſeized with a pungent pain, confined to a point, in the hand, or other expoſed part of the body, which preſently increaſed to a moſt ex⯑cruciating degree, hath ſometimes been ſud⯑denly fatal. This diſorder was more particularly obſerved in Finland, eſpecially about boggy and marſhy places, and always in autumn. At length it was diſcovered, that this pain inſtantly ſucceeded ſomewhat that dropped out of the air▪ and in a moment penetrated and buried itſelf in the fleſh. The Finlanders had tried variety of applications to no purpoſe, until at length a poultice of curds, or [260] cheeſe, was found the moſt effectual in eaſing the pain; and the event confirmed, that the inſect was allured by this application to leave the fleſh; as on its removal, this worm, no longer than the ſixth of an inch, was found in it, and thus the cauſe of this painful diſeaſe explained. LIN⯑NAEUS himſelf once ſuffered from this animal the effect here ſpoken of: but we owe the com⯑plete hiſtory of it, and its place in the Syſtem, to Dr. SOLANDER, who gave it in to the Royal Academy of Sciences at Upſal. This worm ſtands in the Syſtem under the name of Furia Infernalis, p. 1325; but by what means this creature is raiſed into the air, is as yet unknown.
45. NOXA INSECTORUM. M. A. Baeckner. 1752.
A curious and uſeful paper, particularly ſpeci⯑fying all thoſe inſects that are more immediately hurtful to animals and vegetables. They are claſſed in eleven diviſions, according to the ſeveral ſub⯑jects on which they prey, or to which they bring devaſtation.
1. Such as are particularly offenſive to man. Under this head, the author ſeems inclined to favour that opinion which Mr. St. André, and ſome other French phyſicians and philoſophers have held, in aſcribing to Acari the cauſe of many cu⯑taneous and contagious diſeaſes.
2. Such as are deſtructive within doors, to furniture, cloaths, grain, &c. Among theſe is particularly mentioned the Seed Beetle, (Bruchus Piſi, Syſt. 604.) the cauſe of great deſtruction to [261] peaſe in Penſylvania, &c. and which has found its way into ſouthern Europe. See alſo Kalm's Tra⯑vels, i. p. 176, Engliſh edition.
3. To fruit-bearing trees and culinary herbs.
4. To trees, woods, ſtove and green-houſe plants.
5. To corn-fields, paſtures, &c.
6. To horſes, horned cattle, and other ani⯑mals, &c.
The ſubjects of theſe three laſt papers are of great importance in rural economy, and would come with all poſſible propriety into an Economical Herbal, that ſhould ſpecify, in treating upon each plant, the ſpecies of inſect which inhabits or feeds on it.
46. VERNATIO ARBORUM. H. Barck. 1753.
A curious eſſay, perhaps the firſt on the ſub⯑ject, relating to the Leafing of Trees in Sweden, being the reſult of a variety of obſervations, made at the requeſt of LINNAEUS himſelf, in almoſt all the provinces of that kingdom, and intended to lead, as if by the dictates of nature, to the true time of committing the grain to the earth. A table is ex⯑hibited, ſhewing at one view the days on which 19 ſpecies of trees, all natives of Sweden, put forth their leaves in three ſucceſſive years. The ſame table ſhews alſo the day on which Barley was ſown and reaped in all the ſame provinces. From an⯑other table it appears, that at Pitha, which lies in about 63 degrees north, from the average of 12 years, there intervene 85 days between the ſowing [262] of barley and its harveſt; and at Upſal, in 60 de⯑grees, the average of ſix years turned out to be 105 days. It is concluded, upon the whole, that in Upland, the leafing of the Birch-tree ſhould di⯑rect the time for ſowing barley; but, that diffe⯑rent trees will beſt indicate the time in different places. Another curious obſervation follows from this paper: that, notwithſtanding the difference in the number of days between the ripening of barley in Lapland and in Upland, it will be found that the greater length of days in the former coun⯑try, gives a balance of ſun equal to the greater number of days in the latter.
47. INCREMENTA BOTANICES. J. Biuur. 1753.
A conciſe hiſtory of the riſe, fate, and progreſs of botanic ſcience, from the firſt traces of it to the preſent time; divided into four periods or epochs. The firſt includes only the antients, by whom are underſtood Ariſtotle, Theophraſtus, Dioſ⯑corides, and Pliny; who, as compilers chiefly, did little but deliver the tradition of the times; and whoſe plants, after the commentaries of a century, cannot be known by their deſcriptions to this day, ſo little had they extended their ideas to ſpecific diſtinctions; yet we muſt venerate their writings, as the only remains of this ſcience tranſmitted to our times. The ſecond period commences with the reſtoration of letters, after the taking of Con⯑ſtantinople by the Turks, beginning with Brunfel⯑ſius, and ending with the Bauhines. The third, which is called the period of Syſtematics, is con⯑tinued [263] to the time of LINNAEUS, who effected that great reformation in the whole ſcience, by which it is fixed as on a new baſis. The concluſion of this paper contains ſome information relating to the introduction of figures cut in wood for the old herbals; whence it appears, that Plantin, the fa⯑mous printer of Antwerp, monopolized almoſt all the figures of this kind during his time, and be⯑came the principal printer in his day for botanical books. By ſuch means Norton, the printer of Gerard's herbal, procured from Frankfort all the figures we ſee in his book, which had before ſerved for an edition of Tabernamontanus's herbal in 1588.
48. DEMONSTRATIONES PLANTARUM. J. G. Hojer. 1753.
Intended principally for the uſe of thoſe pupils who attended the botanical lectures in the Upſal garden, conſiſting chiefly of a liſt of the exotics therein cultivated, as they ſtood in this year, amounting to near 1450 diſtinct ſpecies, which, in 59 deg. 51 min. N. latitude, is no inconſiderable number; all double flowers and varieties being entirely excluded. After the invention of trivial names, this liſt is the firſt ſpecimen of the uſe of them in forming compendious catalogues, and is at once an evidence of the utility of them. There is an obſervation in this paper which may appear ſomewhat paradoxical to ſome readers: ſeveral of the plants that are natives of ſouthern Europe, produced ſeeds this year, without ſhewing any corolla; ſuch were [264] two Ciſti, &c. It may ſeem ſtrange too that Lapland and alpine plants ſhould periſh in the ſame ſituation through cold, but it is true; and the fact is, that in their native ſituations, they are, at the change of ſeaſon, inſtantly covered with ſnow, and thus defended from injury.
49. HERBATIONES UPSALIENSES. A. N. Fornander. 1753.
As the foregoing catalogue comprehends thoſe of the garden, this exhibits the indigenous plants of the neighbourhood of Upſal, as they occur in the ſimpling excurſions which the profeſſor made with the botanical ſtudents, and were uſually per⯑formed in about eight days during the courſe of each ſummer.
50. INSTRUCTIO MUSEI. D. Hultman. 1753.
The method of conſtructing a muſeum for the purpoſes of natural hiſtory in all its branches, with directions for collecting, preſerving, and diſ⯑poſing the ſubjects. An enumeration of the beſt repoſitories of this kind in Sweden: ſuch is that of the Queen, rich in ſhells, inſects, and corals: that of the King, in amphibia, fiſhes, animals of the Vermes claſs, in ſpirits; and the birds of Sweden: that of Count Teſſin, abounding in foſſils and gems, ſhells, pictures, &c.: that of Chan⯑cellor Gyllenborg: that belonging to the Royal Academy: Stobaeus's at Lunden; and Ziervogel's at Stockholm. The method of drying and preſerving [265] plants for an Hortus Siccus: thoſe of former cele⯑brated botaniſts enumerated. A method, perhaps more curious than uſeful, of caſting an artificial plant, by forming a mould with plaiſter over a real plant placed in a veſſel, then burning the in⯑cloſed plant to aſhes, which are to be ſhook out, and the cavity filled with melted ſilver.
This little tract has been publiſhed in Holland, for the uſe of merchants who deal in the ſubjects of natural hiſtory; and ſomething of the ſame kind has been lately done here.
AMOENITATES ACADEMICAE. VOL. IV. 1760. pp. 600.
51. PLANTAE OFFICINALES. N. Gahn. 1753.
The ſcope of this paper is entirely pharmaceuti⯑cal; and howſoever it may be ſuperſeded at preſent, it muſt have been very uſeful at the time of its pub⯑lication, having been drawn up for the benefit of the apothecaries in Sweden, in conſequence of ſome new regulations intended by the royal college of phy⯑ſicians, under the preſidentſhip of Dr. Boeck: and it was alſo highly acceptable to others, as being probably the firſt liſt of the medicinal plants, to which the Linnaean ſynonyms had been accommo⯑dated. This paper contains,
1. A catalogue of the vegetable ſimples of the Materia Medica, amounting to near 580, ſpecify⯑ing the parts of each uſed in medicine; to which is oppoſed the Linnaean generical and trivial ſpe⯑cific name, from the Species Plantarum; marking [266] alſo, by a different character, all ſuch as the au⯑thor thinks might be expunged. Then follow directions for rightly gathering and preſerving the ſeveral plants, or ſuch parts of each as are in uſe.
2. A liſt of ſuch ſimples as grow ſpontaneouſly in Sweden; many of which had needleſsly been imported.
3. Liſts of ſuch as might advantageouſly be cultivated for medicinal purpoſes; to which is finally added, a liſt of ſuch drugs as are imported from the ſeveral diſtant quarters of the globe.
52. CENSURA SIMPLICIUM. G. J. Carlbohm. 1753.
A very inſtructive paper, conſiſting, after ſome pertinent obſervations, principally of two liſts of ſimples: The firſt, ſuch as the writer thinks might without detriment be expunged from the Materia Medica. The ſecond, ſuch as might advan⯑tageouſly be received into that catalogue; their vir⯑tues having been ſufficiently aſcertained to juſtify ſuch an introduction. To this latter, the author has ſubjoined, under every article, the quality of the ſimple, and his authority in general for allow⯑ing each its deſigned rank. A paper of this ten⯑dency is not unworthy the obſervation of all thoſe who would improve and enrich the Materia Me⯑dica; and probably conſiderable additions might be made to this liſt. We add the names of theſe ſimples.
- Acmella.
- Actaeae radix.
- Alkannae rad.
- Baccae Norlandicae.
- Bella donna.
- Britannica herb.
- Chamaemori baccae.
- Campeſcanum lign.
- Camphoratae herb.
- Caſſinae folia.
- Ceanothi rad.
- Collinſonia.
- Coridis herb.
- Conyzae herb.
- Cotulae herb.
- Diervilla.
- Dulcamara.
- Elaterium album.
- Faba Ignatii.
- Fungus melitenſis.
- Galium luteum.
- Geum paluſtre.
- Hypociſtis.
- Juglandis fruct.
- Lobeliae rad.
- Lapathi ſanguinei rad.
- Lauro-ceraſi folia.
- Linum catharticum.
- Linnaeae herb.
- Meliſſa canarienſis.
- Mentha piperita.
- Monardae herb.
- Muſcus caninus.
- Muſcus cumatilis.
- Myrti brabantici herb.
- Pedicularis.
- Peraguae folia.
- Phytolaccae ſuc.
- Profluvii rad.
- Ribes nigrum.
- Sabadillae ſem.
- Saponaria nuclei.
- Scrophulariae aquat. h.
- Senegae rad.
- Serpentum rad.
- Sophora.
- Uvae Urſi fol.
- Vitis Idaeae bac.
- Vulvariae herb.
53. CANIS FAMILIARIS. E. M. Lindecrantz. 1753.
This natural hiſtory of the Dog, was one of the firſt complete exemplifications of zoological de⯑ſcription, according to the principles of the Lin⯑naean ſchool, as laid down in the Methodus Demon⯑ſtrandi. The writer conſiders the whole race as [268] reducible to one ſpecies, and diſtinguiſhed from other congenerous animals, ſuch as the wolf, fox, hyaena, &c. not only by the curvature of the tail, which is uſually to the left, but by the diſpoſition of the Suturae Velleris, or ridges formed by the meeting of the ſeveral courſes of hair on divers parts of the body; and the number and ſituation of the Verrucae, or▪ warty riſings in the face. In theſe diſtinctions, heretofore unnoticed, all the varieties of this animal agree. Eleven varieties of the dog-kind are here ſpecified, after which the properties and uſes, together with the whole of the economy of this faithful animal, are fully ſet forth, and his diſeaſes deſcribed. Our author tells us, that the Laplanders and Dalekarlians are in poſſeſſion of ſome ſecret by which they inſtantly diſarm the moſt furious dog, and oblige him to fly with all his uſual ſigns of fear, becoming ſilent at once, and dropping his tail. This art, how⯑ever, is ſaid not to be unknown in England.
54. STATIONES PLANTARUM. A. Hedenberg. 1754.
The intention of this paper is to prove, that the knowledge of the Natale Solum, the natural places of growth of plants, is the true foundation on which the art of gardening ſucceſsfully muſt be built. The author laments that botaniſts and writers of Florae have been too remiſs in their ob⯑ſervations of this kind; whence numbers of exotic ſeeds and plants have failed to produce flowers, or to perpetuate themſelves in gardens. He mentions a remarkable inſtance in the Nitraria Schoberi, [269] (Spec. Pl. 638.) which remained deſtitute of flowers for 20 years in the Swediſh gardens; at length LINNAEUS rendered it fertile, by means of ſalt ſcattered about the roots. The knowledge of the Stationes Plantarum is alſo equally uſeful to the practical botaniſt, in aſſiſting his reſearches.
Every plant has its natural ſituation and ſoil, in which alone it will thrive, and out of which, in many inſtances, no care or culture will preſerve it alive. The knowledge of this axiom, as far as reſpects indigenous plants, is applicable to pur⯑poſes of agriculture, and with this view the au⯑thor has given an arrangement of the Swediſh plants, divided into ſix claſſes, according to their ſeveral places of growth, as follows:
- 1. Aquatics.
- 2. Alpine.
- 3. Wood-plants.
- 4. Upland plants.
- 5. Mountainous.
- 6. Paraſitic.
Theſe are again ſubdivided; the aquatics, into marine, maritime, marſh, bog plants, &c. after which follows the definition of the terms, ex⯑plaining the nature of theſe different ſoils and ſituations.
55. FLORA ANGLICA. J. O. Grufberg. 1754.
At the time of the publication of this paper, the Linnaean ſyſtem of botany had made but ſmall progreſs in England; to ſuch however as had adopted it, this muſt have been a very acceptable preſent, as being the firſt arrangement, in the Lin⯑naean method, that had been given to the Engliſh [270] plants; as alſo the firſt of thoſe compendious Florae▪ in which the newly-invented trivial names had been exemplified, and which have ſince been much uſed, greatly to the emolument of the ſcience.
The author firſt diſcuſſes the utility of ſuch local catalogues, and of adhering to the trivial names: he then briefly deſcribes the climate of Britain, and its different ſoils and elevations, as favouring the growth of particular plants; enu⯑merating ſome of thoſe which are peculiar to Eng⯑land; and in what way thoſe of Sweden differ from ours. He ſays Sweden abounds more in alpine, upland, and wood▪plants, than England, which ex⯑cels in marine plants, and ſuch as affect a chalky ſoil, of which latter Sweden is almoſt deſtitute.
Having given due praiſe to the Engliſh botaniſts, and particularly to Mr. RAY, he ſubjoins the cata⯑logue; in which there is a reference from each Linnaean name, to the plant as it ſtands in the laſt edition of Ray's Synopſis by Dillenius. This Flora contains nearly a thouſand plants, the Moſſes and Fungi not being introduced. Such as are not found in Sweden, are diſtinguiſhed by the Italic type, and of theſe there are nearly three hundred. A liſt of upwards of an hundred, which the au⯑thor could not inveſtigate, concludes the whole.
56. HERBARIUM AMBOINENSE. O. Stickman. 1754.
The Herbarium Amboinenſe is one of the greateſt and moſt magnificent botanic treaſures the world ever ſaw; and which we owe to the ſingular zeal [271] and induſtry of RUMPHIUS, who lived upwards of 40 years in Amboina, and was conſul there under the Dutch Eaſt India company. He ſweetened the leiſure hours of his life by an uncommon and ſuc⯑ceſsful application to the ſtudy of natural hiſtory, which he purſued in all its branches, but particu⯑larly in botany. He had the misfortune to loſe his family by the fatal earthquake of 1674; and ſome years after, having collected his materials for this work, and meditated his return to Europe, ſuffered the loſs of his ſight from a cataract, in which ſtate he lived 20 years, and died in 1706.
This work comprehends the plants of Amboina, Malacca, Banda, and the neighbouring iſlands; and, allowing for the time when it was written, contains excellent deſcriptions of the ſeveral vege⯑tables of the Eaſt Indies, with a copious account of their uſes; and though inferior to the Hortus Malabaricus as to the engravings, excels it in the hiſtory of the ſubjects. There are nearly one thou⯑ſand vegetables deſcribed in this work, of which a great number were entirely new to the European botaniſts: of this number upwards of ſeven hun⯑dred are engraved.
The manuſcript was 30 years in the poſſeſſion of the Dutch Eaſt India company, and was reſcued from oblivion by the intereſt and extraordinary zeal of the editor, Profeſſor Burman, of Amſterdam; who, with great induſtry and ſkill, has alſo ex⯑tricated the ſynonyms as far as poſſible, and ſub⯑joined them to each deſcription. He began this [272] publication in 1741, and finiſhed it in 1750, in ſeven volumes folio, except a ſmall ſupplement, which was not publiſhed until 1757. In 1769, the editor rendered his work ſtill more uſeful, by the publication of an alphabetical index to theſe volumes, with the Linnaean ſynonyms; together with a like one adapted to the Hortus Malaba⯑ricus.
The pupils of the Linnaean ſchool much re⯑gretted, that the Herbarium Amboinenſe had not been completed before the publication of LINNAEUS'S Species Plantarum, that the ſynonyms might have been introduced. To remedy this defect was the intention of Mr. Stickman's paper, in which the ſub⯑jects are arranged in the order of the original work, with the Linnaean name annexed to each; and afterwards, as many as could be extricated, are thrown into a Flora, according to the Sexual ſyſtem.
It is to our neighbours the Dutch that the bo⯑taniſts are obliged for two of the moſt valuable performances that are yet extant in the hiſtory of foreign vegetables: this of Rumphius, and the Hortus Malabaricus of Rheede. But we hope that it will not be long before they will be more indebted to an illuſtrious Engliſhman, who, in purſuit of the ſame object, has encountered the perils of a cir⯑cuit round this globe, for a work, which, from his taſte, his liberality, and zeal for the promo⯑tion of ſcience, may be expected to ſurpaſs thoſe above-mentioned, as well in extent, as in gran⯑deur, and elegance of execution.
57. CERVUS TARANDUS. C. F. Hoffberg. 1754.
[273]In this tract we have a complete hiſtory of the Rein-deer, (Cervus Tarandus, Syſt. Nat. p. 93.) an animal which almoſt ſolely conſtitutes the riches, not only of the Laplander, but of the other arctic inhabitants of the globe. In Lapland more particularly, the whole res pecuaria reſpects this animal, as it is in that country in a more eſpecial manner domeſticated. In ſummer the Rein-deer feed on various herbs, but reject a conſiderable number that are eaten by others. Of the parti⯑cular ſpecies thus refuſed, the reader is preſented with a catalogue, from the experiments of a curi⯑ous obſerver. In winter, they are ſolely ſuſtained by the Rein-deer liverwort, (Lichen Rangiferinus) or Coralline Moſs, with which the alps of the north are covered. The Rein-deer are obnoxious to many diſeaſes, which are all here diſtinctly de⯑ſcribed, and particularly thoſe ariſing from the Gad-fly, called after its name, (Oëſtrus Tarandi, Syſt. Nat. 969.) which depoſits its eggs on the back of theſe animals, and in conſequence of which immenſe numbers of the Deer periſh yearly. See alſo Flor. Lappon. p. 360.
58. OVIS. J. Palmaerus. 1754.
This diſſertation contains the natural hiſtory of the Sheep, on the ſame plan as that of the forego⯑ing paper, and abounds with many curious ob⯑ſervations. The genus, ſpecies, and varieties are deſcribed, and many phyſiological obſervations [274] given. A liſt of thoſe plants which the ſheep does not eat, amounting, from the experiments of the Pan Suecus, to upwards of 140 ſpecies; ſome pointed out that are particularly grateful, of which number are the Sheep's Feſcue Graſs, (Feſ⯑tuca Ovina, Sp. Pl. p. 108.) the Thlaſpi Burſa Paſtoris, or Shepherd's Purſe; and an enumera⯑tion of ſuch as are highly noxious and poiſonous to this animal; ſuch are, Corn Horſetail, (Equi⯑ſetum Arvenſe;) Spearwort, (Ranunculus Flam⯑mula;) Lancaſhire Aſphodel, (Anthericum Oſſi⯑fragum;) Mouſe-ear Scorpion-graſs, (Myoſotis Scorpioides β;) Wood Anemony, (Anemone Nemo⯑roſa;) Dog's Mercury, (Mercurialis Perennis.)
In treating on the diſeaſes of ſheep, the author enquires particularly into the Dropſy, or Rot, oc⯑caſioned by worms in the liver, (Faſciola Hepatica, Syſt. p. 1077.) which he thinks are ſwallowed by the animal in marſh water; and propoſes ſalt as a preventive of their effects. [See the pathology of this diſeaſe by Dr. Nicholls, in the Phil. Tranſ. vol. xlix. p. 247. We can only add, that this paper cannot be leſs acceptable to naturaliſts, and lovers of rural economy in England, than the fore⯑going to an intelligent Laplander.]
59. MUS PORCELLUS. J. J. Nauman. 1754.
A zoological tract relating to the animal uſually with us called Guinea Pig, the Indian Rabbet of the old authors, and the Cavia of the Braſilians; which LINNAEUS ranks under the Murine genus, by the name of Mus Porcellus, Syſt. p. 79.
[275] The writer treats largely on the manners and whole economy of this little reſtleſs quadruped: his obſervations are evidently the reſult of long acquaintance and attention. He ſays they are deli⯑cate food.
60. HORTICULTURA ACADEMICA. J. G. Wollrath. 1754.
This paper is intimately connected with No 54, the Stationes Plantarum. It exhibits a com⯑pendious ſyſtem of the principles of gardening, particularly as applicable to botanical or aca⯑demic gardens. In the beginning it is laid down as an axiom, "that the whole depends on a per⯑fect knowledge of the climate of each plant, and the ſoil in which it flouriſhes in its own climate." As a ſtriking inſtance of the neceſſity of paying re⯑gard to proper ſoil, and to induce curious people who tranſmit ſeeds and plants to Europe, to be more accurate in this particular, the writer mentions that of the Ricotia Aegyptiaca, (Spec. Pl. p. 912.) which no management could bring to flower and fruit, until LINNAEUS ſuggeſted mixing the Ar⯑gilla Nilotica, the clay of the Nile, with the earth in the pot, and which very ſoon fully ſucceeded.
The Linnaean terms applicable to the ſeveral kinds of gardens are defined, the heat of the dif⯑ferent climates aſcertained by Celſius's thermometer, and the various ſoils and ſituations proper to each enumerated.
61. CHINENSIA LAGERSTROMIANA. J. L. Odhelius. 1754.
[276]At the time that LINNAEUS'S great patron, Count Teſſin, was chancellor to the King, and preſident of the Royal Academy of Sciences, he obtained, by the concurrence alſo of M. Lagerſtrom, then coun⯑ſellor of the chamber of commerce, and director of the Swediſh Eaſt India company, an order, that each ſhip ſhould be provided, at the expence of the Company, with a naturaliſt wholly devoted to his proper purſuits. To this inſtitution we owe the diſcoveries made by Ternſtrom, Toren, and Oſbeck; and in conſequence M. Lagerſtrom, who was him⯑ſelf a man of letters, and a friend to ſcience, pro⯑cured, at his own expence, a great number of natural curioſities from China and the Eaſt Indies, which he preſented to the muſeum of the univer⯑ſity at Upſal. Among theſe particularly was a collection of the medicinal plants preſerved in the apothecaries ſhops in China; alſo a Chineſe herbal, in 36 volumes in 8vo, of which two conſiſt en⯑tirely of figures.
The tract before us is a ſcientific deſcription of more than 50 ſubjects of natural hiſtory, chiefly birds and fiſhes, collected from China by M. La⯑gerſtrom. It is ſtill of value, as being referred to from the Syſtem of our author.
62. CENTURIA PLANTARUM. A. D. Juſlenius. 1755.
63. CENTURIA II. PLANTARUM. E. Torner. 1756.
Theſe tracts contain the deſcriptions of very rare, or heretofore undeſcribed plants, ſent to [277] LINNAEUS from various parts of the world. Thoſe deſcribed in the ſecond century were tranſmitted by Seguier from Verona; by Sauvages from Mont⯑pelier; by Dr. Burman, who had received his from the Cape of Good Hope; and ſome by Mr. Miller of Chelſea. The time elapſed ſince the publication of theſe papers hath not leſſened the uſefulneſs of them, ſince they are cloſely connected with the Species Plantarum, are referred to in that work, and remain as ſo many illuſtrations of the ſyſtem of LINNAEUS.
64. SOMNUS PLANTARUM. P. Bremer. 1755.
The ſubject of this paper, at the time of its publication, excited the attention of the curious throughout Europe. That nocturnal change to which certain plants are liable, and which is here analogically called Sleep, is more particularly manifeſted in thoſe vegetables that are furniſhed with pinnated leaves, and of theſe the Diadel⯑phous claſs affords the greater number. The change conſiſts in the different poſition which the folioles, or ſmall leaves, aſſume in the night-time, from that which they exhibit by day. Slight no⯑tices of this faculty are met with in the antients; in this paper the obſervations have been extended ſo far, as to take in upwards of 40 ſpecies, which are here enumerated, and divided into ten claſſes, according to the differences obſervable in the po⯑ſition of the leaves, during this ſleeping ſtate. The late Dr. Hill, by a well-inſtituted ſet of expe⯑riments, fully confirmed the idea, that this change [278] was owing to the abſence of light. His experi⯑ments were made with the Abrus Precatorius, or ſcarlet Indian Pea, in which plant this change had been obſerved by Proſper Alpinus, and in which it is remarkable.
[The novelty of this paper induced the author of this volume, ſoon after its publication, to give the ſubſtance of it an Engliſh dreſs, and it was pub⯑liſhed in the Gentleman's Magazine for the year 1757, p. 315; to which the Engliſh reader, who wiſhes for further information, is referred.]
65. FUNGUS MELITENSIS. J. Pfeiffer. 1755.
This plant, notwithſtanding the name it bears, is very far removed from the Fungus tribe, ſince it produces perfectly diſtinct flowers, and belongs to the Monandria order of the Monoecious claſs, and is called by LINNAEUS, Cynomorium Coccineum, Sp. Pl. 1375. The Malteſe Fungus is a paraſitical plant, ſingular in its form, which is little more than that of a ſimple ſtalk, about a finger's thick⯑neſs, and ſix or ſeven inches long, and in its ſtate of fructification, the whole plant may be conſi⯑dered as an Amentum, or Catkin. It is found on the coaſt of Barbary, in Sicily, and ſparingly in Malta, ſpringing from the roots of trees and ſhrubs, as does the Aſarum Hypociſtis, with which it alſo agrees in its ſenſible qualities and effects, and is much eſteemed, and uſed in the countries above mentioned as an aſtringent medicine. The writer of this paper gives us, from the Acta Bononienſia, a detail of experiments made with this and ſeveral [279] other ſubjects of the ſame claſs, to determine their comparative aſtringent and antiſeptic powers on the human blood; from the reſult of which, he tells us, that the author was led to conſider this ſimple as one of the ſafeſt and moſt powerful aſtringents.
66. METAMORPHOSIS PLANTARUM. N. E. Dahlberg. 1755.
The ſubject of this paper will ſcarcely admit of an abridgment, agreeable to our contracted plan. In order the more clearly to underſtand what the author calls the Metamorphoſis Plantarum, he delivers, in a brief way, the Linnaean doctrine of the phyſio⯑logy of plants; which ſuppoſes, that the flower is no other than the expanſion or evolution of the trunk or ſtem, in the following arrangement: namely, that the Cortex, or outer Bark, is ulti⯑mately ſpent in forming the Perianthium, or Cup; the Liber, or inner Bark, in forming the Corolla or Petal; the Lignum, or woody part, in forming the Stamina or Chives; and the Medulla, or pithy part, in forming the Piſtillum, or Pointal. Hence, what⯑ſoever cauſes can diſturb the uſual, natural, and re⯑gular expanſion and evolution of theſe parts, may be ſuppoſed to occaſion great variety, and changes in the appearance of plants; and that ſuch effects are brought about by change of climate, different ſoil, ſituation, air, culture, and perhaps various other yet unknown cauſes, is certain. To theſe ſources muſt be traced the varieties we obſerve in the leaves, flowers, and roots, whether permanent, as is the caſe in ſome inſtances, or not. This [280] doctrine is here illuſtrated and confirmed by nu⯑merous examples; and the young and inexperi⯑enced botaniſt is guarded againſt the deluſion, frequently occaſioned by the operation of theſe cauſes; which are very extenſive in the vegetable creation.
67. CALENDARIUM FLORAE. A. M. Berger. 1756.
The Calendar of Flora is intended to exhibit the progreſs of the ſeaſons, as they are manif [...]ſted by the times of the flowering of vegetables; which in each ſpecies appears to be determined from ſome fixed law of nature; and from the due ob⯑ſervance of which, after a ſufficient courſe of ex⯑periments had been made, the author thinks, that the ſowing of grain, and many other branches of rural economy, dependent on the ſeaſons, might, in every country, be better regulated, than by the rules in common uſe. The tables in this tract were formed from obſervations made on the com⯑mon plants of Sweden, in the Upſal garden, in 1755. This affair is alſo connected with the re⯑turn and departure of migrating birds, and fur⯑niſhes many curious and uſeful hints; but we do not enlarge, as this theſis was tranſlated, and pub⯑liſhed with an Engliſh Calendar of Flora, by the late Mr. Stillingfleet, to which we refer our readers for more ample ſatisfaction. See alſo the Vernatio Arborum, No 46. of this collection, a paper ſtrictly connected with the Calendar of Flora.
68. FLORA ALPINA. N. N. Amann. 1756.
[281]The alps of Europe produce a ſet of vegetables very different from, and incapable of culture in, the lower ſituations. The author of this tract, who was a native of one of the provinces border⯑ing on the alps of Lapland, with a laudable zeal for the improvement of his country, enquires what kinds of vegetables might be cultivated in thoſe deſart regions to the moſt advantage, where ſo few thrive, where ſhrubs ſcarcely ever attain even a moderate ſize, and where a tree will hardly grow erect.
To this end, he firſt enumerates all the alpine parts of Europe, and gives a liſt of 400 plants pe⯑culiar to thoſe ſituations. He expreſſes a wiſh, that at the royal, or public expence, a garden might be planted in the alps, to determine with preciſion what exotic plants would bear introduction into Lapland; and concludes by pointing out ſome of the eſculent and medicinal kinds, as alſo ſome that are applicable to dyeing, and other arts, which he thinks might be culti⯑vated to advantage in that northern region.
69. FLORA PALAESTINA. B. J. Strand. 1756.
Many commentators have employed themſelves in determining the plants of the ſacred writings, among whom none are thought to have been more ſucceſsful than the late learned Profeſſor Olaus Cel⯑ſius, in his Hierobotanicon; who was not only well qualified by his ſkill in the learned languages, and [282] particularly in the oriental, but was himſelf alſo an excellent botaniſt. He lamented, that by a ſin⯑gular fate, whilſt the miſſionaries of the Romiſh church had, in various other parts of the world, been very inſtrumental in improving natural ſcience, Palaeſtine had been totally neglected; hence he was doubly ſolicitous to recover the collection of his countryman Haſſelquiſt, and much rejoiced that it was at laſt redeemed; as he hoped a view of the ſubjects would throw great light on his favourite purſuit of illuſtrating the Phytology of the ſcriptures. Haſſelquiſt had particular inſtruc⯑tions to attend to this point: how well he performed this function, is proved by the pre⯑ſent Flora, which is chiefly drawn from his diſ⯑coveries.
This catalogue is compiled in the ſame com⯑pendious method as the other Florae of theſe vo⯑lumes, after the generical, only the trivial name be⯑ing cited. The author has alſo availed himſelf of other helps from thoſe travellers, whoſe ſkill in this part of knowledge was indiſputable: ſome plants he has introduced on the authority of Rau⯑wolf, Proſper Alpinus, Shaw, Pocock, and Grono⯑vius. The whole number amounts to ſix hundred ſpecies. Mr. Strand has applied Celſius's names to his liſt, whereſoever it was poſſible; but the curi⯑ous will regret, that the learned author of the Hie⯑robotanicon did not live to give the public another edition of his work, after ſuch new materials had come to his hands.
70. FLORA MONSPELIENSIS. T. E. Nathhorſt. 1756.
[283]The happy climate, and variety of ſoil and ſitua⯑tion of Montpelier, renders this Flora one of the moſt copious of any. The vicinity of ſome con⯑ſiderable mountains and foreſts, and the maritime ſituation of the place, conſpire to favour the growth of the plants of northern Europe, and of northern Africa, many of which are common to the Eaſt alſo. This catalogue is compiled from the Botanicon Monſpelienſe of Magnol, 1688, and the Methodus Foliorum of Sauvages. The Flora Monſpeliaca has ſince been greatly enriched by the publications of Gouan.
71. FUNDAMENTA VALETUDINIS. P. Engſtrom. 1756.
The author of this theſis derives the foundation of firm health and vigour of conſtitution from two ſources: 1ſt, Good ſtamina tranſmitted by pa⯑rents. 2dly, Care taken in the education, from the birth to the perfect ſtate of adoleſcence. From the firſt, he thinks, that ſtrength in the nervous ſyſtem; and from the ſecond, that ſtrength in the vaſcular ſyſtem, muſt be derived. In conſidering his firſt poſition, he has, in a conciſe manner, thrown together a variety of arguments, which he endeavours to confirm by the moſt reſpectable authorities, to prove that various diſorders are tranſmiſſible to the offspring; alſo, that (inde⯑pendent of the ſpecific diſorders thus tranſmitted from the parent) others ariſe in children from enervated and debauched progenitors. To the [284] firſt claſs he refers Mania, Epilepſy, Gout, Stone, and ſome others; to the latter, particularly the Rickets. In conſidering his ſecond poſition, he preſcribes the appropriate regimen to the mother during pregnancy, and for the nurſe, whom he would always ſuppoſe to be the mother: and finally, concludes with ſome forcible perſuaſives to young men, not to defeat theſe deſirable ends, by a courſe of intemperance.
72. SPECIFICA CANADENSIUM. J. Von Coelln. 1756.
In the firſt chapter of this tract, the writer, after preſenting us with a view of the progreſs of medical ſcience through the ſeveral ſchools and ſects of phyſicians, and condemning that ſarrago of compound medicines, with which the practice of phyſic hath been ſo long burthened, conſiders the return to a more ſimple mode of preſcribing as in⯑timately connected with its improvement. This leads him to his ſubject, which is intended to exhibit and recommend to the notice of phyſicians, a num⯑ber of ſimples from the vegetable kingdom, uſed by the natives of North America, in the cure of their diſeaſes, ſome of which may be worth the notice of European phyſicians. Theſe may be conſidered as conſtituting the Materia Medica of the Indians, among whom, as with other barbarous nations, all that can be called phyſic depends en⯑tirely on the empirical application of ſimples; nor can it be doubted, that long experience hath con⯑firmed the efficacy of many to them.
[285] This catalogue is chiefly compiled from [...] [...]artram's appendix, Colden's papers in the [...] from the communications of [...] is not within our plan to de⯑tail [...] [...]pects of this paper. Among thoſe men⯑tioned by Bartram, we have the exact method of exhibiting the Lobelia Siphylitica, Sp. Plant. 1320, the Indian ſpecific for the venereal diſeaſe, as deli⯑vered to Sir William Johnſon, who purchaſed it of the Indians at a great price: this is much more largely treated of by Kalm. The virtues of many of theſe plants are confirmed by Colden. The Spigelia Anthelmintica, or Indian Pink; the Phyto⯑lacca Americana, Poke-weed; Polygala Senega; are all conſidered, and the Geum Rivale, or Mountain Avens, which is uſed inſtead of Peruvian Bark, and that with great confidence, in North America. The catalogue contains near 40 plants, and the author finiſhes by propoſing a certain number of theſe, which appear to be moſt worthy of regard, to be cultivated in Europe for medicinal purpoſes; ſuch are the
- Aralia Nudicaulis; naked baſtard Angelica.
- Collinſonia Canadenſis; called Horſe-weed.
- Lobelia Siphylitica; blue Cardinal Flower.
- Rumex Britannica; Virginian Water-dock.
- Polygala Senega; Rattle-ſnake Root.
- Actaea Racemoſa; capſular Herb Chriſtopher.
- Phytolacca Americana; Poke-weed.
- Geum Rivale; Mountain Avens.
73. ACETARIA. H. Van der Burg. 1756.
[286]This writer, after having pointed out the advan⯑tages and diſadvantages of eating crude vegetables, ſhewing to what conſtitutions ſuch food is adapted, and having treated largely on the qualities of Oil and Vinegar, gives a catalogue, and deſcribes the ſenſible qualities and powers of the different vege⯑tables eaten in the various parts of Europe as Sallads. Eighteen different ſorts are here enume⯑rated; moſt of which are ſuperſeded among us by Lettuce, Endive, Creſſes, and Celleri, the latter of which our author thinks particularly hurtful to ſuch as labour under nervous diſorders.
74. PHALAENA BOMBYX. J. Lyman. 1756.
The hiſtory of the Silk-worm, (Phalaena Mori, Syſt. Nat. p. 817.) its culture, and ſome account of the ſeveral ſpecies of Mulberry on which the inſect feeds: of theſe the white is moſt acceptable, then the red, and black Mulberry. The writer thinks it probable that ſilk was firſt wrought by the Chineſe; from whom the art might paſs to the Per⯑ſians. The Emperor Juſtinian attempted to intro⯑duce this worm into Italy, but it did not then ſuc⯑ceed; neither was the true culture of it brought to perfection, until about the year 1130, in Sicily, from whence it ſpread into other parts of Europe.
The author mentions a ſpecies of Bombyx, (Pha⯑laena Atlas, Syſt. Nat. p. 808.) the coccoons of which are abundantly larger than thoſe of the Silk-worm, and the ſilk much ſtronger; but it is to be regretted that they are difficult to wind, and are [287] therefore commonly ſpun. We fear that M. Ly⯑man is rather ſanguine in thinking that the culture of the Silk-worm may ſucceed in ſo northern a cli⯑mate as Sweden.
75. MIGRATIONES AVIUM. C. D. Ecmark. 1757.
This paper is confeſſedly one of the moſt com⯑plete that has been publiſhed on this curious ſub⯑ject, which is yet involved in conſiderable obſcu⯑rity; the cauſe of theſe migrations, with reſpect to ſeveral birds, and the places of their reſort, being yet unknown. With reſpect to the greater number, it cannot be doubted but that the facility of find⯑ing their appropriate food in diſtant countries, in the different ſeaſons, and their ſecurity during in⯑cubation, have the principal ſhare in this part of their economy.
Mr. Ecmark obſerves, that the greater number of migrating birds belong to the flat-billed order (Anſeres), particularly to the Gooſe and Merganſer genera; and to the Waders, (Grallae): the former moſtly breed in the extreme north, where, from the relation of LINNAEUS, their number almoſt darkens the air, and they are driven ſouthward by the freezing of the lakes and rivers. Numbers alſo of the ſmall-billed birds (Paſſeres), eſpecially thoſe with ſlender bills, are of the migrating claſs. The inſectivorous retire ſouthwards when our winter advances, as others in that ſeaſon viſit us for the ſake of berries.
It is no ſmall merit in Mr. Ecmark, that in this paper he brings together, in one view, more com⯑pletely [288] than any other writer had done, all the known ſpecies of migrating birds, whether exotic, or indigenous to Sweden. He gives a liſt of all ſuch as are mentioned in the writings of Cateſby, Klein, and Haſſelquiſt; but the moſt conſiderable part of his tract is employed in a methodical enu⯑meration of the indigenous birds of Sweden, under each of which he mentions, as fully as is yet poſ⯑ſible, the particular times of their ſeveral migra⯑tions, the places whither they reſort, their food, &c. and interſperſes many other remarks, equally curious and ſatisfactory to thoſe who wiſh for in⯑formation in this part of natural hiſtory.
AMOENITATES ACADEMICAE. VOL. V. 1760. pp. 483.
76. MORBI EXPEDITIONIS CLASSICAE, 1756. P. Bierchen. 1757.
The author of this tract was phyſician to the fleet of obſervation, which was fitted out in the beginning of the laſt war between England and France, by the Swedes, to act in conjunction with the Danes, in the north ſea. The Swediſh ſqua⯑dron conſiſted of eight ſhips of the line, beſides frigates. When M. Bierchen took his appoint⯑ment in Auguſt, he found not fewer than 1900 men on the ſick liſt; and that the principal diſeaſes were Fluxes, Fevers, and the Scurvy. The firſt were attended with great pain in the bowels, extreme weakneſs, fever, and a very weak pulſe. The Fevers were of that kind which has been [289] called the Upſal Fever, from its having been re⯑markably epidemical in that city and neighbour⯑hood. This diſeaſe was evidently of that claſs which is called putrid, and was much more acute in ſummer than in autumn. It was at⯑tended with frequent and obſtinate haemorrhages from the noſe, early in the diſeaſe; a quiet kind of delirium; trembling tongue; twitching tendons; deafneſs; petechiae; and vibices on the ſkin. As the heat declined, haemorrhages were not ſo much obſerved; the diſorder attacked with pain and laſ⯑ſitude of body, vertigo and pain in the head, cough and oppreſſion of the breaſt; and was afterwards attended with cardialgia, nauſea, vomiting, turbid, and ſometimes in the decline, bloody urine. Alſo great proſtration of ſtrength, weak pulſe, and ſub⯑ſultus tendinum, were ſymptoms of this fever; and many were ſeized in the beginning with violent fluxes. The Scurvy ſeems to have been attended with no other than the uſual ſymptoms.
Our author appears to have been very ſolicitous in his endeavours to find out the cauſe of the ex⯑treme prevalence of this diſeaſe in the fleet. In the Scurvy, beſides the uſe of ſalted meats, he attri⯑butes much to the want of ſufficient exerciſe on board the ſhips; and confirms the obſervations of ſome other writers, that the diſeaſe, independent of regimen or diet, decreaſed when the fleet was out at ſea, and conſequently the ſhips more agi⯑tated by wind and waves, and the men more em⯑ployed; and that it augmented when they were in a ſtate of inaction in port. He condemns the uſe [290] of fat and lard, as difficult of coction, and favour⯑able to the diſeaſe. In the cure, he recommends acids; and ſays, he uſed principally the vitriolic: but above all he celebrates the praiſes of ſour⯑krout; for the efficacy of which he alſo cites the authority and experience of Sir John Pringle.
He conſiders the Fevers as ariſing from impeded perſpiration, co-operating with the effects of cold, moiſt, and foul air; and in this expedition, he thinks, the inſufficiency of proper cloathing dur⯑ing the watches might not unfrequently be found a prediſpoſing cauſe. He is of opinion that the diſeaſe was contagious; and ſays, many were cured by the early exhibition of emetics. In the general method of cure, the practice laid down by our later writers in England was ſucceſsfully pur⯑ſued.
The Fluxes and Dyſenteric diſorders he aſcribes particularly to the prevalence of ſaline and putrid acrimony in the food of ſeamen; aided by foul air, and want of exerciſe, and propagated at length by contagion too.
Our author concludes, by ſuggeſting that there are two cauſes, of a general and permanent nature, which prediſpoſe to theſe diſeaſes in all naval ex⯑peditions. Theſe are, impure air, and a conſtant depreſſion of ſpirits in ſeamen, not hitherto ſuffi⯑ciently attended to, and inducing a degree of real Noſtalgia. He ſeems to be ſufficiently aware of the importance of correcting the firſt, and re⯑commends ſtrongly the uſe of ventilators; to the other it is not eaſy to apply a remedy. He informs us, that both Swedes and Swiſs find the greateſt [291] relief, in the Maladie du pais, next to their return home, from ſtrong exerciſe: however he hints his wiſhes, that the pay of the men was advanced, as one of the beſt means of inſpiring them with chear⯑fulneſs and hilarity, neceſſary to counterbalance this evil, at leaſt in ſome degree.
To conclude, the ſubject of this paper has been ſo well treated by ſeveral later judicious writers amongſt us, that the Engliſh phyſician cannot ex⯑pect to meet with much new matter in this diſ⯑ſertation; but it is nevertheleſs very worthy the regard of all who wiſh to make themſelves acquaint⯑ed with the diſeaſes of the navy.
77. FEBRIS UPSALIENSIS. A. Boſtrom. 1757.
The fever here deſcribed, which had been re⯑markably epidemical in divers parts of Sweden, but particularly at Upſal, for ſeveral years before this time, and which had by many been ſuppoſed to be a new diſtemper, Dr. Boſtrom conſiders as of the Remittent claſs, and common in all other parts of Europe. He has determined its type to be that of the Hemitritaea of LINNAEUS, (ſee Gen. Morb. No 23.) or the Semitertian of authors. In ſome years indeed, he obſerves, that it ſeemed to have changed its form, was attended with Petechiae, and became contagious, under which appearance it was named Febris Petechizans, and Febris Nervoſa, when attended particularly with delirium and ſpaſms. In its milder ſtate, eſpecially in the ſpring, it aſ⯑ſumed a regular quotidian, or continued tertian type.
[292] In ſeeking the cauſes of the frequency of this fever, in Upſal particularly, our author accedes to that opinion which attributes intermitting and exacerbating fevers to the effects of moiſt and foul air, and thinks, from the ſituation of the city of Upſal, the cloſeneſs of the ſtreets, and eſpecially from the ſtagnating canals and waters, that its pre⯑valence in that city may fairly be referred to this cauſe. To confirm his opinion, he cites two re⯑markable inſtances of cities rendered free from theſe fevers, by leading off, and drying up, ſtagnant and putrid waters.
In the Prognoſtics, he ſays, a ſtiffneſs of the neck was not uncommon, and that it uſually betokened a long continuance of the diſeaſe; and frequently ended in convulſions, or other dangerous affec⯑tions of the nervous ſyſtem.
The cure of this fever was uſually begun by giving gentle emetics, and repeating them for a few days occaſionally; without which it was obſerved, that the bark, and other remedies, failed to have their proper effect. Gentle paregorics and ſaline medicines were interpoſed, and the following preparation of the bark exhibited:—One ounce was infuſed in five ounces of red wine for a few hours, the reſiduum boiled in water to eight ounces, and three ounces of ſyrup of oranges mixed with this tincture and decoction. Of this a doſe was given every two hours. Dr. Boſtrom entirely forbids bleeding, having commonly found it hurtful.
78. FLORA DANICA. G. T. Holm. 1757.
[293]This Linnaean catalogue of the plants of Den⯑mark, is formed principally from the Viridarium Danicum of P. Kylling, publiſhed in 1688, which comprehends eleven hundred ſpecies. A few are introduced into this liſt from Burſer's Herbarium, and ſome from the author's own obſervations.
Dr. Holm was made Profeſſor of Economy at Copenhagen, and died much regretted in 1759. The plants of Denmark are nearly the ſame with thoſe of England. [In that ſplendid addition to botanic ſcience, which his Daniſh majeſty has made by his patronage of the Flora Danica, begun in 1762, of which 840 plates are delivered, nearly four fifths are Britiſh.]
79. PANIS DIAETETICUS. J. Suenſſon. 1757.
The author begins his diſſertation by enume⯑rating the ſeveral ſorts of grain uſed for Bread, adding briefly their general qualities, and the eſti⯑mation in which they were held by the antients. He then ſpecifies the various kinds of bread, whe⯑ther leavened, unleavened, or fermented; con⯑ſiders it as it is the general food of man; the na⯑ture of it as a nutriment, and the different tenden⯑cies to aceſcency in the ſeveral kinds; condemning the too liberal uſe of it by the ſtudious, perſons of weak habits, and ſuch as are troubled with fla⯑tulency—deſcants upon every part of the proceſs of making it;—treats on mill-ſtones, and repro⯑bates ſtrongly ſuch as are formed of ſand-ſtone; [294] quoting inſtances of their pernicious effects; ſays, thoſe are beſt which are of a talky texture:—the effects of fermentation, kneading, and the diffe⯑rent degrees of baking bread, biſcuit, cakes, &c.;—the qualities of the unfermented kinds; and con⯑demns in ſtrong terms the uſe of hot new bread. He concludes by briefly reciting the qualities of ſuch as is prepared from Rice, Turkey-wheat, Millet, and Sago; and mentions the ſubſtitutes for bread in various parts of the world; ſuch are, the Caſ⯑ſava, (Jatropha Manihot, Spec. Pl. 1429;) Pota⯑toes; Yams; Roots of the Sea Ruſh, (Scirpus Maritimus, Sp. Pl. 74;) thoſe of Dropwort, (Spiraea Filipendula, Sp. Pl. 702;) of the Clowns-allheal, (Stachys Paluſtris, Sp. Pl. 811;) the Lichen Iſlan⯑dicus, Sp. Pl. 1611; the Bark of the Wild-pine, yet in uſe in Dalekarlia; Cheſnuts; the Seeds of Spurrey, (Spergula Arvenſis, Sp. Pl. 630;) and various others, for which ſee the Plantae Eſculentae, in the third volume of this work, No 34.
80. NATURA PELAGI. J. H. Hager. 1757.
A general view of the contents of that vaſt ex⯑panſe of element, the Ocean; and a compariſon between its inhabitants and thoſe of the Earth: intended to excite the young and curious voyager to a more cloſe and diligent inveſtigation of this hitherto almoſt unknown, but fruitful field of ſcience.
In the vegetable kingdom, Mr. Hager turns the reader's attention to the Sargazo, (Fucus Natans, Sp. Pl. 1628) which, ſwimming in a vegetating [295] ſtate, covers the deep in ſome places for hundreds of leagues. See Kalm and Oſbeck. The Madre⯑pores and Millepores, which incruſt as it were the bottom of the Ocean, and form banks, that at length riſe into iſlands. The Corallines, and Sea⯑fans, &c. are ſpread over them, as Graſs on the Earth.
But what words can expreſs the myriads that be⯑long to the Vermes claſs! the Nereides, which illu⯑minate the Ocean; the Meduſae, or Blubbers, food for whales; the Aſteriae; the Scyllaea Pelagica, feed⯑ing amongſt the Fucus; the Sea Pens; the Holo⯑thuria Phyſalis, Beſanties; the Sepiae; the Argo⯑nautae, &c.
It were endleſs to attempt the Fiſhes. The va⯑rious kinds of flying Fiſhes; the Bonito; the Albi⯑core; the Tunny; the Pilot-fiſh, (Gaſteroſteus Duc⯑tor, Syſt. 489;) the Sucking-fiſh, (Echeneis Re⯑mora, Syſt. 446;) the ſplendid Dolphin; the ſpiny Oſtracion, &c. affording perpetual entertainment and inſtruction to the curious eye.
Among the Amphibia, the whole Turtle genus, ſleeping on the ſurface of the wave; the voracious Shark, thoſe tygers of the ocean; the Toad-fiſh; the Fiſhing-frog of America, rioting in the paſ⯑tures of Sargazo, and feeding on the Scyllaea Pela⯑gica; called, by the ſailors, the Sea Hare.
Above; the feathered tribe, the Tropic-bird, (Phaëton Aethereus, Syſt. 219,) ſoaring beyond the reach of the eye; the Albatroſs, (Diomedea Exu⯑lans, Syſt. 214;) the Man of War-bird, (Peleca⯑nus Aquilus, Syſt. 216;) the Shearwaters, (Procel⯑lariae,) [296] ſkimming the ſurface; and laſtly, the nu⯑merous genera of Divers, &c.
Of the Mammalia, we admire the enormous Whale; the voracious Grampus; and the un⯑wieldy Porpeſs; the armed Morſe; and the baſk⯑ing Seal. Finally, theſe, which occur even to the moſt incurious eye, afford but a ſmall ſample of what this element offers to the contemplation of the more curious and inquiſitive obſerver.
81. BUXBAUMIA. A. R. Martin. 1757.
The hiſtory, accompanied with figures, of a ſmall plant of the Cryptogamia claſs, (Buxbaumia Aphylla, Sp. Plant. 1570,) ſingular in being deſti⯑tute of leaves: it was firſt diſcovered near Aſtracan, by Mr. Buxbaum, profeſſor of botany, and member of the royal academy at Peterſburgh; ſince that time, in divers other parts of Europe; and was named after the diſcoverer, by Haller, in conſide⯑ration of his having enriched natural hiſtory with many new plants, from his expedition into the countries around the Caſpian ſea for that purpoſe.
82. EXANTHEMATA VIVA. J. C. Nyander. 1757.
The origin of contagious diſeaſes has exerciſed the pens of many ingenious phyſicians, and vari⯑ous theories have been invented, all of which are briefly recited in the beginning of this diſquiſition. The author had been led by ſome ſingular circum⯑ſtances to incline to that of Kircher, which aſcribes them to Animalcula, and who has had many fol⯑lowers, eſpecially in France.
[297] He next proceeds to ſhew the ſeveral analogies that ſubſiſt in the ſymptoms of contagious diſeaſes; and as Animalcula have been demonſtrated in the Itch, and, as he thinks, in the Dyſentery too; ſo he tells us, they have been ſeen in the Meaſles, by Langius; in the Peſtilence, by Kircher; in the Siphylis, by Hauptman; in Petechiae, by Sigler; in the Small-pox, by Luſitanus and Porcellus; as alſo in the Serpigo, and other cutaneous affections. He then proceeds to adduce all that occurs in de⯑fence of this theory, from the conſideration of facts ariſing in the following diſeaſes; the Itch; Dyſentery, Hooping-cough, Small-pox, Meaſles, Plague, and Siphylis.
In the Itch, the exiſtence of the Acarus Siro, Syſt. p. 1024,) is acknowledged, and he thinks it not leſs certain, that a ſpecies of this genus exiſts as the cauſe of Dyſenteries: to this opinion the au⯑thor was led by a ſingular fact, that occurred to Dr. Rolander, during his reſidence in Profeſſor LINNAEUS'S houſe; he had been infeſted with the Dyſentery for ſome time, and had been relieved twice by taking rhubarb, but the diſeaſe recurred, commonly, at the end of about eight days. He was the only one in the houſe thus affected; and was put by the Profeſſor, upon examining his egeſta, with a view to prove the truth of Bartho⯑line's aſſertion, who relates that he had ſeen the alvine dejections full of the moſt minute inſects in this diſeaſe. Dr. Rolander's obſervation on his own ſtate confirmed the fact; and he afterwards diſcovered, that theſe Animalcula were conveyed [298] into his body in water, received from a veſſel made of juniper wood. This Acarus is deſcribed in the Syſtem, p. 1024. Our plan will not allow us to follow the author through the whole of his diſ⯑quiſition, it muſt ſuffice to ſay, that it is ingenious, and well worthy the attention of all thoſe who wiſh to be acquainted with the doctrine which it favours.
83. TRANSMUTATIO FRUMENTORUM. B. Hornborg. 1757.
The purport of this diſſertation is to combat, and aboliſh a long-eſtabliſhed vulgar error, which nevertheleſs prevailed until the time of Harvey, among ſome men of conſiderable knowledge, and even now ſtill ſubſiſts among the vulgar, in ſome parts of Europe; namely, that one kind of grain was convertible, by different ſoils, into an inferior, diſtinct, and more uſeleſs ſpecies: thus, that Wheat, in an impoveriſhed ſoil, would change to Rye: this, to Barley: Barley, into Darnel: this, into Brome-graſs: Brome-graſs, into Oats. Some of the antients carried their belief farther, ſuppoſing, on the other hand, that in fertile lands, the reverſe would take place. As theſe ideas were repugnant to truth, ſo they were in many caſes unfriendly to improvement. This author, after having ob⯑ſerved, that among the Romans the Res Ruſtica was held in ſuch eſtimation, that even the men of quality themſelves diſdained not to cultivate agriculture, laments that in modern times it is too much ne⯑glected by the great; he therefore urges gentle⯑men [299] to purſue the hiſtory and philoſophy of vegetables, through the whole extent of them, as the foundation of practical improvements. With this view, he refers them to the many excellent papers thereon, contained in this collec⯑tion: and from the phyſiology of plants, the conſi⯑deration of the mechaniſm of them, and particu⯑larly that of the parts of fructification, he ſhews the futility of the opinion, which he had under⯑taken to confute, and particularly levels his argu⯑ments againſt that part of it which has gained the moſt belief, and remained longeſt in the minds of his countrymen and the peaſants, that Oats are mutable into Rye.
No notice is taken in this diſſertation of the Secale Cornutum, or Ergot, which, with other viti⯑ated grain, has been ſuppoſed to occaſion the Necroſis Uſtilaginea, (vide Sauvages's Noſolog. vol. ii. p. 623.) and which lately engaged the attention of the learned in England. See Phil. Tranſact. vol. lv. p. 106—126, and vol. lii. p. 523—533.
84. CULINA MUTATA. M. G. Oſterman. 1758.
In a former paper was exhibited a liſt of vege⯑tables that are eaten in a crude ſtate, as ſallads. The preſent is intended to ſhew the change which has taken place, ſince the time of the antients, in the choice of vegetable aliments; by ſubſtituting, inſtead of what were then uſed, a number of more bland, agreeable, and nutritive plants.
[300] In this review of the alteration, which this part of the culinary ſyſtem has undergone, the author, under each article, gives a comparative ſketch of the qualities of each, and ſhews the ſuperiority of the modern ſubſtitute: to mention ſome of the moſt material;
The Acorns and Nuts of the primitive days have given way to all the variety of ſweeter farinaceous ſeeds and roots.
To the Malvaceous tribe of plants, ſo much uſed by the Greeks and Romans, hath ſucceeded the more grateful Spinach. And to the Blite, the Gar⯑den Orach.
The rough Borage is ſupplanted by the aceſcent Sorrel; and Aſparagus has baniſhed a number of roots, recorded by the Roman writers under the name of Bulbs, though at this day it is not eaſy to determine the ſeveral ſpecies.
Our author, however, thinks that the Parſnip has undeſervedly uſurped the place of the Skirret.
The Bean of the antients, improperly ſo called, being the roots as well as other parts of the Nym⯑phaea Nelumbo, Sp. Pl. 730, or Indian Water Lilly, is ſuperſeded by the Kidney-bean.
The Garden Rocket, (Braſſica Eruca, Sp. Pl. 932.) eaten with, and as an antidote againſt, the chilling Lettuce, is baniſhed by the more agreeable Creſs, and Tarragon. The Apium by the meliorated Cel⯑lery, the Pompion, and others of the Cucurbitaceous tribe, by the Melon; and the Sumach Berries by the fragrant Nutmeg.
The Silphium, or Succus Cyrenaicus, which the Romans purchaſed from Perſia and India, at a great [301] price, and is thought by ſome to have been the Aſa foetida of the preſent time, is no longer uſed in preference to the Alliaceous tribe.
To turn from the vegetable to ſome of the animal ſubſtitutes, we may mention the Carp among Fiſhes, as having excluded a great number held in high eſtimation in antient Rome.
The change of Oil for Butter; of Honey for Su⯑gar; of Mulſa, liquors made of wine, water, and honey, for the exquiſite Wines of modern times; and that of the antient Zyihus, for the improved Malt Liquors of this day, are all recited; not to mention alſo the Calida of the Roman Taverns, ana⯑logous to our bewitching Tea and Coffee.
85. SPIGELIA ANTHELMIA. J. G. Colliander. 1758.
A botanical and medical hiſtory of the Indian Pink, or Worm-graſs, which has been ſo much uſed, and ſo greatly celebrated, for expelling worms from the human body.
Dr. Colliander does more than barely treat of the plant, having enumerated the ſeveral kinds of worms infeſting the human ſpecies; the Aſcaris Vermicularis, and Lumbricoides, Syſt. p. 1276, the Lumbricus Terreſtris, γ. ib. and the Taenia, Syſt. 1324. He then gives a diſtinct account of the ſymptoms that indicate their preſence in the human body, and the diſeaſes which they too frequently occa⯑ſion: then follows a diſtinct catalogue of all the ſuppoſed Anthelminthics from the vegetable and mi⯑neral claſſes; and before he comes to the hiſtory [302] of the plant in queſtion, he recites the ſeveral ſimples which have been conſidered as Specifics: among theſe we may note particularly the Fern, mentioned by Dioſcorides as anthelminthic, and lately publiſhed in France, as ſuch, at the expence of the king.
The hiſtory of the Spigelia, with a figure annex⯑ed, is then delivered at large, nearly as it ſtands in Browne's Hiſtory of Jamaica, and in the Eſſays and Obſervations phyſical and literary, by Dr. Lining, vol. i. p. 386.
The ſucceſs of this remedy among the negroes and Indians introduced it into practice. Dr. Browne adminiſtered it in decoction; the North American phyſicians give the powder of the root; on which occaſion we may obſerve, that ſubſequent obſerva⯑tions have proved the South American and North American Spigelia to differ in ſpecie: the former is figured in Browne, and the latter in the Eſſays above⯑mentioned, vol. iii. p. 154. See their botanical diſtinctions alſo, Linn. Syſt. Nat. ed. xiii. p. 166.
86. MEDICAMENTA GRAVEOLENTIA. J. T. Fagraeus. 1758.
It is a poſtulatum in the philoſophy of LINNAEUS, that "the qualities of medicines are, in a general way, to be determined by their effect on the or⯑gans of taſte and ſmelling." And further, that the "Sapida, or thoſe which more ſenſibly ſtrike the taſte than the ſmell, do principally operate on the vaſcular and vital ſyſtem:" and that the "Olida, or thoſe which more ſenſibly ſtrike the organs of ſmelling, operate on the medullary or nervous ſyſ⯑tem." The Sapor Medicamentorum of this collec⯑tion, [303] No 30, may be conſidered as a comment on the firſt part of this general diſtribution of medi⯑cines, diſtinguiſhed by the term Sapida; and the preſent theſis as an explanation of a large diviſion of the Olida, here called Graveolentia, from their ſtrong and ungrateful ſmell.
The combinations of Sapids and Olids are innu⯑merable; but that ſimples, ſtrictly of the latter kind, do, in a ſudden and extraordinary manner, exert their influence on the nerves, is certain; though our author contents himſelf with the fact, without enquiring whether the functions of the nerves are performed by means of animal ſpirits, by vibration, the medium of electricity, or by any other way. And from the Graveolentia, which are the ſubject of his theſis, he juſtly obſerves, that we derive ſome of the moſt powerful remedies. Of theſe he gives a catalogue, dividing them into three claſſes: 1. SUBINSIPID. 2. ACRID. 3. BIT⯑TER: each of which is ſubdivided into two orders, as the ſubjects differ in degrees of ſtrength. The Subinſipid contains chiefly the Narcotics: the Acrid ſeveral of the purging, and fetid roots; the fetid gums, and carminative ſeeds: the Bitter con⯑tains others of the purging roots and leaves; and ſome of the bitter herbs. Under each, the au⯑thor ſpecifies, in technical terms, very briefly, the quality, and the diſeaſes to which it has been ap⯑propriated.
He then preſents us with a conciſe, but very in⯑ſtructive theory, of the operation of this diviſion of the Olida; leaving to the conſideration of others, the Suaveolentia: after which, follows a general [304] pathology of thoſe diſeaſes which are remedied by the Graveolentia.
In treating on the uſe of external applications, Dr. Fagraeus appears to be diſſatisfied with the common theory of repellents, which are uſually drawn from the ſtyptic claſs; and thinks, that the firſt claſs of Graveolentia, the Narcotics, which he ſuppoſes to induce a relaxation, or temporary palſy, in an inflamed part, more effectually pro⯑mote a return of the ſtagnating and accumulating fluids into the circulation, than any ſtyptics can poſſibly effect, and are therefore more juſtly en⯑titled to that term.
87. ARBORETUM SUETICUM. D. D. Pontin. 1759.
88. FRUTETUM SUECICUM. D. M. Virgander. 1758.
The deſign of theſe papers nearly coincides with that of the Flora Oeconomica, (No 17.) having for its object the culture of the native trees and ſhrubs of Sweden, and ſome of exotic origin, which time hath naturalized, amounting to 106 ſpecies. In theſe excellent papers, no botanical deſcriptions are given, the name only by which they ſtand in the Linnaean ſyſtem being introduced; the pro⯑vinces in which they are moſt plentifully found; the ſoil in which they beſt thrive; their times of leafing, flowering, and ripening their fruit; their duration; the beſt methods of ſowing or propagat⯑ing each; and their uſes as applicable to the arts, but particularly in rural economy, are conciſely and diſtinctly treated of.
At the end of the Arboretum are ſubjoined ſome general rules, to ſecure the propagation and growth [305] of trees: and at the concluſion of the Frutetum the author has pointed out the proper kinds of ſhrubs for all ſorts of hedges, adapted to different ſituations and ſoils.
89. PANDORA INSECTORUM. E. O. Rydbeck. 1758.
Mr. Rydbeck purſues the plan of the Hoſpita Inſectorum, No 43, the completion of which can⯑not but be ſubſervient to the art of gardening, agriculture, and the economy of cattle, in a variety of inſtances; and is even neceſſary to faci⯑litate the enquiries of the entomologiſt.
The author, in his preliminary ſections, preſents his reader with a hiſtory of the metamorphoſis of inſects, from the worm or maggot, through that of the chryſalis, to the perfect ſtate, when it comes out in its full beauty, and performs all the functions of its being.
The catalogue, as that of the Hoſpita, exhibits a liſt of the vegetables of Sweden, arranged in the ſexual method, and under each is given the inſect which it nouriſhes. It has this advantage beyond the former theſis, that the inſects are better defined, by the more complete addition of the trivial names, taken from the enlarged edition of the Syſtem of Nature, which had been publiſhed in the interval of theſe two papers. It is accompanied with a plate, containing near 50 of the more rare ſpecies, with references to the numbers in the tenth edition of the Syſtem.
90. SENIUM SALOMONEUM. J. Pilgren. 1759.
[306]A paraphraſe and comment on Solomon's deſcrip⯑tion of old age, which has ſo frequently employed the pen both of medical and theological critics. With the reader's leave, this may be called a phyſio⯑logical and pathological explanation of the text; not that the author has failed to interſperſe ſuitable moral reflexions. Solomon's alluſions are probably too ob⯑ſcure, at this diſtance of time, to admit of uncon⯑troverted explanation. The preſent attempt muſt be allowed to be an ingenious one, and worthy of the regard of thoſe who wiſh to turn their atten⯑tion to this ſubject.
91. AUCTORES BOTANICI. A. Loo. 1759.
We are here preſented with an alphabetical cata⯑logue of botanic writers, amounting to upwards of 350, on the following plan:—After the name of the writer, follows the time of his birth; his rank or profeſſion; the period in which he flouriſhed, commonly taken from the date of his firſt publi⯑cation, the title of which is given in brief; and laſtly, the year of his death. The catalogue takes in ſome authors yet living.
Such as have been eminently conſpicuous for their merit, are, in this liſt, denoted by an aſteriſk affixed to the name. After the alphabetic cata⯑logue, other arrangements of the fame authors take place; in one, particularly, they are arranged according to the countries of which they were natives. The catalogue concludes by pointing [307] out ſuch capital writers as are indiſpenſably neceſ⯑ſary to ſuch as would make any conſiderable pro⯑greſs in the knowledge and hiſtory of botany.
92. INSTRUCTIO PEREGRINATORIS. E. A. Nordblad. 1759.
After ſome pertinent inſtructions to the young traveller for his conduct in foreign countries, and uſeful hints relating to thoſe requiſite qualifica⯑tions, in which, it is to be regretted, too many who travel are deficient, we are preſented with the complete method of keeping a journal, on the moſt extenſive ſcale, pointing out whatſoever is worthy of obſervation. It is not eaſy to conceive a plan of inſtruction on this head more perfectly deſcribed; in which the traveller will not only find his memory much aſſiſted, by having proper objects of inquiry ſuggeſted to him, whether in nature or art, but the method of arranging them alſo, greatly facilitated.
One part of his advice is of the utmoſt import⯑ance, without the due and regular obſervance of which, nothing will effectually be done. "Nulla dies ſine linea." He muſt, if he would excel, moſt ſtrictly obſerve to enter and arrange the obſerva⯑tions of each day, before the next arrives.
93. PLANTAE TINCTORIAE. E. Jorlin. 1759.
Intended to bring into one general view all the vegetable ſubſtances, whether indigenous or im⯑ported, uſed in the art of dyeing. The author determines the exact plant from which each is [308] produced, adding ſhort obſervations on the co⯑lours they yield, and the methods of extracting them. In this Materia Tinctoria occur many of the indigenous plants of England, not commonly known to be poſſeſſed of any colouring quality; and though their uſe, at preſent, may be ſuper⯑ſeded by the facility of procuring better from abroad, yet theſe nevertheleſs remain fit objects of inquiry with the encouragers of arts. The ca⯑talogue conſiſts of 100 articles, excluſive of a few from the animal kingdom. We ſubjoin the names of thoſe Engliſh plants, under the ſeveral colours which they are ſaid to yield.
- Bark of Buck-thorn,
- Rhamnus catharticus.
- Berry-bearing Alder,
- —Frangula.
- Berbery,
- Berberis vulgaris.
- Plum-tree,
- Prunus domeſtica.
- Apple-tree,
- Pyrus Malus.
- Horn-beam,
- Carpinus Betulus.
- Root of Meadow Rue,
- Thalictrum flavum.
- Common Nettle,
- Urtica dioica.
- Herb, Saw-wort,
- Serratula tinctoria.
- Buſhy Hawk-weed,
- Hieracium umbellatum.
- Hemp-agrimony,
- Bidens tripartita.
- Gale, or Dutch Myrtle,
- Myrica Gale.
- Sweet Willow,
- Salix pentandra.
- Birch-tree,
- Betula alba.
- Hedge-nettle,
- Stachys ſylvatica.
- Spotted-arſmart,
- Polygonum Perſicaria.
- [309] Herb, Yellow Looſe⯑ſtrife,
- Lyſimachia vulgaris.
- Devils-bit,
- Scabioſa Succiſa.
- Kidney-vetch,
- Anthyllis Vulneraria.
- Common yellow Liverwort,
- Lichen parietinus.
- Flowers of St. John's Wort,
- Hypericum perforatum.
- Roots of Ladies Bed⯑ſtraw,
- Galium verum.
- Herb Wood⯑roof,
- Aſperula tinctoria.
- Sorrel,
- Rumex Acetoſa.
- Tormentil,
- Tormentilla erecta.
- Purple Cinque⯑foil,
- Comarum paluſtre.
- Herb, or Tops of Wild-Marjoram,
- Origanum ſylveſtre.
- Bark of the Aſh,
- Fraxinus excelſior.
- Flowers of Larkſpur,
- Delphinium Conſolida.
- Bell-flower,
- Campanula rotundifolia.
- Berries of Black Heath,
- Empetrum nigrum.
- Herb of Ragwort,
- Senecio Jacobaea.
- Cow-weed,
- Chaerophyllum ſylveſtre.
- Panicle of Brome-graſs,
- Bromus ſecalinus.
- Common Reed,
- Arundo phragmites.
- Bark of Oak,
- Quercus Robur.
- Water Horehound,
- Lycopus europaeus.
94. ANIMALIA COMPOSITA. A. Back. 1759.
Under the term Animalia Compoſita are compre⯑hended the two laſt orders of the claſs of Vermes, making the laſt links in the chain of animal na⯑ture; and thus connecting it with the vegetable kingdom. Theſe (in oppoſition to thoſe of the three foregoing orders of the ſame claſs, which live ſimple and ſeparate from each other) are called Compound Animals, as being connected together by one common baſe or ſupport, either in the form of irregular or rudely-branched ſtony maſſes, of a calcareous nature, as the Lithophyta, or Corals; or, as fixed to one common ſtalk more or leſs branched, as the Zoophyta, or Corallines, and ſome others.
In order to give a more perfect idea of the na⯑ture of theſe animals, the author holds forth the general analogy between animals and vegetables, principally to ſhew that the former are not, like the latter, endowed with that multiplicative power of propagating themſelves without the particular energy and exertion of the generative function; whereas the Animalia Compoſita ſeem to unite theſe powers, ſince they not only appear to propagate by eggs, or viva ſoboles, but alſo by progreſſive extenſion and ramification.
The animals of the LITHOPHYTA, like the Teſtacea, fabricate their own baſe of calcareous [311] matter, forming the whole maſs into tubes, each ending on the ſurface, in pores or cells, according to their ſpecific difference, where alone the animal ſeems to dwell, and extending theſe habitations progreſſively, in the manner of vegetables, leaving the baſe at length to periſh.
The animals of the Zoophyta, containing the Corallines, &c. particularly the fixed ones, approach much nearer than the foregoing to vegetables, both in their texture and form in general, ariſing as if from a root, and forming a ſtem and branches, which are beſet at the extremities and articulations with the animals, or Polypes, appearing by the help of glaſſes like ſo many flowers.
Since this tract was written, the ſubject has re⯑ceived much farther illuſtration from the diſco⯑veries of the late Mr. Ellis.
95. FLORA CAPENSIS. C. H. Wannman. 1759.
In the time of the Romans it was a trite proverb, that Africa was the land of wonders; and it ſtill re⯑mains true, as in theſe days it affords, both in the animal and vegetable kingdoms, ſome of the moſt ſtupendous and ſingular productions of nature. From the firſt diſcovery of the Cape of Good Hope, from whence Europe has chiefly been furniſhed with the plants of Africa, their uncommon aſpect, ſo very different from thoſe of Europe, has attracted the notice, not only of naturaliſts, but of all man⯑kind; and as the mildneſs of that climate allowed of their cultivation here, they ſoon became fa⯑vourites in the Engliſh gardens.
[312] Some of the firſt Cape of Good Hope plants that were brought to Europe, we owe to J. Heurnius, who ſent them to his brother, a profeſſor at Ley⯑den; and they are figured in Bodeus á Stapel's Theo⯑phraſtus, p. 333; among theſe were the Indian Reed, (Canna Indica), the Haemanthus Coccineus, Stapelia, the Aletris Uvaria, and a few others. But the firſt botaniſt who viſited the Cape was Paul Herman; he collected 800 ſpecies, then unknown in Europe: after him H. B. Oldenland, a Dane, and J. Hartog, a Dutchman, both made collections of African plants, which at length falling into the hands of the preſent able profeſſor of botany at Amſterdam, Dr. John Burman, he publiſhed en⯑gravings of ten decads of the more rare kinds. From theſe materials chiefly the preſent Flora is compoſed, according to the uſual plan, with the trivial names only.
Among the plants of the Cape, there are 38 genera peculiar to that part of the world, ſeveral of which excel all others in the number of ſpecies, as well as in their uncommon and ſuperb appearance. The vaſt number of ſpecies under the ſame genus, ſo frequently met with in that country, ſtrongly favours the idea of the perpetual new origin of plants; and that many, which elſewhere are only hybrid, there propagate and become permanent. But Caffraria, beyond all other countries, abounds with extenſive genera of plants: the ſucculent kinds, particularly, cover the ſandy ſoil, where nothing but the fact could convince us that vege⯑tation would in any degree ſucceed. Such are the [313] Fig-marygolds, (Meſembryanthema), Aloes, Purſ⯑lanes, &c. Among the others, we are aſtoniſhed with the variety of the Heaths, (Ericae), Gerania, Protaeae, and Gnaphalia.
Since the publication of M. Wannman's theſis, great diſcoveries in botany have been made in ſouthern Africa by Thunberg and Sparmann, and by Mr. Maſſon; and we have reaſon to expect a com⯑plete account of the plants of that country from Dr. Laurence Burman, ſon of profeſſor J. Burman, who has already given us a compendious liſt of them in his Flora Indica.
96. FLORA JAMAICENSIS. C. G. Sandmark. 1759.
The author begins his Flora with a general account of the geography of the iſland, and its produce; ſpecifying particularly ſome of the moſt uſeful articles thence imported: as, Guaiacum, Fuſtic, Ebony, Logwood, Braſiletto, Mahogany, In⯑digo, Sugar, Coffee, Cotton, Pimento, and Ginger. He then ſubjoins an account of the two principal works, from which his catalogue is compiled; theſe are Sir Hans Sloane's Hiſtory and Dr. Browne's. The former of theſe writers appears to have been the firſt naturaliſt who viſited that iſland, and he brought back with him 800 ſpecies of plants. The latter is ſaid to have made a collection amounting to 1200, which, after the publication of his Hiſ⯑tory, he preſented to LINNAEUS. As Dr. Browne followed the Linnaean ſyſtem, his book is referred to in this Flora.
97. PUGILLUS JAMAICENSIUM PLANTARUM. G. Elmgren. 1759.
[314]A deſcription of one hundred and thirty ſpecies of the more rare among the foregoing plants, made from Dr. Browne's collection, which was in the hands of profeſſor LINNAEUS.
98. NOMENCLATURA PLANTARUM. B. Berzelius. 1759.
Contains the vernacular names of the genera of plants, particularly of European and garden kinds, in Italian, French, Engliſh, Dutch, and German, placed in columns, oppoſed to the Latin name. It would have been an acquiſition to have had the plan of this paper extended much farther, ſo as to have included not only the name of the genus, but that by which each ſpecies is known in the ſeveral coun⯑tries; a thing too much neglected by almoſt all writers of local catalogues, although highly neceſ⯑ſary to render them more extenſively uſeful. Nay farther, even the provincial names, if poſſible, ſhould be collected, as they are frequently very different for the ſame plant. LINNAEUS, in his Flora Suecica, is almoſt the firſt and only one who has taken due notice of, and ſupplied this defici⯑ency. There is extant on this ſubject the Index Plantarum Polyglottus of Mentzelius, publiſhed in 1682; but the writer of this Nomenclator found it inſufficient to his purpoſe: neither indeed can the plan be completed, otherwiſe than by the united endeavours of botaniſts throughout the world.
99. AER HABITABILIS. J. V. Siefvert. 1759.
[315]The comprehenſive nature of the ſubject, and the conciſe manner in which the hiſtory of the air is treated in this diſſertation, render it impoſſible to give a proper abſtract in our confined plan. This element is here conſidered in all the various changes to which it is ſubject; its properties un⯑der the different and oppoſite alterations diſcuſſed; its effects on the earth in the various quarters of the globe; and its influence on the health and eco⯑nomy of life, and manners of the inhabitants.
1. With reſpect to its heat and cold in the diffe⯑rent quarters of the earth: of theſe the general re⯑ſult is given according to the computation of the Swediſh thermometer, or Celſius's, in which (0) is the point of congelation, and (100) that of boil⯑ing water; five degrees in this being equal to nine of Farenheit's.
2. Its dryneſs and moiſture, and the general effects of thoſe qualities pointed out. The torpid ſtate of the inhabitants of hot countries during ſummer: heat in thoſe countries defoliates trees, as cold does in temperate climes.
3. Its gravity, and the different degrees and effects of it conſidered.
4. The effects of the different winds, and their ſalutary and pernicious tendencies. That of Calms alſo. In the Iſle of St. Thomas there is a dead calm for two months, during which the worſt diſeaſes prevail.
5. The effects of an hot atmoſphere farther il⯑luſtrated by the ſtate of the Indians. Diſeaſes thereby produced in more moderate climates.
[316] 6. Temperate air, and its exhilarating qualities on the animal creation, &c.
7. Moiſt air, and the diſeaſes thence ariſing.
8. Air impregnated with exhalations of various kinds; a comm on cauſe of fevers, dyſenteries, head-ach, &c.
9. Stagnant air, in vaults, in ſubterraneous gra⯑naries, and mines.
10. Effluvia from burning ſubſtances: inſtances of their pernicious effects, largely treated of. Mineral vapours; thoſe from wine, &c. Premature deaths of the inhabitants of a village in Wermland, attri⯑buted to ſtagnant and putrid water.
11. The advantages to valetudinarians of chang⯑ing the air, particularly to arthritics, hypochon⯑driacs, and others. Finally, although the intel⯑ligent reader may not meet with much new matter in this tract, yet he will ſee facts ſo well illuſtrated by pertinent obſervations, that we may venture to pronounce this ſhort hiſtory and philoſophy of this element, a uſeful paper, and well worth attention.
100. SUS SCROFA. J. Lindh. 1759.
A complete natural hiſtory of the Hog, as it appears particularly in its cultured and tame ſtate; in which the whole economy alſo of the animal, and its uſes to mankind, are perhaps more completely treated of, than in any other pub⯑lication, and which cannot fail to be acceptable and uſeful to thoſe who make this animal an object of merchandize.
AMOENITATES ACADEMICAE. VOL. VI. 1764. pp. 486.
[317]101. GENERATIO AMBIGENA. C. L. Ramſtrom. 1759.
The author begins his ſubject with a conciſe view of the antient and modern theories relating to this obſcure affair He obſerves, that the antient doctrine of equivocal generation prevailed in gene⯑ral, until Harvey exploded it, and taught that every animal is generated ex ovo; and that his ſyſ⯑tem may now be conſidered as including a double hypotheſis: firſt, that taught by himſelf, which ſuppoſes the entire rudiments of the future foetus to be preſent in the ovum, and only waiting for animation from the vivifying principle, or aura genitalis maſculina; the other, that of the ſeminal animalcule entering into the ovum, according to the theory ariſing from Lewenhoeck's microſcopical diſcoveries. We have before obſerved that LIN⯑NAEUS very early forſook Lewenhoeck's theory, in conſequence of attending Liëberkuhn's demonſtra⯑tions. The argument of the preſent hypotheſis tends to ſhew, that both ſexes are equally efficient in this work; leaning however to the following opinion, "that the external form, as well as the ſpecific energy, of the vital functions, are princi⯑pally derived from the male parent." This is partly the opinion alſo of the very eminent Dr. Haller, Phyſ. § 786. Our intended brevity does not allow us to purſue our author through all his [318] arguments in behalf of his hypotheſis; we muſt reſt ſatisfied with obſerving, that after drawing a phyſiological analogy between vegetables and ani⯑mals, he thinks it evident that in both, the male is moſt commonly conſpicuous in the external form: and this he illuſtrates by ſeveral examples of hybrid ſpecies in both the vegetable and animal king⯑dom.
102. POLITIA NATURAE. H. C. D. Wilcke. 1760.
Intended to diſplay that perfect order and juſt ſubordination of all the ſeveral parts of nature, by which they are rendered mutually ſubſervient to the conſervation of each other, and of the whole; and which, collectively conſidered, our author, not unaptly, has named the Police of Nature.
This phyſico-theological deſign is purſued near⯑ly on the ſame plan as that of the Oeconomia Na⯑turae, No 19, by exhibiting,
1. A general view of the Foſſil kingdom, as con⯑ſtituting the ſurface of the globe, and as diſpoſed into land and water, hills, mountains, vallies, &c.
2. That innumerable variety of Vegetables, with which the ſurface of the earth is cloathed and adorned, as adapted to the different ſoils, climates, and elevations; and again, as affording nutriment to animals of various kinds.
3. In the Animal kingdom, a general view of their relations to each other, and the proportion they bear in the ſcale through the ſeveral claſſes, from the Vermes up to the higheſt and moſt per⯑fect; [319] in which are conſidered their ſpecific uſes in the general economy.
Our author has illuſtrated his ſubject, by addu⯑cing numerous examples from all parts of the Ve⯑getable and Animal kingdom, to ſhew how ad⯑mirably the whole is ordained, to contribute to the generation, nutrition, and due proportion of each, in the grand fcheme of nature and providence.
103. THESES MEDICAE. J. C. D. Schreber. 1760.
In this diſſertation, Dr. Schreber delivers a brief view of the Linnaean doctrine, relating to the ana⯑tomy and phyſiology of plants, in which he endea⯑vours to ſuſtain the following theſes:—That all plants conſiſt of a medullary and cortical ſubſtance; in the former of which is manifeſted the life of the plant, and through which it is perpetuated, either by ſeeds or buds, which are conſidered as the ulti⯑mate extenſion of this part. The cortical part is conſidered as the organ of nutrition to the whole.—That, as in a number of certain ſpecies of plants, which in artificial ſyſtems form a genus, we ſee a ſimilar proportion and agreement of the parts of fructification, howſoever different the external form of the whole plant; and as we not unfrequent⯑ly ſee hybrid plants produced, he therefore propoſes it as a matter worthy of ſpeculation, whether, ori⯑ginally, all the ſpecies have not been produced in the ſame way, by the various admixtures of the farina. From this power in the medullary part, of perpetuating itſelf, and modifying the whole [320] internal ſtructure, the author alſo deduces the ſimilar qualities which are commonly found in plants of the ſame genus, as manifeſted by the taſte and ſmell.
104. FLORA BELGICA. C. F. Roſenthal. 1760.
A Linnaean Flora of the indigenous plants of the United Provinces, compiled from the catalogues of Commeline, printed in 1709, and of Dr. David de Gorter, printed in 1745, at that time profeſſor at Harderwick, and afterwards phyſician to the Em⯑preſs of Ruſſia. The author refers to the page for each plant in both theſe works. He premiſes a general account of the country, with reſpect to its diviſions into provinces, the climate, the inha⯑bitants, the commerce; enumerates their univer⯑ſities and gardens; then gives conciſe liſts of the plants found in particular ſituations, in the canals, for inſtance, on the dykes, in the woods, oſieries, &c.
The plants of Holland, as far as ſoil and ſitua⯑tion admit, are nearly thoſe of England; but as the country is deſtitute of mountains, rapid rivers, alps, and chalky ſoil, a great variety are neceſſarily excluded.
Theſe works are ſuperſeded by an enlarged edition of Dr. De Gorter's book, under the title of this theſis, printed in 1767; and which contains upwards of 1050 ſpecies.
105. ANTHROPOMORPHA. C. E. Hoppius. 1760.
The hiſtory of the Simia genus, eſpecially as it reſpects thoſe ſpecies which ſo nearly approach the [321] human form and feature, is yet involved in no ſmall obſcurity. After a general account of the manners of theſe animals, the reader is here preſented with an hiſtory of four remarkable ſpecies.
1. Simia Pygmaeus, the Wild Man of the Woods, deſcribed and figured by Edwards, t. 213. (Simia Satyrus, Syſt. p. 34.)
2. Simia Satyrus, of Tulpius, which LINNAEUS conſiders as the ſame animal with the foregoing, differing only in having the abdomen more promi⯑nent, and leſs furniſhed with hair.
3. Simia Lucifer, or Homo Caudatus of Bontius, ſaid to exiſt in Java and Nicobar, of which tra⯑vellers have related ſtrange ſtories. The author deſcribes this animal on the authority and teſti⯑mony of Koping, a Swede, who aſſerts that he had ſeen both male and female; nevertheleſs it may juſtly be ſuſpected, that there is ſomewhat of fable, or much exaggeration, mixed with this relation. The reader may ſee more relating to this animal and Koping's book, in a letter from LINNAEUS himſelf to the author of "The Origin and Pro⯑greſs of Language," vol. i. ed. 2d, p. 260, note.
4. Simia Troglodytes, or Orang Outang of Bon⯑tius; the Homo Nocturnus, or Troglodytes of the Syſt. Nat. p. 33. Concerning theſe the author takes great pains to prove that they are really children of darkneſs, and incapable, from the ex⯑treme dilatation of the pupil, of ſeeing in the day⯑time. [The length of the arms would incline one to rank this creature with the Gibbon of M. Buffon, or that of which an account, accompanied with a figure, was tranſmitted by Mr. De Viſme from Can⯑ton, [322] and publiſhed in the Phil. Tranſ. vol. lix. p. 72. t. 3. See alſo Lin. Mant. alter. p. 521.] Figures of theſe ſeveral animals, taken from the reſpective authors, accompany this diſſertation.
106. PLANTAE AFRICANAE RARIORES. J. Printz. 1760.
Of all the quarters of the globe, no one diſ⯑plays ſuch luxury and variety in the production of plants as ſouthern Africa; from whence the European gardens have derived their moſt ſuperb and ornamental ſpecies. This catalogue contains the deſcription of a century of the moſt rare, ſome entirely new, and others before imperfectly noticed. It was drawn up by the author from an inſpection of the plants themſelves, in a collection ſent from the Cape of Good Hope; with a view of which Dr. Laurence Burman gratified LINNAEUS, when he paid him a viſit in the ſummer of 1760. Extremely different as the plants of the Cape are from thoſe of Europe, many of the latter nevertheleſs thrive well in that climate. The author has prefixed a liſt of 70 kinds, which occurred in looking over this collection. He concludes this paper with a liſt of African plants, as an Appendix to the Flora Ca⯑penſis, No 95, before publiſhed in this collection. It comprehends near 200 ſpecies from Oldenland's Herbarium, made in 1695. Mr. Printz's catalogue is yet of uſe, as being referred to from our author's Species Plantarum.
107. MACELLUM OLITORIUM. P. Jerlin. 1760.
Under this title our author includes the plants of the kitchen-garden; and we are here preſented [323] with a catalogue, amounting to 77 kinds, of culi⯑nary herbs, principally ſuch as are found ſponta⯑neouſly growing, or are eaſily cultured. It is drawn up on the ſame plan with LINNAEUS'S Ma⯑teria Medica, ſpecifying briefly the duration of each, whether annual, biennial, or perennial; the part of the plant in uſe; and the mode of dreſſing it: after theſe follows a brief indication of the taſte or other ſenſible qualities, and their reputed effects on the human body.
The author divides the culinary herbs into three claſſes.
1. Roots: and theſe into fuſiform, and tuberous.
2. Stalks: comprehending particularly the young and blanched ſhoots; as Aſparagus: and the diſk of the flower; ſuch is the Artichoke.
3. Leaves: divided into Olera, or boiling herbs, ſprouts, and greens; and Accetaria, or ſallads, eaten crude.
Our author commends Parſnips, in preference to Turnips and Carrots, as being leſs flatulent, and more nutritive. He condemns the uſe of Muſh⯑rooms: ſays the diſk, and the young ſtalks of the Cotton Thiſtle, (Onopordon Acanthium) may be eaten, and reſemble Artichokes. It is here re⯑peated, that Cellery is prejudicial to people ſubject to nervous diſorders. The contents of this paper would enrich an Economical Herbal.
108. MELÖE VESICATORIUS. C. A. Lenaeus. 1762.
A complete hiſtory of the Melöe Veſicatorius, Syſt. p. 679, or the Bliſtering Fly or Beetle, an [324] inſect of the Coleopterous order, with filiform an⯑tennae, and diſtinguiſhed from the other genera by the rounded thorax, and gibbous inflexed head. The ſpecies in common uſe is found all over Eu⯑rope, more or leſs, on the Privet, the Aſh, and the Elder; but there are alſo three others endued with the ſame veſicating acrimony, two of which are European, and the other common all over the Eaſt, and particularly in China, where it is uſed in the ſhops; and there are many reaſons mentioned by our author to prove, that this laſt (the Meloe Cichorii, Syſt. 680.) is the true Cantharis of Dioſ⯑corides.
After a copious natural hiſtory of the inſect, our author gives the form of ſeveral veſicating plaſters, and preſcribes the places and mode of application. In his laſt chapter, which is profeſ⯑ſedly medical, he treats on the internal and external uſe of Cantharides, principally conſidering how far they are ſafe and uſeful as diuretics, when admini⯑ſtered internally: under this head he introduces a caſe, which furniſhes a caution againſt the uſe of them as Aphrodiſiacs. After premiſing ſome general obſervations on the action and uſe of bliſters, he con⯑cludes by enumerating all thoſe diſeaſes in which they are ſalutary, and thoſe in which they are par⯑ticularly contra-indicated. In England, where it is thought the uſe of bliſters is better aſcertained than in ſome other nations, the intelligent phyſi⯑cian will not expect to meet with much new matter on this ſubject.
109. DIAETA ACIDULARIS. E. Vigelius. 1761.
[325]It is not ſurprizing, that in a country abounding with iron, chalybeate waters ſhould be frequent. In fact, theſe Acidulae are ſo in Sweden, and their efficacy has been known, and much extolled in that country, as our author obſerves, from the moſt antient times. He thinks the inhabitants of thoſe northern climes were led to the frequent uſe of the Acidulae, by long experience of the ſalutary effects of them as diuretics and tonics, in remedying the inconveniences ariſing from a long winter's diet of ſalted meats, which diſ⯑poſed the conſtitution to ſcorbutic, cachectic, and dropſical diſorders. The later phyſicians of Sweden have regulated the uſe, and confirmed the good effects of them: and Mr. Vigelius, in this diſſer⯑tation, has, in a conciſe, elegant, and perſpi⯑cuous manner, preſcribed the regimen adapted to ſuch as enter upon a courſe of theſe waters, digeſted under the ſix well-known heads of the Non-naturals.
110. POTUS COFFEAE. H. Sparſchuch. 1761.
A very circumſtantial, botanical, and medical hiſtory of the Coffee-tree, and its fruit, (Coffaea Arabica, Sp. Pl. p. 245.) The writer is one of the laſt of 20 authors who have written profeſſedly on this ſhrub, all of whom he enumerates by name, with the date of their writings, from 1621 to Kalm's treatiſe in 1755.
[326] Coffee, originally the produce of Arabia Felix, where the beſt is now moſt ſucceſsfully culti⯑vated, is called, by the Egyptians, Bon, and is firſt mentioned by the Arabians about the year 900. Our author ſays, it was brought into Eu⯑rope about the year 1645, and that the firſt public coffee-houſe was ſet up at Marſeilles in 1671. The ſhrub itſelf was introduced into the European gar⯑dens about the year 1710, by means of ſeeds pro⯑cured from Arabia, by Governor Van Hoorn of Batavia, who alſo firſt cultivated it in America, at Surinam.
We are next preſented with the claſſical, gene⯑rical, and ſpecific character of this plant; to which ſucceeds a copious liſt of ſynonyms, and the deſcription at large, as it ſtands in the Hortus Cliffortianus. The culture of the ſhrub; the pre⯑paration of the berry; the different times and modes of drinking this liquor, which cuſtom hath eſtabliſhed in the various nations; and the ſucce⯑danea to this berry, are then diſcuſſed. Among the latter are mentioned Peaſe, Beans, Beech-nuts, Almonds, Maiz, Wheat, and the ſeeds of the Sun⯑flower, (Helianthus Annuus). Vide Gouan. Flor. Monſp. p. 456. Of theſe he prefers Almonds, but he obſerves that they diſpoſe to flatulency much more than Coffee.
In ſpeaking of the qualities and virtues of Cof⯑fee, our author thinks it ſhould rather be claſſed with medicines, than conſidered as a nutritive ar⯑ticle in diet. He appears to be no friend to its frequent and indiſcriminate uſe: he thinks it de⯑ſtroys rather than creates appetite: that it occaſions [327] watchfulneſs; and promotes flatulence and indigeſtion, inſtead of relieving them, as is generally believed: that it debilitates the nerves, and occaſions tremblings. On this occaſion he thinks it worth enquiry, whe⯑ther it may not contribute to thoſe ſudden deaths which are frequent at Stockholm about the winter ſolſtice, as they have been obſerved to happen to ſuch as were inordinate drinkers of this liquor: that it is antiaphrodiſiac, he ſays, is generally al⯑lowed; and he illuſtrates and confirms this qua⯑lity by a pleaſant tale from Olearius's Travels: that it weakens the ſight; is noxious to melancholic, hypochondriacal, and hyſterical people: that it pro⯑motes hemorrhages of all kinds; and that a free indulgence in the uſe of this liquor cannot be ſafe, except to the corpulent.
Conſidered as a medicine, from its heating qua⯑lity it is forbidden in fevers. From its ſtimulating and drying quality, allowed by all phyſicians, is deduced its uſefulneſs in corpulency, and in the leucorrhaea. It has been conſidered as an anthel⯑minthic; but its ill effects on the tender habits of children, more than balance any good ones in that way. In ſoporoſe affections, in phlegmatic and cor⯑pulent habits, our author allows its uſe; and from its known effect in promoting hemorrhages, it muſt be conſidered as an emmenagogue. That head-achs are frequently relieved by Coffee, is con⯑firmed by daily experience; and our author relates that LINNAEUS himſelf found it ſingularly uſeful in taking off a cardialgia, with which he was affected at the time he was phyſician to the fleet, in 1740; and which he attributed to the effluvia of the hoſ⯑pital, [328] as it conſtantly ſucceeded his morning viſits to the ſick.
111. INEBRIANTIA. O. R. Alander. 1762.
Inebriants are almoſt univerſally derived from vegetables. They are defined by our author to be ſuch things as affect the nerves in a particular and agreeable manner, and through them alter and diſturb the functions of the mind. They are pro⯑properly divided into native and artificial; the for⯑mer chiefly in uſe among the oriental and other nations, the latter principally throughout Europe. Of native Inebriants the following are enumerated, and the mode of adminiſtration and effects of them deſcribed.
1. Opium; in uſe all over the Eaſt, and of which the Turks, through cuſtom, ſwallow a drachm.
2. Peganum Harmala, Sp. Pl. 638. Syrian Rue. The ſeeds are ſold in Turkey for this purpoſe; and with theſe, as Bellonius relates, the Turkiſh Emperor Solyman kept himſelf intoxicated.
3. Maſlac, of the Turks, or Bangue, of the Per⯑ſians; prepared from the duſt of the male flower of Hemp, or from the leaves.
4. Bangue, of the Indians, from the leaves of the Hibiſcus Sabdariffa, Sp. Pl. 978.
5. Seeds of various ſpecies of the Datura, or Thorny Apple, of which ſee Rumph. Herb. Amb. 5. p. 243.
6. Pinang, or Betle of the Indians.
7. Roots of Black Henbane, (Hyoſcyamus Niger, Sp. Pl. 257).
[329] 8. The Hyoſcyamus Phyſaloides, Sp. Pl. 258.
9. Berries of the deadly Nightſhade. Atropa Bella Donna, Sp. Pl. 260.
10. Leaves of Millfoil, (Achillaea Millefolium), are uſed by the Dalekarlians to render their beer intoxicating. See Flor. Suec. No 770.
11. Tabacco, and ſeveral others leſs material, are mentioned; ſuch are Clary, Saffron, and Darnel.
Artificial Inebriants are fermented Liquors from farinaceous ſeeds; Wines and Spirits drawn by diſtillation. With theſe our author ranks the Nectar of the gods, and the anodyne medicine of Homer, commonly called Nepenthes; and the ſpells by which Medea and Circe produced their inchant⯑ments. He then, in a moſt ſtriking and lively manner, introduces a fable to illuſtrate the effects of intoxicating liquors on the human frame and paſſions, and after having ſhewn when they may be ſafely allowed, concludes with cautions and exhortations againſt the abuſe of them.
112. MORSURA SERPENTUM. J. G. Acrell. 1762.
In this tract on the venomous bites of Serpents, after a general deſcription of the ſtructure of this order of Amphibia, and ſome obſervations relating to the Boa Conſtrictor, Syſt. 373, (Gigantic Serpent of the Eaſt Indies) and its capacity of ingorging large animals; of the faſcinating power of the Rattle Snake, with which alſo, he ſays, the Coluber Berus, Syſt. 377, or Viper, is in ſome degree en⯑dued; the author deſcribes the mechaniſm of the jaw, and the venomous apparatus in Serpents; and theſe are illuſtrated with a figure. He then [330] gives an abſtract of Redi's Experiments, and diſ⯑cuſſes the theory of the operation of the virus, in the explication of which, he inclines to that of the mechanical theoriſts, in attributing the effects rather to an almoſt inſtantaneous alteration induced in the fluids, than to its immediate action on the nervous ſyſtem. The ſymptoms enſuing the punc⯑ture of the various ſpecies are then deſcribed; thoſe from the Viper particularly; and thoſe of the Aſp, which kills by inducing ſopor and lethargy. Three Aſps are mentioned by the antients; that called Ptyas, he ſuppoſes to be the Coluber Am⯑modytes of the moderns. See Syſt. p. 376, de⯑ſcribed and figured in the Surinamenſia Gril⯑liana of this collection, No 16. Beſides thoſe of the Rattle Snake genus, there are eighteen of the Viper genus, furniſhed with venomous organs; of which a liſt is ſubjoined. Among theſe none ſtrike more ſuddenly fatal than the Coluber Naja, called Cobra de Capello.
This author next treats briefly on the various re⯑medies in uſe among the antients, and notes their general inefficacy. He then comes to diſcuſs the three noted antidotes of Europe, Aſia, and America, which are regarded as ſpecifics, againſt the venom of the moſt dangerous kinds, in the reſpective quarters of the globe: ſuch are, Oil of Olives, againſt the Viper of Europe; the Ophiorrhiza Mungos, againſt the Naja of Aſia, (vide No 21 of this collection;) and the Senega, againſt the Rattle Snake of America. There is nevertheleſs a ſmall venomous Viper (Co⯑luber Cherſea, Syſt. p. 377.) in Sweden, againſt the bite of which the oil of olives failed to produce its [331] uſual good effects, and the patient died. The author mentions a ſucceſsful caſe of the adminiſtration of the Senega in Sweden. He concludes with deſcant⯑ing on the Pſylli of the Eaſt, or the Charmers of Serpents; and tells us that M. Jacquin of Vienna purchaſed a ſecret of this kind in the Weſt Indies.
113. TERMINI BOTANICI. J. Elmgren. 1762.
This paper is incapable of abridgment; it is a methodical arrangement and complete explanation of all the terms, amounting to 673, uſed in deſcri⯑bing plants, according to the Linnaean method of botany. Somewhat of the ſame kind was begun in the Hortus Cliffortianus, and is alſo prefixed to the enlarged editions of the Syſtem. Theſe terms alſo neceſſarily occur, and are explained, in our author's Philoſophia Botanica. In this paper the whole is amplified, improved, and methodiſed in ſo excellent a manner, that no one who would gain preciſe ideas on the ſubject would wiſh to be without it.
114. PLANTA ALSTROMERIA. J. P. Falk. 1762.
This plant is of American origin, and belongs to the Hexandrous claſs and Monogynous order of the Syſtem. There are three ſpecies, the two firſt of which were deſcribed and figured by Pére Feuillée in Peru, who ranked them with the Hemerocallis, or Day Lily. LINNAEUS received the ſeeds of this ſingular and beautiful plant from Cadiz, by means of C. Alſtromer, ſon of a gentleman of that name, counſellor of the College of Commerce in Sweden; and finding it a new genus, gave it his name. [332] The ſpecies, here ſo completely deſcribed and figured, is the Alſtromeria Pelegrina, Sp. Pl. 461. The virtues of this ſpecies are not aſcertained, but the ſenſible qualities of the root rank it with the Sarſaparilla; and it appears by Feuillée's ac⯑count, that there is a third ſpecies in Chili, which the natives uſe as a ſubſtitute for the above plant; and LINNAEUS has hence given it the trivial name of Salſilla.
115. NECTARIA FLORUM. B. M. Hall. 1762.
Dulci diſtendunt nectare cellas. Virgil. Georg. iv. 164. Hence LINNAEUS gave the term Nectarium to a particular gland or repoſitory, which in moſt plants contains the honey. This part in flowers had been but little noticed before LINNAEUS raiſed it to importance; and, in his Syſtem, it affords an excellent mark of diſtinction, in divers genera and ſpecies.
Our author premiſes ſome ſhort obſervations relating to the glands of plants in various claſſes, which are moſtly ſituated on the leaves or petioles. He then proceeds to the direct deſign of his tract, which is to point out the ſeveral kinds of Nectaria in flowers, and to ſpecify the different ſituation of this part in different claſſes, orders, or genera. It is therefore an inſtructive paper to thoſe who would attain a more complete idea of this ſingular, and heretofore neglected part, the uſe of which, how⯑ever, is as yet imperfectly aſcertained.
116. FUNDAMENTUM FRUCTIFICATIONIS. J. M. Graberg. 1762.
[333]Having briefly ſtated the improvement of bo⯑tany, and defined it as a ſcience, M. Graberg proceeds to the explanation of his term. Under the word Fructification, he includes not merely the Corolla, Pericarpium, and Semina, ſimply conſider⯑ed, as Tournefort had done, but alſo the Calyx, Nectarium, Stamina, and Piſtilla. All theſe parts, therefore, conſtitute the organs of fructification, and on which the foundation of all true ſyſtem muſt be laid. He then briefly traces the riſe of ſyſtem from Geſner, through the improvements of Caeſalpinus, Columna, Moriſon, and Tournefort, down to LIN⯑NAEUS, who, by defining, as above, the parts of fructification, firſt laid the baſis of true generical diſtinctions. He then inlarges on ſpecifical diſ⯑tinctions, and ſhews what conſtitutes varieties in plants. He proceeds to conſider the generation of hybrid plants, concerning which he favours the opinion laid down in the Generatio Ambigena, No. 101 of this collection; that the internal ſtruc⯑ture, or parts of fructification in hybrid plants, reſemble the impregnated plant, and the habit, or external parts, that which furniſhed the farina foecundans. A ſingular inſtance of this kind is brought from the Verbaſcum genus. Finally, he pro⯑poſes a queſtion, whether all the ſpecies may not have ſprung from one original in each genus, by hy⯑brid impregnations. He thinks the contempla⯑tion of the numerous ſpecies, under many African [334] and American genera, adds weight to his hypo⯑theſis.
On the whole, this paper abounds with curious matter for ſpeculation on this ſubject, and is highly worthy the regard of thoſe who would enter more minutely into the knowledge of botany.
117. REFORMATIO BOTANICES. J. M. Reftelius. 1762.
We are here preſented with a very entertaining hiſtory of the riſe, progreſs, and preſent improved ſtate of botany. To this end it is divided into three epochs: 1. Under the founders of the ſcience after the reſtoration of letters. 2. Under the ſyſtematics. And, 3. under the auſpices of the great Swediſh botaniſt.
1. Among the reſtorers of botany, Brunsfelſius, Tragus, Geſner, Fuchſius, and Cordus, ſtand foremoſt in the liſt. They may be ſaid to cloſe with Caſpar Bauhine, who by his incomparable Pinax, in which he collected all their ſynonyms into one work, gave uſe to their writings and improvement to the ſtudy, which otherwiſe it could not have acquired.
2. Bauhine having laid this foundation, the knowledge of plants made a rapid progreſs in the ſeventeenth century, and received vaſt addition from the diſcoveries of Cornutus, Marcgrave, and Piſo, in America; from thoſe of Herman, Rheede, and Commelin, in Aſia; from Sloane, Plukenet, Pe⯑tiver, and Sherard; from Tournefort, and Plumier: during which period alſo it was reduced to ſyſtem, from the hints of Geſner; firſt, by Caeſalpinus, and afterwards, more ſucceſsfully, by Moriſon, Ray, and Tournefort.
[335] 3. This author dates the epoch of reformation from the firſt publication by LINNAEUS in 1735; and then collects together into one view the im⯑provement it has received from the labours of this great man. He enumerates the ſeveral diſciples of LINNAEUS, who aſſiſted him, by their travels into foreign parts; adds a liſt of thoſe writers that have followed his method; and cloſes with a ſketch of what is yet wanting to give further perfection to the ſcience.
118. PROLEPSIS PLANTARUM. H. Ulmark. 1760.
The theory of vegetation built by Malpighi and Grew, on the anatomy of plants, and that of Hales and others, drawn from what may be called their phyſiology, has not been followed in the Linnaean ſchool. LINNAEUS early conceived the idea of an analogy between plants and animals, and ſpeaks of vegetables alſo, as conſiſting of a medullary and cortical ſubſtance, (in the former of which the pro⯑per life and principle of vegetation reſides, and by which alone it is propagated) conſidering the latter as the organs of nouriſhment to the former. This idea ſeems alſo to have led him to adopt the opinion of Caeſalpinus, relating to the evolution of theſe two parts, in the order which is mentioned in the 66th theſis; namely, that the Cortex, or outer Bark, is ultimately ſpent in forming the Perianthium, or Cup of the flower, beſides which, it muſt be ob⯑ſerved, that the leaves are produced from the cor⯑tical ſubſtance only; the Liber, or inner Bark, in the Corolla or Petals; the Lignum, or woody part, [336] in the Stamina or Chives; and the Medulla, or pithy part, in the Piſtillum and Seed.
Principally to confirm and illuſtrate theſe data is the deſign of this theſis, which in fact is a com⯑ment on a part of the 24th ſection of the Introduc⯑tion to the ſecond tome of the Syſtem, p. 9, con⯑taining a conciſe view of this doctrine. Before the author proceeds to his immediate ſubject, he reca⯑pitulates, with the forementioned, ſome other prin⯑ciples, relating to the life and organization of vegetables, and then endeavours to prove, by appearances obſervable in plants, that this arrange⯑ment of parts, and this evolution actually exiſts. As this cannot be ſo aptly illuſtrated in annual and other plants, on account of the tender texture, and quick growth, the author endeavours to exemplify it from obſervations made on the bud-bearing trees; in which he obſerves, that the full evolution of the parts, from the origin of the bud to the expanſion of the flower, as the final act of vegetation in each, is a progreſſive work, the ac⯑compliſhment of which requires five or ſix years, and that it takes place in the following order: That the Leaves, which are unconnected with the medullary ſubſtance, and derive their origin from the cortical, are the produce of the firſt year; and in plants and trees that are furniſhed with Bracte, or floral Leaves, that ſuch are the iſſue of the ſecond year; and the Perianthium, or Cup of the flower, of the third; the Petals of the fourth; the Stamina of the fifth; and the Piſtil, &c. of the ſixth. Our author endeavours to ſuſtain this theory [337] by a number of facts and obſervations, tending to corroborate the doctrine advanced in this diſ⯑ſertation.
119. FRUCTUS ESCULENTI. J. Salberg. 1763.
The deſign of the Plantae Eſculentae, No 34, Ace⯑taria, No 73, and the Macellum Olitorium, No 107, is in this paper purſued, and extended to the eſcu⯑lent fruits, which are here enumerated to the num⯑ber of 133, and their nature and uſes briefly pointed out. To which end they are diſpoſed into ſix claſſes, as follow:
- 1. Berries.
- 2. Plumbs.
- 3. Pomaceous Fruits.
- 4. Podded Fruits.
- 5. Grain.
- 6. Nuts.
120. PROLEPSIS PLANTARUM. J. J. Ferber. 1763.
Mr. Ferber, who is probably the ſame per⯑ſon that has publiſhed Phyſico-geographical Tra⯑vels into Italy, endeavours, in this paper, as Mr. Ulmark hath done, to illuſtrate and con⯑firm the theory of vegetation received in the Up⯑ſal ſchool.
He firſt treats on the food of plants; which, without entering into any ſubtle diſquiſitions re⯑lating to its elementary principles and compoſition, is defined to be the watery tincture of the ſoil, re⯑ceived by the roots, and tranſmitted to the medullary by the vaſcular part of the cortical ſubſtance. He eſtabliſhes it as a fact, that too great an afflux of nutriment thrown into the cortical part, retards the fructification, by compreſſing the medullary. He [338] thinks this is proved by the ſtate of luxuriant plants in general, and by the effects of depriving them of this ſuperfluity: on which head he quotes the experiments of Mr. Fitzgerald, re⯑corded in the Philoſ. Tranſact. vol. lii. p. 71, as confirming the truth of the theory here ad⯑vanced.
After having eſtabliſhed the cortical part as the organ and depoſit of nutriment, he proceeds to ſhew, that heat alone excites to action and vigour, the life or protruſive and expanſive force of the medullary part; which is ever ſpent in propagat⯑ing the plant, by forming buds, bulbs, or ſeed, as its final and moſt perfect iſſue: and that this in⯑tention of nature ſucceeds in a proportion equal to the degree of nutriment afforded by the cortical, to that of the heat adminiſtered to the medullary part reſpectively.
In the ſecond chapter, M. Ferber treats on the origin and evolution of buds; in which he accedes to the doctrine of the progreſſive perfection of them, mentioned in the diſſertation juſt reviewed.
The laſt chapter is appropriated to the Involu⯑tion of Plants in the Seed, Buds, and Bulbs; in which he aſſerts, that in the ſeeds of the Nymphaea Nelumbo, the very leaves of the future plant are viſible. In bulbs the rudiment of the next year's plant is alſo conſpicuous: in like manner buds contain the perfect plant, although the evolution in theſe requires a longer proceſs.
Thoſe who would attain a complete idea of the theory of vegetation, advanced in the works of our author, are referred more particularly to the [339] following papers in the Amoenitates Academicae, No 24. Gemmatio Arborum, 63. Metamorphoſis Plantarum, 101. Generatio Ambigena, 118, 120. Prolepſis Plan⯑tarum; and to the Introduction to the Vegetable Syſtem.
[It may be obſerved, that there is a ſet of ex⯑periments made by M. Muſtel, printed in the Phil. Tranſ. vol. lxiii. p. 126, which ſeem to favour the theory of vegetation here advanced, as far at leaſt as relates to the cortical ſubſtance being the depoſit of nutriment, and the effect of warmth on the expanſive and protruſive force of the me⯑dullary. Yet it muſt be allowed that too many difficulties attend every theory on this obſcurc ſubject.]
121. CENTURIA INSECTORUM. B. Johanſſon. 1763.
Inſects were ſcarcely noticed before the time of Conrad Geſner, whoſe comprehenſive mind extended over the whole field of nature. He, together with Mouffet, and Aldrovand, may be ſaid to have laid the foundation of entomological ſcience. To theſe ſucceeded another ſet of writers, who were princi⯑pally employed in inveſtigating the economy and ſurprizing metamorphoſes of inſects; ſuch were Geodart, Liſter, Swammerdam, and Reaumur, to whom may be added Madam Merian, who took a voyage to Surinam, with the ſole view of gratifying a taſte for this branch of natural hiſtory.
Nevertheleſs, after all the reſearches of theſe in⯑genious perſons, and the labours of our excellent Mr. Ray, a defect of ſyſtem rendered this ſubject the moſt difficult to ſtudy of any part of na⯑tural [340] knowledge: and it will eaſily be granted, that the true aera of this ſcience commences with LINNAEUS, who very early turned his at⯑tention to it, and has eſtabliſhed that method, which has been ſince univerſally followed, and by which the hiſtory of theſe minuter animals has been greatly extended.
The preſent catalogue contains the deſcription of an hundred rare, and moſtly undeſcribed ſpecies, ſent to LINNAEUS from Carolina, Penſylvania, Su⯑rinam, and Java.
As all theſe zoological deſcriptions are ſupple⯑mental to, and illuſtrative of, the author's Syſtema Naturae, they yet retain their value; and cannot be ſuperſeded, but by a general hiſtory of animals on the ſame plan.
122. LIGNUM QUASSIAE. C. M. Blom. 1763.
The Quaſſia Amara (Spec. Plant. p. 552, and p. 1679) or Bitter Aſh, as it is called in the Weſt In⯑dies, is a tree of the decandrous claſs, the root of which was brought into uſe firſt at Surinam, by a negro, named Quaſſi, who revealed its virtues. The medicine was known, but the ſpecies and true hiſtory was long undefined, till at length a branch of the tree, with the flower and fruit, was ſent to LINNAEUS from Surinam. The root is the part uſed; and appears to be the moſt pure and intenſe of all bitters. At Surinam it has acquired a high character in curing the intermitting, exa⯑cerbating, and malignant fevers, ſo endemial to that country; and this (as the author aſſerts) in [341] caſes where the Quinquina has failed. It is given in any form, but moſt commonly in an aqueous infuſion, in the proportion of one drachm to a pint, the doſe of which is one ounce.
The hiſtory of this drug is accompanied with a figure of the leaf, and parts of fructification. Three caſes of its good effects (from trials made in Sweden) are inſerted, and which are not con⯑fined to fevers only.
[There is a confirmation of its virtues in febrile caſes from Mr. Farley of Antigua, inſerted in the Phil. Tranſ. vol. lviii. p. 81, in circumſtances where the Peruvian bark would not ſtay on the ſtomach.]
123. RAPHANIA. G. Rothman. 1763.
The diſeaſe here deſcribed is defined in the Ge⯑nera Morborum of our author to be a ſpaſtic con⯑traction of the limbs or joints, attended with convulſions, and excruciating periodical pains. The author gives a full deſcription of this diſeaſe from the two moſt capital Swediſh writers on the ſubject. He had ſeen it himſelf, and obſerves, that it had frequently been epidemical in that country: moreover, that ſome phyſicians had thought it a new diſtemper. He has however traced it in the writings of a numerous ſet of au⯑thors, from the year 1596 to 1727; by which it appears to have been common to other parts of Europe.
This dreadful diſtemper ſometimes held the ſick for three or four weeks, and thoſe who periſhed [342] generally ſunk under a diarrhoea, or died in con⯑vulſions. Valerian, Caſtor, Camphor, and Antiſpaſ⯑modics of the like kind, appear to have been the moſt beneficial remedies.
He next brings together in one view the hypo⯑theſes of the various authors, relating to the cauſe of this malady, ſome of whom ſuppoſe it owing to a certain conſtitution of the air, others to viti⯑ated grain, Darnel, or the Secale Cornutum; which were all rejected as unſatisfactory by Dr. E. Roſen, one of the laſt and moſt intelligent writers on the ſubject. Our author ſays, that in Sweden it al⯑ways commenced in autumn, was frequent only among the lower order of people, and conſequent upon eating bread made of the new corn. Hence he ſought for its origin in impure admixtures with the grain, and finally his own hypotheſis attributes it to the ſeeds of the Raphanus Raphaniſtrum, (Sp. Plant. p. 935) or Charlock; and hence the name given to the diſeaſe. The diſſertation cloſes with a figure and botanical deſcription of the plant.
The hand of a maſter is no where more viſible, than in the ſcientific manner obſerved by Dr. Roth⯑man in drawing up the hiſtory of this diſeaſe; and it may be propoſed as a model in its kind.
124. GENERA MORBORUM. J. Schroder. 1759.
Of this arrangement of diſeaſes, as it ſtands in LINNAEUS'S own publication made in the year 1763, a detailed account hath been given before, to which the reader is referred.
AMOENITATES ACADEMICAE, VOL. VII. 1769. pp. 506.
[343]125. MOTUS POLYCHRESTUS. C. Lado. 1763.
There are few who do not require rather to be reminded, than convinced of the many be⯑nefits ariſing from proper exerciſe. Its ſignal uſes, both as a preſervative and reſtorer of health, are, in this diſſertation conciſely, but very ſtrikingly delineated.
After ſome general phyſiological obſervations on the effects of exerciſe, the writer diſplays its efficacy as a preſervative; in ſtrengthening the body, procuring the moſt genial warmth, helping digeſtion, increaſing perſpiration, and promoting all the excretions in due time and proportion; in procuring the moſt refreſhing ſleep, and, in vale⯑tudinary habits particularly, ſubduing that fruit⯑ful ſource of diſeaſe, acidities in the firſt paſ⯑ſages.
He then enumerates thoſe diſeaſes in which ex⯑erciſe is to be conſidered in a medicinal view. In hypochondriac caſes, habitual debility, languid appetite, obſtructions of the viſcera, conſumptions, aſthma, and in various diſeaſes from laxity, its uſe has been indiſpenſable.
In ſpeaking of the Hemicrania, he relates that LINNAEUS himſelf had been ſubject to violent pa⯑roxyſms of that kind, which uſually held him 24 hours, with intervals rarely of little more than a week; and that theſe fits were excited by very ſlight cauſes, even ſuch as the drinking only a ſpoonful of wine: and that after trying ineffectually various [344] remedies, the profeſſor attributed the reſtoration of his health to the uſe of daily morning exerciſe, after drinking a large draught of pure water. A caſe is alſo related of one who, from his infancy to his 25th year, had never been free from Aſcarides, but he entirely got rid of them by taking a journey on horſeback, as far as Tornoa, in Lapland.
126. HORTUS CULINARIS. J. C. Tengborg. 1764.
Exhibiting a view of all thoſe vegetables, which are, or which the author thinks might, advantage⯑ouſly be cultivated in the fields and gardens of Sweden; and deſcribing, in a ſuccinct way, the manner of propagating the ſeveral kinds of grain; hops, tobacco, ſaffron; kitchen or boiling herbs, ſallads, pot-herbs; fruit-trees and ſhrubs; and finally, plants for ornament; their proper ſoil, and the methods of guarding them againſt the ſeve⯑rity of the climate.
127. HIRUDO MEDICINALIS. D. Weſer. 1765.
There are nine ſpecies of Leeches deſcribed in the Syſtema Naturae, p. 1079. That uſed for me⯑dicinal purpoſes is diſtinguiſhed under the name of Hirudo (Medicinalis) depreſſa nigricans, ſupra li⯑neis flavis ſex: intermediis nigro-arcuatis ſubtus cinerea nigro-maculata. The anatomical ſtructure and natural hiſtory of this worm, the opinion of the antients relating to it, the proper time of pro⯑curing it, the method of preſerving and applying it, are all diſcuſſed. After this, the author points out thoſe diſeaſes in which the mode of blood-letting [345] by means of Leeches hath been preferred to others: previous to this, however, he quotes Zacutus Luſi⯑tanus for a caſe, where the Leech, during its ap⯑plication, made its way into the Rectum, and takes occaſion to recommend, in any ſimilar inſtance, the immediate injection of ſalt water; and thinks it would be equally efficacious in the ſtomach, if the animal has unwarily been ſwallowed, which has ſometimes fatally happened.
128. OPOBALSAMUM DECLARATUM. W. Le Moine. 1764.
Among ſeveral articles of the Materia Medica, of the production of which phyſicians had a very imperfect knowledge, none excited more curioſity than this drug, called alſo Balm of Gilead, and Bal⯑ſam of Mecca, from the place of its growth: a drug, the virtues of which were highly extolled through⯑out all the Eaſt, from the moſt antient times. Near twenty authors are here mentioned, who have written profeſſedly on this production, but few had ſeen the ſhrub that produced it. Proſper Alpinus ſays, he ſaw the plant growing in a cultivated ſtate in gardens near Cairo; but it is now doubt⯑ful whether that he ſaw was the true ſpecies, though of the ſame genus. We owe the full diſ⯑covery of the ſhrub which yields it to Dr. Forſkal, one of thoſe unfortunate gentlemen, who were ſent to Arabia Felix, on the expedition planned by Pro⯑feſſor Michaelis, which did ſo much honour to the late Frederick V. of Denmark. He ſaw it growing plentifully in that country, particularly about [346] Medina, and tranſmitted a branch to LINNAEUS in 1763. It is now known to be a plant of the Mo⯑nogynous order, in the Octandrous claſs, and belongs to the ſame genus with the plant that in America yields the gum Elemi. It now ſtands in the Syſ⯑tem under the name of Amyris (Gileadenſis) ſoliis ternatis integerrimis; pedunculis unifloris, lateralibus, Mant. 65, Syſt. Nat. Veg. xiii. p. 299. A com⯑plete hiſtory of the ſhrub, and the virtues of the balſam, are exhibited; concerning which we need only obſerve, that modern phyſicians have found a ſubſtitute in other natural balſams, and therefore do not entertain ſo high an opinion, as the antients did, of the wonderful reſtorative powers of this drug. The preſent age hath made us acquainted with the plants which afford the Gum Elemi, Animae, and Copaiba; we yet wait for the full diſcovery of the Balſam of Peru, Ammoniacum, Caranna, Myrrh, Bdellium, and Sagapenum. This tract cloſes with a deſcription of the plant, which LINNAEUS ho⯑noured with the name of Forſkalea. It is figured in Plukenet's Phyt. t. 275, f. 6, and ſtands among the Decandriae Pentagyneae, next to the Spergula.
129. DIAETA AETATUM. D. J. Ohrquiſt. 1764.
A ſuccinct view of the changes which the hu⯑man body paſſes through, in the ſeveral ſtages from the birth to extreme old age, inculcating the due obſervance of all thoſe rules reſpecting diet and regimen, which are beſt adapted to give vigour to the conſtitution, and permanence of health, [347] during theſe viciſſitudes. Pointing out alſo, under each period, the diſorders incident thereto, and laying down proper inſtructions how beſt to eſcape the influence of them.
130. MORBI ARTIFICUM. N. Skragge. 1764.
It is too well known that artificers in various trades are almoſt neceſſarily ſubject to dangerous and ſometimes lingering diſeaſes, which frequently ſhorten the period of their lives. Miners, hewers of free-ſtone, workers of metals, painters, and various others, are notorious inſtances of this truth. But, as our author obſerves, they are not the only ſufferers in this way, inaſmuch as a too cloſe application to any buſineſs or profeſſion, will ever be attended with inſalutary effects. In this con⯑ciſe view of the diſeaſes of tradeſmen, the author profeſſes to have made all poſſible uſe of Ra⯑mazzini's work on the ſubject; but he has ex⯑tended that author's catalogue, and availed him⯑ſelf of ſubſequent obſervations from various au⯑thors, and interſperſed ſeveral of his own. In brief, by confining his view, through the ſeveral employments of mankind, to the immediate ope⯑ration of cauſes, and their effects, he has rendered this tract at the ſame time agreeable, inſtructive, and intereſting.
131. LEPRA. J. Uddman. 1763.
The diſtemper here deſcribed has been long endemial in Norway, and in ſeveral parts of Sweden, particularly on the eaſtern coaſt of the Bothnian [348] Gulph, and in Finland; alſo in the iſlands of Oeland and Gothland. So long ſince as the year 1631, a peſt⯑houſe was erected in the pariſh of Croneby, for the reception of the ſick of that neighbourhood. Our author defines the Lepra from LINNAEUS'S Genera Morborum, as "a diſtemper ſhewing itſelf in puſtules, throwing off dry ſcales or ſcurf; at⯑tended with moveable diſcoloured nodes in the fleſh, and rhagades or dry fiſſures on the ſkin." No 272. Whether the diſtemper he undertakes to give the hiſtory of be the ſame with the Lepra Arabum or Alexandrina, the Javanenſis, and the Americana, of all which he has given the charac⯑ters, he does not abſolutely determine, as he inclines to think it a diſeaſe various in its appearance. Being a native of Bothnia, he had frequent opportunities of inſpecting it, and deſcribes it under the follow⯑ing appearances in that country.
It ſhewed itſelf in tubercles, or nodes, fixed in the fleſhy parts, in the forehead, cheeks, arms, hands, and thighs; theſe were indolent, moveable with the finger, and of a livid hue. There were alſo tubercles of a livid, or ſometimes brown⯑iſh-yellow caſt, in the mouth, palate, fauces, and about the root of the tongue; ulcers in the noſ⯑trils; tumours or thickenings of the edges of the outer ears; thick lips; feet and hands enlarged and inflamed. And in ſome, ulcers, or rather fiſſures, on the ſkin, creeping, broad, and deep, with cal⯑lous edges, bleeding from ſlight preſſure or hand⯑ling, but deſtitute of pain, as were all the nodes and tubercles, as far as the author ever obſerved; [349] but, he ſays, they were inclined to itch round their baſes.
We cannot purſue our author through his en⯑quiries into all the hypotheſes relating to the cauſe of this diſorder, howſoever ingenious; it muſt ſuf⯑fice to obſerve, that he favours the theory of Exan⯑thematic Animalcula, and, from the frequency of this diſorder on the ſea-coaſt, where the inhabitants live much upon fiſh, and particularly herrings, which abound with the Gordius Marinus (Syſt. 1075) or Sea Hair-worm, adduces a train of argu⯑ments to ſhew, that this diſtemper probably origi⯑nates from theſe worms.
In the cure, he deſcants upon the viper-broth of the antients; and remarks, that the famed viper of the Eaſt is a different ſerpent from ours. He next treats on the inefficacy of mercurials as vermifuges, and quotes Dr. Scopoli as obſerving, that no people are more troubled with worms than thoſe that work in the quickſilver-mines of Car⯑niola. At length, againſt this obſtinate and for⯑midable malady, Dr. Uddman informs us, that Dr. Ruſſel's method of cure, which conſiſts in giv⯑ing large quantities of ſea-water, aſſiſted by the other part of the proceſs, to which were joined frictions with warm and acrid oils, had been at⯑tended with more ſucceſs than any other.
132. FUNDAMENTA ORNITHOLOGICA. A. P. Back⯑man. 1765.
To all lovers of Ornithology this muſt have been an acceptable morſel, as containing the rudi⯑ments [350] of the ſcience according to the Linnaean method, and a full explanation of the terms therein employed. It is divided into four parts. In the firſt, the author gives a brief hiſtory of Ornitho⯑logiſts, amongſt whom he places Belon and Geſner, as the firſt authors worth attention, deſcending to Aldrovandus, Marcgrave, WILLOUGHBY, and RAY, before any thing like ſyſtem was introduced. To theſe ſucceed Rudbeck, whoſe collection of paint⯑ings, yet unpubliſhed, are in the hands of M. de Geer; Albin, Cateſby, and Edwards, the laſt of whom, from his unwearied diligence, and the op⯑portunities that his ſituation at London afforded him, had excelled all others. To theſe muſt be added M. Briſſon's publication of Reaumur's col⯑lection, as alſo Klein, Brunniche, and Barrere.
In the ſecond part, the anatomical ſtructure and external form of this order of animals are deſcribed. Firſt, the form in general; then the particular parts, explaining under each the terms uſed in deſcribing them, and in forming the generical and ſpecific characters. This part is illuſtrated with a plate, which has been copied into ſeveral ſucceed⯑ing works on this ſubject.
The third treats on the hiſtory of birds; re⯑ſpecting their habitations, migrations, incubation, and the whole of their natural economy. To which is ſubjoined the method of conſtructing ſcientific deſcriptions, and generical characters.
The fourth exhibits a general view of the uſe of birds in the police of nature; in diet, and their utility to man: and here we cannot but note the Chavaria [351] of Jacquin, a ſpecies of the Parra (Syſt. p. 260) which is trained by the Indians in the neighbour⯑hood of Carthagena, who breed large flocks of poultry, that ſtray in the woods, to defend them againſt the numerous birds of prey, no one of which will dare to encounter this bird. It is never known to deſert the flock, and returns every even⯑ing to rooſt. Our author touches on the prog⯑noſtics of birds in preſaging weather, ſo well un⯑derſtood by ſeamen; and finally, as beautiful and pleaſurable objects to man.
133. FUNDAMENTA ENTOMOLOGIAE. A. J. Bladh. 1767.
The knowledge of inſects may be ſaid to be the laſt branch of natural hiſtory that raiſed its head; notwithſtanding which, it has of late attained a high degree of perfection: nor can it be too much to attribute this to the excellent arrangement of LINNAEUS, under whoſe auſpices it has extended it⯑ſelf beyond all other parts of zoology.
The plan of this paper is exactly that of the foregoing, and will amply ſatisfy thoſe who wiſh to enter on the ſtudy of inſects. In his firſt chap⯑ter, Mr. Bladh gives a chronological liſt of 32 writers on the ſubject, beginning with Mouffet, who publiſhed in 1634, and ending with Schaeffer in 1767. But the ſubſtance of this diſſertation has been tranſlated and publiſhed in Engliſh by Mr. Curtis, ſo that any further account of this work is now ſuperſeded.
134. FUNDAMENTA AGROSTOGRAPHIAE. H. Gahn. 1767.
[352]M. Gahn profeſſes to have undertaken this tract, partly with a view to aid the good deſigns of thoſe ſocieties, which, to the honour of their founders, have been eſtabliſhed in ſeveral parts of Europe, for the advancement of agriculture; with which the ſubject of this paper is intimately connected.
In this large natural claſs of plants, called Gra⯑mina, are comprehended alſo the Cerealia or Grain, and, including all that are hitherto known, do not amount in the Syſtem of our author to fewer than 430 ſpecies; in that of others to many more. Such a number of plants, ſo nearly alike in their habit as theſe, muſt require numerous ſubdivi⯑ſions, and nice diſtinctions, to diſcriminate each ſpecies. To effect this is the intention of this tract, in which, after ſome curious preliminary obſervations, relating to the ſtation and uſes that nature ſeems to have aſſigned to ſome particular ſpecies, and a liſt of the common graſſes, claſſed according to their native places, the author pre⯑ſents us with an hiſtorical account of the prin⯑cipal writers who have treated ſeparately on this claſs, exhibiting under each a brief view of their ſyſtems of claſſification. Theſe are C. Bauhine, Rudbeck, Ray, and above all, Scheuchzer, who with incredible labour has deſcribed all the ſpe⯑cies. To theſe might be added ſeveral other writers, who have alſo illuſtrated this branch of botany, particularly Moriſon and Haller. Then follows the deſcription of the natural character [353] and habit of a plant of this claſs, intended to con⯑vey a full explanation of the terms, referring to two explanatory plates, on which is engraven a flower of each genus.
Various have been the methods invented to claſs this tribe; our author here gives them a new diſ⯑poſition, entirely independent on the ſexual ſyſtem, eſtabliſhed on the figure and number of the valves compoſing the Glume or Calix; and thoſe of the flower, claſſed under two general heads, as they grow either in the form of Spikes or Panicles.
In all natural claſſes the diſtinctions of the genera depend on minute differences, which require very nice diſcriminations; the author therefore proceeds to point theſe out in ſeveral inſtances of this tribe: he has alſo added the exceptions that ariſe under the ſeveral genera in various ſpecies, an imperfection that attends all ſyſtems. He concludes with a full explanation of his tables, which are better adapted to convey to a learner a true idea of this claſs, than any that we are yet acquainted with; ſince Schreber's tables are not adapted to common uſe in England.
135. VARIETAS CIBORUM. A. F. Wedenberg. 1767.
The immenſe variety in food, which cuſtom, neceſſity, and luxury have introduced, is here in a conciſe way diſplayed: the ſimplicity of ſome nations, whether ariſing from penury or from cli⯑mate, the Apician luxury of others, and the vari⯑ous effects of the culinary art, are alſo briefly pointed out; then follows a diviſion of aliments into claſſes, thus,
- 1. Watery.
- 2. Dry.
- 3. Pinguious.
- 4. Styptic.
- 5. Acid.
- 6. Bitter.
- 7. Viſcous.
- 8. Salt.
- 9. Sweet.
- 10. Acrid.
Under each are ſubjoined ſummary obſervations, relating to the effects of a regimen, in which any of theſe claſſes form the prevailing part; and to its tendency in producing particular diſeaſes. The author then ſpeaks on the great power of cuſtom on the habit, and concludes with inculcating the Ne quid nimis, an axiom of much higher impor⯑tance than any of thoſe nice diſcriminations relating to the wholeſome and unwholeſome, which ſo often perplex the minds, and diſturb the peace of many well-meaning people.
136. FERVIDORUM et GELIDORUM USUS. C. Ribe. 1765.
Dr. Ribe fixes the heat of the human body be⯑tween 35 and 37 of the Celſian thermometer, and pronounces all foods and drinks which ariſe to 40, to be fervid. He conſiders the conſtant and daily uſe of hot aliments as an abuſe that calls for the ſtricteſt animadverſion; and ſhews, by the effects of them on the ſolids of the human body, their tendency to produce a variety of chronical diſeaſes, which he here ſpecifies. Man is the only animal accuſtomed to hot foods, and is almoſt alone affected with carious teeth. Hence he takes occaſion to condemn, in a forcible manner, the cuſ⯑tom of drinking hot tea, coffee, and chocolate, and [355] diſſuade his countrymen from the practice of eat⯑ing hot bread, boiled rice, puddings, and other like foods, to which perhaps, from the ſeverity of the climate, the Swedes are more addicted than ſome other nations. He does not however con⯑clude this part without pointing out thoſe caſes where tepid, and even fervid liquors, are both al⯑lowable and beneficial; ſuch are ſome fevers, ſeve⯑ral of the ſpaſmodic diſeaſes, and thoſe reſulting from rigidity of the fibres.
In the ſecond part, the author reprobates the uſe of iced creams, jellies, and drinks; and diſſuades eſpecially from a ſort of food, unknown among us, though frequent in Sweden: this is congealed oyſters. The pernicious quality of theſe he endea⯑vours to prove by ſeveral caſes. He is alſo not leſs deciſive in condemning a kind of iced malt⯑liquor, drunk in Sweden in the ſummer months. Obſervations on the diſeaſes occaſioned by the abuſes of all theſe, and a recital of the advantages of ſimply cool liquors, conclude this diſſertation.
137. POTUS THEAE. P. C. Tillaeus. 1765.
At the time of its publication, this treatiſe had perhaps the merit of being the moſt complete hiſ⯑tory of this ſhrub; occaſioned by the lucky inci⯑dent of its arriving ſafe in a vegetating ſtate in Sweden, through the care and ſkill of Capt. Ekeberg, who is ſaid to be the firſt that ſucceeded in the ſeveral attempts that had been made to introduce it into Europe. LINNAEUS had ſuggeſted the put⯑ting the ſeeds into earth juſt as the ſhip left China; [356] and the ſucceſs confirmed the propriety of his method.
Tea is now known to be the leaves of a plant of the monogynous order, belonging to the polyandrous claſs; the flower of which is ſucceeded by a tricoc⯑cous Capſule. The writer deſcribes the ſhrub at large, gives all the ſynonyms, and mentions thoſe authors who have given figures of it: among theſe, Kaempfer's is the only exact one. It was long be⯑lieved that there was but one ſpecies; but the Green Tea is now ſaid to be the produce of another, which differs from the Bohea, in having nine pe⯑tals in the flower, whereas the Bohea hath but ſix. It is not known to grow ſpontaneouſly elſe⯑where than in Japan and China, in which latter kingdom it is cultivated in all the provinces from Canton to Pekin.
Mr. Tilley delivers the mode of preparing the leaves, of which we have a diffuſe and moſt exact account by Kaempfer, who, having reſided two years in Japan, was enabled to give the moſt com⯑plete information. The origin of the uſe of Tea in thoſe countries is too remote to be aſcertained, and commerce has now extended its uſe to almoſt every corner of the globe. The high price of Tea, at its firſt introduction, induced many phyſicians to think of a ſubſtitute; and it is well known that Simon Pauli thought the Myrica Gale, Sp. Pl. p. 1453, to be the ſhrub itſelf. Other ſuccedanea are men⯑tioned alſo by our author; ſuch as the leaves of the
- Prunus ſpinoſa,
- Sp. Pl. 681. Sloe Tree.
- Origanum vulgare,
- Sp. Pl. 824. Wild Marjorum.
- [357] Rubus arcticus,
- Sp. Pl. 708. Arctic Bramble.
- Veronica officinalis,
- Sp. Pl. 14. Male Speedwell.
- Veronica Chamaedrys,
- Sp. Pl. 17. Wild Germander.
- Chenopodium Ambroſioides,
- Sp. Pl. 320. Mexican ſweet Blite.
- Capraria biflora,
- Sp. Pl. 875. Sweet-weed or Goat-weed.
To this part of our author's treatiſe may be ad⯑ded the well-known ſophiſtication of Tea prac⯑tiſed by the ſmugglers, in ſome of the ſouthern parts of this kingdom, who have reduced to a regular proceſs the management of the leaves of the Aſh and Elder particularly; which, when pre⯑pared, is called Smouch, and mixed, as is ſaid, in the proportion of one third, with the ordinary Teas. To what an extent the trade in this ſophiſti⯑cated Tea had been carried, to the detriment of the trees, may be imagined, when the reader is informed, that an act of parliament has lately been obtained to prohibit it, under very ſevere penal⯑ties. But to return to our author.
He next conſiders the ſenſible qualities of Tea, its fragrant odour, and ſtyptic taſte; and from its place in the Syſtem, botanically conſidered, with reſpect to the natural orders, he thinks it highly probable, that what Kaempfer relates of its narcotic quality, when green, is conſonant to truth. And, from ſimilar inſtances, he proves that this quality may readily be thrown off by that degree of heat which the ſudden exſiccation of the leaves require.
In diſcuſſing the virtues of Tea, he obſerves, that the Chineſe recommend the uſe of it in all lethargic [358] diſeaſes, but condemn it in ophthalmies, colics, and palſies. From Kalm, he tells us, the Indians of North America knew not the inconveniences of carious teeth, debilitated ſtomachs, nor the wo⯑men difficult labours, until the introduction of Tea among them. That the phyſicians at Ham⯑burgh, Amſterdam, &c. attribute the frequency of the Leucorrhaea among the women of condition to their indulgence in this liquor. And further, that Boerhaave aſcribed to the ſipping hot Tea, a ſchirroſity in the glands of the oeſophagus, which he met with on diſſection, and which he thought a diſeaſe not known to the antients.
The author ſubjoins ſome obſervations on the important and extenſive influence of Tea in a mer⯑cantile view, and as an article of luxury; and concludes with the hiſtory of the introduction of the living plant into Europe, as above mentioned, hinting alſo at the poſſibility of naturalizing it in other countries. A plate of the Bohea Tea ſhrub is annexed.
138. POTUS CHOCOLATAE. A. Hoffman. 1765.
We are now come to the laſt, and what our au⯑thor thinks the moſt ſalubrious, of the three ele⯑gant articles of luxury that the moderns have ac⯑quired by the diſcovery of the Eaſt and Weſt Indies. Chocolate is the produce of an American intertro⯑pical tree, flowering twice in a year, and ſingular in producing its fruit from the body or trunk, and not from the branches. It belongs to the Pentan⯑drous order of the Polyadelphous claſs; and is diſ⯑tinguiſhed by the name of Theobroma (Cacao) foliis integerrimis, Sp. Pl. 1100.
[359] We are preſented with three methods of prepar⯑ing Chocolate, as practiſed by the Indians, by the Spaniards, and by others, as follow: The Indians, to one pound of the roaſted nuts, put half a pound of ſugar, diſſolved in roſe-water, and half a pound of flour of Mays, or Indian corn. The Spaniards, to ſix pounds of the nut, add three and an half of ſugar, ſeven pods of vanillas, one pound and an half of flour of Indian corn, half a pound of cinna⯑mon, ſix cloves, one drachm of capſicum, and whatſoever is thought requiſite of the roucou-nut to improve the colour, together with amber⯑greaſe or muſk, to impart an agreeable ſcent. In the other, and more common way, to ſeventeen pounds of nuts are added ten pounds of ſugar, twenty-eight pods of vanillas, one drachm of am⯑bergreaſe, and ſix ounces of cinnamon.
The Vanillas are the pods ſilled with minute ſeeds, from a paraſitical climbing plant, deſcribed under the name of Epidendrum Vanilla, Sp. Pl. 1347, belonging to the Gynandrous claſs, with the Orchides, and like them reputed an aphrodiſiac. Spices are added to give pungency, and mitigate the oleaginous quality of the nut.
Having detailed the hiſtory of the nut, the au⯑thor conſiders Chocolate as an aliment, and in a medicinal view. He recommends it in emaciating diſeaſes, both as aliment and medicine; and next very ſtrenuouſly in hypochondriacal caſes, and in confirmation adduces that of Cardinal Richelieu, who, he ſays, was reſtored to health by living on Chocolate. He is not leſs copious on its good effects againſt the Hemorrhoids; in aid of which he [360] relates a ſingular caſe, communicated to him by the Preſident himſelf.
139. SPIRITUS FRUMENTI. P. Bergius. 1764.
The Arabians have the credit of inventing the alembic, and the diſtillation of ardent ſpirits; which they are ſaid to have uſed principally, if not at firſt entirely, as ſolvents only, to extract the vir⯑tues of ſimples, and exhibit them in the form of tinctures. Our author obſerves from Raymond Lilly, that they were unknown in Europe at the commencement of the 14th century; but the diſ⯑tillation of ſpirit from fermented grain is attributed to Arnoldus de Villa Nova, about the year 1315. Soon after this time Brandy was made in Sicily, firſt from ſpoiled grapes, and very early became an article of great commerce at Venice.
Having enumerated the properties of this in⯑flammable fluid from Boerhaave's chemiſtry, and deſcribed a method of preparing the grain for diſ⯑tillation, as practiſed in Sweden, which is different from ours, the author diſcuſſes the ſalutary effects of Spirits, medicinally taken, as analeptic, diuretic, cordial, and ſtomachic; under all which heads, he lays down appoſite rules for their uſe. Diluted with coffee, he recommends brandy as a diuretic in calculous caſes. He much prefers it to wine, as a preſervative againſt contagious dyſenteries; and aſſerts, that this was clearly proved among the ſeamen of the Swediſh fleet, in the expedition of 1742. He then conſiders the imprudent uſe of it; and, from its power in coagulating the fluids and indu⯑rating [361] the ſolids, deduces its effects in producing in⯑flammatory fevers, conſumptions, dropſy, jaundice, hemorrhoids, tremors, phrenſy, &c. and concludes with ſome well-digeſted obſervations on the general abuſe of fermented liquors, and upon their influence on ſociety, both in a political and moral view.
140. MENTHAE USUS C. G. Laurin. 1767.
Mint is one of thoſe vegetables which have re⯑tained their character in medicine from the earlieſt ages, it having been uſed by the Greeks and Romans. England, above all other countries, abounds with plants of this genus, of which there are not leſs than eleven ſpecies mentioned by the Engliſh bo⯑taniſts as indigenous, the Pulegium, which is a true ſpecies of Mint, being included.
In the natural orders of botany, Mint is among the verticillated plants, which are in general ſup⯑poſed to have reſolvent and nervine qualities: and from theſe powers ariſe the good effects uſually aſcribed to this plant, in a variety of diſorders here particularly ſpecified.
141. PURGANTIA INDIGENA. P. Strandman. 1766.
After ſome preliminary obſervations relating to the opinions of the empirical and dogmatic ſects in medicine, as connected with his ſubject, and ſome encomiums on the inſtitution of hoſpitals, as af⯑fording a field of obſervation and experiment to the phyſician, which private practice does not allow, the writer preſents us with a catalogue of [362] ſuch vegetables as are endued with a purgative quality, confining his tract to ſuch as are either indigenous, or eaſily cultivated in the gardens of Sweden. Under each he mentions the place of growth, the part uſed, its preparation, the doſe, the effects, and the diſorders in which it has prin⯑cipally been employed as a purgative. We ſub⯑join a ſummary catalogue.
1. Rhamnus Frangula, Sp. Pl. p. 280. Frangulae Cortex. Bark of berry-bearing Alder.
2. Rhamnus Catharticus, Sp. Pl. 279. Spinae Cervinae Baccae. Buckthorn Berries.
3. Linum Catharticum, Sp. Pl. 401. Purging Flax.
4. Eupatorium Cannabinum, Sp. Pl. 1173. Hemp⯑agrimony. Leaves. Root.
5. Geniſta Tinctoria, Sp. Pl. 998. Dyers-weed. Seeds and Flowers.
6. Prunus Spinoſa, Sp. Pl. p. 681. Acaciae Noſtratis Flores. Flowers of Black-thorn, or Sloe⯑tree.
7. Berberis vulgaris, Sp. Pl. 471. Berberry Bark.
8. Convolvulus Sepium, Sp. Pl. 218. Root of the great Bindweed.
9. Valeriana officinalis, Sp. Pl. 45. Valerian Root.
10. Bryonia alba, Sp. Pl. 1438, Bryony Root.
11. Sambucus Ebulus, Sp. Pl. 385. Root of Dwarf Elder.
12. Lichen Aphthoſus, Sp. Pl. 1616. Fine green Liverwort, or aphthoſe Liverwort. The author relates the caſe of a young woman, to whom this medicine had been given as an anthelminthic, [363] who voided under its operation, inſtead of the uſual inteſtinal worms, a large quantity of the Larvae or Maggots, of the Phalena Pinguinalis, a ſpecies of Moth, deſcribed in the Syſtem, p. 882.
13. Lycopodium Selago, 1565. Firr Club-moſs.
14. Thalictrum aquilegifolium, Sp. Pl. 770. Feather⯑ed Columbine, or Meadow Rue. The Root.
15. Polypodium vulgare, Sp. Pl. 1544. Polypody.
16. Viola odorata, Sp. Pl. 1324. Root. Doubtful.
17. Gratiola officinalis, Sp. Pl. 24. Hedge Hyſſop.
18. Aſarum europaeum, Sp. Pl. 633. Aſarabacca.
19. Rheum palmatum, Sp. Pl. 531. Rhubarb.
20. Mirabilis longiflora, Sp. Pl. 252. The au⯑thor thinks it probable that the Jalap of the ſhops is a root of this genus. Some Engliſh botaniſts have rather ſuppoſed it to be a Convolvulus.
21. Momordica Elaterium, Sp. Pl. 1434. Wild or Spirting Cucumber. The fecula of the Juice.
The Hedge Hyſſop, and Aſarabacca, are emetics; and the author thinks the root of the Sweet Violet is endued with the ſame quality as the Ipecacuanha, which is now pretty well determined to be of that genus. See Syſt. Nat. 2d ed. xiii. p. 669.
142. SIREN LACERTINA. A. Oſterdam. 1766.
A complete hiſtory of the Lizard Siren, or Mud-Inguana, of Carolina, a new amphibious, biped, eel-ſhaped animal, furniſhed both with gills and lungs; the former placed entirely without the body. This animal is ſo ſingular in its ſtructure, as to have occaſioned LINNAEUS to form a new order, under the term Meantes, which is placed between the Amphibia and Nantes. It is ſometimes [364] ſeen two feet long, and ſends forth a cry ſomewhat like that of the young of the Duck kind, but more acute and clear. It is deſcribed and figured by Mr. Ellis, in the Phil. Tranſ. vol. lvi. p. 189.
143. METAMORPHOSIS HUMANA. J. A. Wadſtrom. 1767.
An ingenious and elaborate diſſertation on the changes which the human ſyſtem undergoes in the ſeveral ſtages of life, from the birth to extreme old⯑age, divided into twelve periods. Under each of theſe, Man is conſidered, with reſpect to all thoſe changes which ſucceed each other, in the ſtructure and diſ⯑charge of the ſeveral functions of the body; or otherwiſe, both anatomically and phyſiologi⯑cally; with reſpect to the diſeaſes of each ſtage; and finally, he is throughout contemplated in re⯑gard to the powers of the mind, the affections, and the paſſions.
This detailed view is ſucceeded by tables, in which, under the ſame periods, is delineated the different temperature of the body; the different degrees of muſcular ſtrength; the powers of mo⯑tion; the appetites; affections; paſſions; the ex⯑erciſe of the mental faculties, and their aptitude to works of genius, ſcience, and judgment; the powers of ſpeech and oratory; and the whole cloſes with a Scala Aetatum, containing all the tables brought together, and ſcientifically oppoſed to each other. This paper is cloſely connected with, and properly accompanies, the Senium Salo⯑moneum, No 90, and the Diaeta Aetatum, No 129.
144. CURA GENERALIS. J. G. Bergman. 1766.
[365]In a foregoing part of theſe memoirs, a ſhort account was given of LINNAEUS'S Theory of Phyſic, or his Clavis Medicinae; in which was obſerved the diſtinction that he has made between the cortical and medullary, or in other words, the vaſcular and nervous ſyſtems of the human body. The preſent diſſertation is a comment on the firſt part of the Clavis, relating to the diſeaſes of the vaſcular ſyſtem. Dr. Bergman traces the immediate effects, both upon the ſolids and fluids, of any exceſs or defect in the Air, Nouriſhment, Motion and Reſt, Sleep and Watch⯑ing, Excretions and Retentions. The Paſſions, as be⯑ing more immediately connected with the medullary, or nervous ſyſtem, do not belong to his ſcheme. Having diſcuſſed the ill conſequences of theſe errors to the conſtitution, and remarked the diſ⯑eaſes originating from thence, he turns to the con⯑ſideration of the old canon, "that diſeaſes are cured by their contraries," and, agreeably to the theory of his maſter, that ſuch as ſpring from theſe errors are principally the objects of dietetic medicine, and are to be cured by Sapids, he pro⯑duces the ſeveral claſſes of Aquoſa, Sicca, Acida, Amara, Pinguia, Styptica, Dulcia, Acria, Mucoſa, Salſa, and ſhews their power in preventing and curing diſeaſes; concluding his tract with the diſtinction between the rational and empirical phy⯑ſician.
In mentioning the ſcurvy, and the effects of ſalted meat, he relates a memorable inſtance of [366] an arthritic patient, who, after taking, in one ſummer, 1800 boles of Mrs. Stephens's medicine, became in the higheſt degree afflicted with the genuine ſcurvy, which he thinks might fairly be attributed to the quantity of alkaline ſalt contain⯑ed in that medicine.
145. USUS MUSCORUM. A. H. Berlin. 1766.
The uſes of this claſs of vegetables in well-cul⯑tivated countries, and in benign climates, can be but little known; in the northern regions they are conſpicuous. The writer, after having mentioned thoſe botaniſts who have particularly attended to this claſs, and given due praiſe to the matchleſs work of Dillenius on the ſubject, diſplays the particular advantages of moſſes in the general economy of nature; for inſtance, the terreſtrial Liverworts lay the firſt foundation of ſoil on barren rocks, as the Sphagnum, and many other bog moſſes, do in marſhy and boggy places. In human economy, nothing is more remarkable than the utility of the rein-deer moſs, in the arctic regions. Many of the liver⯑worts are ingredients in dyeing; and ſeveral moſſes have their place in medicine, among which parti⯑cularly may be mentioned the Lichen Iſlandicus, Sp. Pl. 1611. Iceland, or Eryngo-leaved Liver⯑wort, of the virtues of which, in conſumptions, Dr. Scopoli has written a diſtinct treatiſe, publiſhed in the Annus 2dus Hiſtorico-naturalis. Lipſ. 1769.
The reader will find a paper, written by the au⯑thor of this volume, on the uſes of this order of [367] plants, in the Philoſophical Tranſactions for the year 1758, vol. l. p. 652—687.
146. MUNDUS INVISIBILIS. J. C. Roos. 1767.
The ſubjects of this theſis have been much agi⯑tated of late years by the philoſophical literati, who have been ſkilled in the uſe of microſcopes. It turns principally on the diſcoveries of the Baron Munkhauſen, relating to the ſmut of wheat and bar⯑ley, and to the duſt of the Lycoperda, or Puff-balls; Agarics, and other Fungi; which he has aſſerted to be no other than the ova of animalcula: from whence had ariſen a doubt, whether muſhrooms ſhould be ranked with vegetables or animals. LINNAEUS adopted, though with great heſitation, the Baron's opinion, as appears from his Syſtema Nat. p. 1326; but his ſentiments on this ſubject, after the experiments made by our late Mr. Ellis, who, at his requeſt, inſtituted a courſe profeſſedly to determine this point, do not appear. The re⯑ſult of Mr. Ellis's enquiry proved the negative, as may be ſeen by his papers, publiſhed in the Phil. Tranſ. vol. lix. p. 138, and Gent. Magazine for 1773, p. 316. Much curious matter on this ſub⯑ject occurs in Mr. Roos's paper; but we conclude with an important fact, related from the Baron's book, who recommends the ſeed wheat to be waſhed in a lye made of lime and ſea-ſalt; by which prac⯑tice, for twenty years, he had ſecured his crop from ſmut, although his neighbours around him had ſometimes loſt a third part of theirs. In the lat⯑ter [368] part of the theſis, the author deſcants on ex⯑anthematic animalcula, and appears to favour that hypotheſis; candidly confeſſing, however, the dif⯑ficulties that occur, and concluding with a ſtring of doubts, propoſed by way of queries, relating to this abſtruſe point.
147. USUS HISTORIAE NATURALIS. M. Aphonin. 1766.
This ingenious diſcourſe, written by a young Ruſſian nobleman, a ſtudent at Upſal, is one of the moſt entertaining and beſt-digeſted papers on the ſubject, that this collection affords, and cannot fail to carry conviction with it. It is divided into two parts: in the firſt, he diſplays the neceſſity of a knowledge of natural hiſtory at large, in leading the way to improvements in all branches of agriculture, and in gardening: the utility eſpe⯑cially of being acquainted with the indigenous plants of the country, an object greatly neglected, and which, if more attended to, muſt lead, as he endeavours to ſhew, to the improvement of woods, hedges, the culture of barren ground, wet mea⯑dows; to the extirpation of hurtful plants, and the better adapting paſtures to the ſeveral kinds of cattle. To illuſtrate this latter poſition, he mentions a memorable fact, related by LINNAEUS in the Iter Scanicum, of a number of goats which were periſhing in an iſland that abounded with the Reed Bent Graſs, (Agroſtis arundinacea) a plant on which horſes feed with avidity, and thrive [369] greatly. Thus alſo, on the other hand, goats will riot and fatten on the Meadow Sweet, (Fili⯑pendula Ulmaria), whilſt horſes, and horned cattle eſpecially when they are young, will not touch it.
The ſecond part abounds with curious obſerva⯑tions concerning the economy of domeſticated ani⯑mals; in treating on which he points out both the moſt nutritive and noxious herbs to each ſpecies; deſcending afterwards to domeſtic fowls, and the inferior parts of the animal creation, which are more particularly the objects of huſbandmen. A plate is added, on which is engraven, together with a rare ſpecies of Henbane, the Actaea Cimici⯑fuga, Sp. Pl. 722, famous in Ruſſia and Tartary, beyond all other things, for expelling bugs, and ſome other noxious inſects.
148. NECESSITAS HISTORIAE NATURALIS ROSSIAE. A. De Karamyſchew. 1766.
This paper is alſo written by a Ruſſian noble⯑man, and is intended to excite his countrymen to a diligent cultivation of the ſtudy of natural hiſ⯑tory, as a ſcience eminently beneficial to a riſing people. To this purpoſe he endeavours to raiſe their emulation, by ſhewing the progreſs it has made in the eaſtern nations of Europe, diſplaying its beneficial influences; and by exhibiting the vaſt field which the empire of Ruſſia affords. He then gives ſome biographical anecdotes of thoſe who have improved the natural hiſtory of that country, under the patronage and command of their ſovereigns, from the time of Peter the Firſt. [370] Such were Meſſerchmidius, Buxbaum, Gmelin, the laſt of whom ſojourned in Siberia from 1733 to 1743. Kraſcheninnikow, Martin, Steller, Amman, and others. He then recites, from the Muſeum Petropolitanum, a liſt of zoological ſubjects for further inveſtigation, which, although natives of Ruſſia and Siberia, are yet very imperfectly known. He endeavours to perſuade his countrymen to the culture of a number of uſeful vegetables, by pre⯑ſenting them with a long catalogue of exotics, that have been in ſome ſort naturalized at Abo in Fin⯑land, under the care of Profeſſor Kalm. His tract concludes with a liſt of plants which are natives of Siberia, extracted from the MSS. of Heinzellmann, Gerber, Lerche, and Schober; all which MSS. were in the hands of LINNAEUS. A figure of a ſpecious Siberian plant accompanies this tract. It is the Fumaria Spectabilis, Sp. Pl. p. 933.
149. RARIORA NORWEGIAE. H. Tonning. 1768.
The pen of a learned, ingenious, and ſkilful naturaliſt is viſible in this agreeable ſpecimen of natural hiſtory. The writer firſt traces the origin of the ſcience among the Danes, whoſe monarchs have lately been its celebrated patrons. Among the principal modern writers ſtands Gunner, the late Biſhop of Dronthem, who, to the higheſt merit in his ſacred profeſſion, alſo added an exquiſite taſte for natural hiſtory, and a conſummate know⯑ledge in that ſcience, as his writings fully teſtify. Neither is Mr. J. Strom forgotten, who publiſhed, in 1762, a natural hiſtory of Sondmore, in the dioceſe [371] of Bergen. After this literary introduction, the principal intention of the writer is to exhibit liſts of the more rare ſubjects of nature, eſpecially ſuch as are not common in Sweden. Agreeably to this deſign, we have a catalogue of the peculiar plants of Norway, the alpine, ſome other rare ſpecies, and particularly of the Fuci, or Sea Wracks, with which the coaſt of Norway abounds. Alſo a liſt, from the Dronthem Act;, tom. II. of all the American fruits, which are thrown on the Norway ſhore every year, and which have raiſed much ſpeculation among the curious, to account for their tranſmiſ⯑ſion ſo particularly to that part of Europe. The author aſks the ſolution of this difficulty from the learned; inaſmuch as they are ſometimes found in no inconſiderable quantity, and ſo recent as to germinate, upon being properly ſecured from the climate. Theſe fruits are uſually the Caſſia Fiſtula: Anacardium, or Cuſhew Nuts: Cucurbitae Lagenariae▪ Bottle Gourds: Pods of the Mimoſa Scandens; Sp. Pl. p. 1501, called Cocoons in the Weſt Indies: Pods of the Piſcidia Erythrina, called Dog-wood Tree by Sloane: and Coco-nuts.
The author next purſues his catalogue through all the claſſes of animals, uſing only the Linnaean trivial names, and referring to the Fauna Suecica, to Gunner, and to Strom. It may be obſerved, that the latter writer thinks that what deceived the fiſhermen, and by their means Biſhop Pontoppidan, under the appearance of a ſerpent of the extraordinary length deſcribed in his Hiſtory of Norway, was no other than a ſtring of ſturgeon, which, at the ſtated time of the year, follow each other in a line in immenſe [372] numbers, with only their backs above water; which might ſuggeſt the idea of the waving motion of a ſerpent.
The remaining part of the tract chiefly reſpects the medicinal plants, and the diſeaſes of the coun⯑try. An account of ſome vegetable productions, which form an article of commerce, being exported in conſiderable quantities, among which are reck⯑oned the Cloud-berry, (Rubus Chamaemorus, Sp. Pl. 708), and the Lichen Iſlandicus, mentioned in the account of the Uſus Muſcorum, No 145. Then follows a liſt of medicines eaſily obtained, or ſuch as are in uſe among the country people. Among theſe the good effects of the Linnaea borealis, Sp. Pl. 880, in rheumatic diſorders, are well known, and much celebrated. He relates, on the authority of the Preſident himſelf, that two men, who had been confined to their bed for ſeveral months by iſchiatic pains, were cured in three days by a ſtrong decoction of it. Its operation appears to have been of the ſedative kind, ſince the patients were thrown into a ſleep, which laſted ſixteen or twenty hours. He confirms the opinion of the Lepra ariſing from the Hair Worm, as mentioned in No 131 of this collection; and has ſome obſer⯑vations relating to the Colica Lapponum, deſcribed in M. Montin's theſis, No 27. The diſſertation cloſes with the deſcription of an African plant, called by LINNAEUS Gunnera, in honour of the Biſhop of Dronthem.
150. ITER in CHINAM. A. Sparrman. 1768.
[373]We preſume this is the ſame perſon who af⯑terwards made the voyage round the world with Dr. Forſter, in Capt. Cook's ſhip, and has ſince travelled over a large tract of country in ſouthern Africa, in purſuit of thoſe gratifications which his zeal for natural hiſtory enabled him to enjoy. The preſent voyage, which was begun Dec. 28, 1765, and finiſhed July 21, 1766, was made with Capt. Ekeberg, who has been mentioned as having firſt introduced the tea ſhrub into Sweden. This epi⯑tome of the voyage conſiſts of little more than an enumeration of thoſe ſubjects of natural hiſtory, which occurred to the journaliſt, both at land and at ſea; for as he makes uſe of the trivial names, all deſcriptions are ſuperſeded; except that, in the notes, ſome of thoſe imperfectly known are more amply detailed.
OBSERVATIONS, tending to ſhew the Utility of botanical Knowledge in Relation to Agriculture, and the feeding of Cattle: accom⯑panied with a Tranſlation of LINNAEUS'S Pan Suecus, accommodated to the Engliſh Plants, with references to Authors, and to Figures of the Plants.
[374]THE ſcience of botany certainly holds its moſt dignified ſtation when ſubſervient to medicine; but its utility does not terminate in this alone, though it has too long been conſidered as having no other connection. This, notwithſtand⯑ing, is but a partial, nay even an injurious idea of it, for nothing has more retarded its uſefulneſs than this contracted notion. It has a relation, in a variety of ways, to many other arts and ſciences. Among which may be mentioned the art of paint⯑ing and dying; but of all others Agriculture cer⯑tainly claims the ſtricteſt relation, ſome of its moſt important branches being greatly dependent upon it, and others, from an happy application of it, being perhaps capable of further emolument. The ſubſequent paper, it is preſumed, will, in ſome meaſure, illuſtrate this truth. But howſoever great the real dignity and importance of this art, yet, it muſt be allowed, that it has not been cultivated ſufficiently on ſcientific principles, nor advanced in equal proportion with other branches of know⯑ledge. It is not many years ſince Dr. Home ob⯑ſerved, [375] that Virgil and Columella, old as they are, remained almoſt the only writers worth con⯑ſulting upon this ſubject. The writings of Mr. Hart, Dr. A. Hunter, Lord Kaims, Mr. Young, and of many others ſince publiſhed in our own nation, we hope have ſuperſeded Dr. Home's remark; and, from that laudable ſpirit now diffuſing among us throughout Great Britain, for the improvement of Arts and Sciences, under the protection of our pub⯑lic inſtitutions, we may expect to ſee every branch of agriculture ſtudied as it deſerves, and attended with that ſucceſs which commonly reſults from the right application of knowledge to the pur⯑poſes of human life. On the continent, the Swedes are making large and daily progreſs in the im⯑provement of this branch of economics. In France, Mr. Du Hamel has rendered himſelf conſpicuous by his writings on this ſubject; and in various parts of Europe, ſocieties have been formed with a profeſſed view to this end. We cannot help mentioning, with peculiar pleaſure, that of Padua, over which Dr. Arduin preſides, who, by the mu⯑nificence of the Venetian ſtate, has a garden allotted for the cultivation of ſuch vegetables as they wiſh to ſubject to experiments in agriculture, dyeing, and other arts. A noble inſtitution, and worthy of imitation!
Amidſt that almoſt infinite variety of vegetables, with which the beneficent hand of nature has re⯑pleniſhed our earth, thoſe which go under the general name of Graſſes form the principal food of our cattle; next to theſe, among the natural claſſes of plants, none are more acceptable than the [376] diadelphous or leguminous herbs: of this claſs is the Clover, ſo much cultivated in England; the Saint Foin, or Cocks-head; and the Lucern, or Medic⯑fodder, in France. Beſides theſe, our horſes, horned cattle, ſheep, &c. will all, in their turn, eat with equal pleaſure, and ſome with more avi⯑dity, a great variety of other vegetables. Nume⯑rous inſtances occur where one ſpecies of animals will feed greedily upon thoſe herbs which others refuſe to touch, and will even almoſt famiſh rather than eat. Some plants are highly noxious, and even poiſonous, to certain kinds of animals, while they are eaten by others without the leaſt ſubſequent ill effect: to inſtance, the Cicuta Viroſa, or long⯑leaved Water Hemlock, the moſt virulent plant which grows ſpontaneouſly in England, (but hap⯑pily is not common) is fatal to cows, when, through ſcarcity of food, they are obliged to eat it; yet ſheep and horſes feed on it with impunity, and goats even greedily devour it.
Facts of this kind muſt, in ſome meaſure, have been obvious to the moſt incurious of mankind, even in the earlieſt ages. The firſt race of ſhep⯑herds had daily inſtances, among their flocks, of the ſelection and refuſal of particular herbs, and ſubſequent obſervations muſt have multiplied and confirmed them. But they were ſtill only known in the general, and no experiments had been inſti⯑tuted to aſcertain the preciſe ſpecies thus eaten or [377] rejected. The facts are, at this time, undeniable. It is well known that Flag-flowers, Hounds-tongue, Henbane, Mullein, Nightſhade, Hemlock, ſeveral Docks, Arſmart, Agrimony, Celandine, ſeveral Crowfoots, Marſh Marigold, Horehound, Figwort, many Thiſtles, Fern, and other plants, are commonly neglected by our horſes, and horned cattle, and ſtand un⯑touched, even in paſtures where it might be ex⯑pected that neceſſity ſhould conſtrain them to eat any thing. Theſe are but a few out of many in⯑ſtances; there are more than is commonly imagin⯑ed, and it was deſirable, in conſequence of theſe obſervations, that a courſe of experiments ſhould be inſtituted to elucidate this inſtinct, in that part eſpecially of the brute creation which is ſo imme⯑diately ſubſervient to mankind. The utility of ſuch experiments muſt be evident, as they muſt neceſſarily lay the foundation of farther improve⯑ments in the economy of cattle. The intelligent huſbandman would, by this means, have it in his power to rid his paſtures of noxious and uſeleſs plants, and give room for the ſalubrious ones.
In this view of the affair, it will be ſeen that phyſicians are not the only perſons who may ſtudy botany to advantage; many others would find, not only a fund of pleaſure from this ſtudy, but numberleſs other advantages reſulting from the knowledge of the plants of their own country. In the inſtance before us, ſcience has opened the way, and ſurely it is not too much to ſay, that it evi⯑dently points to greater improvements, in one of the moſt important branches of agriculture, as it relates to the economy of cattle. More than this [378] ought not to be expected from its aid. It is to the intelligent grazier and the gentleman, well verſed in the knowledge of the indigenous plants, fraught with careful obſervation, and practiſed in the eco⯑nomy of cattle, that the reſt muſt be owing. No⯑thing but the want of this knowledge, in ſuch gentlemen as reſide in the country chiefly, can de⯑prive us of the benefit which might otherwiſe ac⯑crue from reducing it into practice. The eradi⯑cating from paſtures poiſonous and uſeleſs weeds, would be but one, although indeed no mean one, among many other advantages. Further than this, the huſbandman would be better enabled to ſuit his ſeveral ſorts of cattle to the different paſ⯑tures in his poſſeſſion, more to their benefit, and conſequently his own. Even in marſhy grounds, where it is a difficult undertaking to mend the ſoil, the growth of many plants might be encouraged, and the ſeeds of others ſown, which are highly acceptable to different kinds of cattle. By degrees too we ſhould undoubtedly be led to the cultivation of other vegetables beſides clover, as fodder; and the foregoing obſervations imply, that this might be done in ſoils and ſitua⯑tions where that would not thrive. Our hay would in conſequence be much improved; for al⯑though cattle will eat thoſe herbs among hay, which they reject while green and growing, yet it does not follow that all are in their dried ſtate equally nutritive and wholeſome. The benefits, in fine, which would ariſe from a diligent and general purſuit of theſe hints, would undoubtedly be vari⯑ous and extenſive, and many more, in all probabi⯑lity, [379] in a courſe of years, than can at preſent be thought of.
Agreeably to theſe ideas, a beginning has been made, under the auſpices of our celebrated author, whoſe attempt was truly laudable, and worthy of himſelf. To this end, it is indeed certainly the province of the botaniſt to make the plants of his own country the principal objects of his atten⯑tion. This has been eminently the caſe with LIN⯑NAEUS, and his country will continue to reap the fruit of his labours. The reſult of theſe experi⯑ments may be ſeen in a paper, called PAN SUECUS, printed in the ſecond volume of the Amoenitates Academicae, the ſubſtance of which, ſo far as the experiments were made with plants common to this country, will be exhibited in the ſubſequent pages.
LINNAEUS conceived the firſt deſign of this in⯑ſtitution from obſervations made in his Dalekarlian journey, which has been mentioned in the courſe of the preceding pages: he obſerved, that his horſes left untouched, among other plants, Mea⯑dow-ſweet, Great Wild Valerian, Lilly of the Valley, Angelica, Roſe-bay Willow Herb, Marſh Cinquefoil, Mountain Crowfoot Crane's-bill, Globe Crowfoot, and various ſhrubs. It was not till ſeveral years after, that theſe experiments were inſtituted; in which a number of his pupils were engaged; eight or nine of whom he mentions by name, and he had himſelf a large ſhare in directing and conducting them. More than two thouſand experiments were tried upon the horned cattle, goats, ſheep, horſes, and hogs: many were repeated ten, and ſome twenty [380] times, with the ſole view of determining what vegetables theſe ſeveral animals would eat or re⯑ject. It is eaſy to ſee that numberleſs difficulties muſt ariſe in the proſecution of this ſcheme, and that imperfection, in a variety of inſtances, muſt at laſt attend their greateſt accuracy. In the mean time, care was taken, as far as circumſtances would admit, that the experiments were made as unexceptionably as poſſible; and it muſt be con⯑cluded, that the reſult upon the whole is true, as they have a real foundation in thoſe unerring laws of inſtinct, to which nature has ſubjected the whole brute creation. The plants were all freſh gather⯑ed, not bruiſed in collecting, nor offered to the cattle when they were either almoſt famiſhed, or glutted with variety; nor yet in the ſpring-time, when many of them greedily devour almoſt any vegetable they can get, ſometimes ſuch as are fatal to them, and which at other times they will not touch. The plants were alſo, in many examples, offered to ſeveral individuals of the ſame ſpecies.
Theſe trials were made only with the indigenous plants of Sweden, which are (at leaſt three fourths) the ſame as ours in England. The plants growing ſpontaneouſly in Sweden, excluſive of the moſſes and funguſes, amount to about 900 ſpecies. Of ſuch a number, in every country, many muſt be very rare; it is not therefore to be expected that all theſe could be brought to trial. Some, although plentiful in one part of the country, would be very ſparingly found in another. From the reſult it appeared, that the horned cattle eat of the plants which were offered to them▪ only 276 ſpecies, and [381] that they rejected 218. The goats, of 449 kinds, refuſing 126. The ſheep, of 387, refuſing 141. The horſes, of 262 ſpecies, refuſing 212. And of thoſe which were offered to ſwine, they eat 72 kinds, and refuſed 171.
The Pa [...] Suecus, it may be preſumed, is but in few hands, at leaſt of ſuch whom the ſubject moſt concerns. It is written in Latin, and put into the moſt compendious form imaginable, by inſerting only the trivial names of the plants, and referring to the number in the Flora Suecica, where the ſy⯑nonyms are given. In this form it is almoſt uſe⯑leſs to perſons unacquainted with LINNAEUS'S writ⯑ings, and from an Engliſh reader is entirely hid. It appeared of importance enough to be thrown into an Engliſh dreſs, to which end it was neceſſary to give it a form different from the original.
So far as the trials were made with plants which are common to both countries, the reſult may be ſeen in the following pages, and they amount to no very inconſiderable number. Being taken nearly in the order in which they ſtood in the original paper, ſo the ſexual ſyſtem is of courſe preſerved. Yet perhaps a more apt diſpoſition of them might have been given, by arranging them according to their uſual places of growth.
In order to render it more generally intelligible and acceptable, the Engliſh name of the plant is firſt given, then the Linnaean generical and trivial name, by which it may inſtantly be found, either in LINNAEUS'S own works, or in Mr. Hud⯑ſon's Flora Anglica. To theſe follow three columns. The firſt contains the reference to the page in Dr. [382] Hill's Britiſh Herbal, which it may be preſumed is in many hands, and which has now ſuperſeded, in a great meaſure, the Herbals of Gerard and Perkinſon, being better accommodated to the purpoſes of bo⯑tanic intelligence, and furniſhed alſo with figures. The ſecond column refers to the page in RAY'S Synopſis of Britiſh Plants, where the ſynonyms of the two Bauhines, and thoſe of Gerard and Parkinſon, are quoted. By this means the reader is very compendiouſly directed to a variety of authors on each plant. For the ſake of thoſe who wiſh to ſee an accurate figure, a reference to the Flora Danica is added, a work coming out at the expence of the King of Denmark, and intended to contain all the indigenous plants of that kingdom, of which 840 plates are already done. Of theſe above 500 are natives of this kingdom, on which account it ſupplies, ſo far, the want of a work of the ſame kind here. It muſt, however, be obſerved, that in this column, under the Graſſes, thoſe excellent tables in Moriſon's Hiſtoria * Plantarum Oxonienſis are referred to. The columns on the other page contain the reſult of the experiments, for brevity's ſake expreſſed as in the original, by nu⯑merical characters, which it will be neceſſary to illuſtrate. There is a column retained for every [383] ſpecies of animals with which the experiments were made in Sweden; for, although goats are not ſo commonly kept with us, as in that country, yet it will at leaſt be matter of entertainment, if not of utility, to ſee what choice of vegetables they will make.
When this figure (1) is made uſe of, it denotes that the plant is eaten by that animal to which the column is appropriated; (O.) horned cattle or Oxen; (G.) Goats; (Sh.) Sheep; (H.) Horſes; (S.) Swine. Two units, thus (11) denote that the ani⯑mal is very fond of the plant. When the cypher (0) occurs, we are to underſtand that the plant is rejected by that animal. When both are found together in a column, thus (10), or (01), they denote that it was ſometimes eaten and ſometimes rejected: the former is ſuppoſed to ſignify, that it was generally eaten, but ſometimes refuſed; the latter, the reverſe. Where no figure occurs, it is to be underſtood that no opportunity had been taken of making a trial of that plant upon thoſe animals. The native place of each plant is added, and the month in which it flowers, in as compen⯑dious a manner as poſſible, as this ſeemed to be a requiſite addition; alſo its duration, whether an⯑nual (A.), biennial (B.), or perennial (P.). To the whole are collected and ſubjoined, from the laſt edition of the Flora Suecica, the Flora Oeconomica, RAY'S Hiſtoria Plantarum, HALLER'S Enumeratio Stirpium Helvetiae, and others, a few notes, point⯑ing out particularly the noxious plants, or directing the reader's obſervation to any other article that ſeemed worthy of regard.